Citation
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1982-1983

Material Information

Title:
Bulletin, Metropolitan State College, 1982-1983
Alternate Title:
Metropolitan State College bulletin
Creator:
Metropolitan State College (Denver, Colo.)
Place of Publication:
Denver, CO
Publisher:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Publication Date:

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
18507087 ( OCLC )

Full Text

Bulletin
1982-83

M A A
rj \


AURARIA LIBRARY
U1A7D1 TfiDDbTS



Metropolitan State College
1006 11th Street, Box 16 Denver, Colorado 80204
Non-Profit Org. U.S. Postage PAID Permit 973 Denver, Colorado

| j i ^ WHUlPr 9 & ; 1 mMM j|J
1 .; i \ ¥ 1 W 9

m riflii \l W

S V -


College
Metropolitan
Bulletin


College Calendar 1982-83
Summer Semester 1982
Applications should be received by...............May 26
Classes begin....................................June 7
Independence Day* no classes...................July 5
Summer Term ends..............................August 13

Autumn Semester 1982
Applications should be received by................August 18
Classes begin.....................................August 30
Labor Day* no classes......................September 6
Thanksgiving Holiday* no classes.......November 25-26
Autumn Term ends................................December 15
iff' | jper'te Spring Semester 1983
Applications should be received by...............January 12
Classes begin....................................January 24
Spring Break no classes....................March 21-25
Spring Term ends.....................................May 13
Commencement.........................................May 15
College offices also closed during this holiday.
METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE HOLIDAY CALENDAR
All College Offices will be Closed

1 982
' J S uly 5 eptember 6 ovember 25, 26 ecember 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 3 983 anuary 1 lay 30
N C
1
j k






An ap plic ati< or idn liss ion to Metrof joli tan st< ite Co leg e
is ncl ud< 3d i n th tis i 3UI .LETIh J for yc >ur cot iveniei ice \




.
1 rhis 3 ulle tin is pub lishe d for the nfor matic an of Met opo itan State Col ege studt ants only. The mate rial aublished here in is base d
pon olle the ge of aest fice. nfor This matic Bull >n av etin ailab s no le at inte the ndec ime as of pr con ntin< tract and should between the s >e ve tude rified nt an for d the curre Col ncy ege, and nor 3CCU as an racy irrev with the a rocable st ppro atem priat ent c e
olici es, p roce dure 5, or othe dat a, sin ce tr lese matt srs a re subject to c hang e-
c lover des gn S illus trati on by Pat ricia J K< ally,
... .. _


Contents
Page
College Calendar................................................................................ 2
General Information............................................................................. 5
Campus.......................................................................................... 5
Consortium of State Colleges in Colorado........................................................ 6
Admissions...................................................................................... 6
Student Financial Aid Programs.................................................................. 8
Costs.......................................................................................... 10
t
Student Personnel Services......................................................................11
Auraria Student Services....................................................................... 13
Special Programs............................................................................... 14
Academic Information........................................................................... 16
Omnibus Courses................................................................................ 21
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements...................................................... 22
Degrees and Programs Available................................................................. 24
School of Business............................................................................. 27
School of Community and Human Services......................................................... 41
School of Education............................................................................ 55
School of Engineering Technology............................................................... 77
School of Liberal Arts......................................................................... 89
School of Professional Studies.................................................................123
School of Science and Mathematics..............................................................149
Trustees.......................................................................................163
Administration.................................................................................163
Academic Administrators........................................................................165
Faculty........................................................................................167
Alphabetical Index.............................................................................175
Auraria Higher Education Center Map............................................................178
Admission Application..........................................................................179


J
i
\
General Information
Historical Background Campus
Consortium of State Colleges
Admission Information
Kenneth C.
...... Curtis,
Dean of
Admissions and .... Records
Student Financial Aid Programs
Costs
Student Personnel Services
Auraria Student Services
Special Programs Academic Information
Omnibus Courses
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
Degrees and Programs Available


Campus
i I I I I !
General Information ii r iir~i
Metropolitan State College Today
Metropolitan State College is a four year urban college located in the heart of downtown Denver. MSC attracts students seeking an excellent education as well as those concerned with the social and political issues of today's world.
Many students work part-time at their chosen careers as they progress toward their degrees. As a result, MSC students often advance toward their chosen fields faster than they would at other schools.
The faculty help students in this combination of a working and learning program. All students, regardless of age, race, religion, or sex, will find enthusiastic teachers to help them achieve both career and educational goals. Over 80 percent of the faculty have achieved the highest level degree in their respective fields.
MSC History
Metropolitan State College was founded in 1963 by an act passed by the Colorado Legislature, placing it under the control and management of the Trustees of the Consortium of the State Colleges in Colorado.
In the Fall of 1965, 1,189 students enrolled at MSC. In the Fall of 1981, 16,051 were enrolled, making MSC one of the four largest institutions of higher learning in Colorado. It is one of the three institutions located at the Auraria Higher Education Center in downtown Denver.
Goals
The enacting legislation for Metropolitan State College sets forth its general purpose: To serve the needs for higher education in the Denver metropolitan area, as well as to serve the needs for higher education in the State of Colorado generally. To perform this mission, the College is directed to be a multi-purpose, urban-oriented institution with comprehensive programs in the arts and sciences, career, technical and professional fields. MSC offers both credit and non-credit learning opportunities in the Denver metropolitan area. To accommodate students, classes in all seven Schools are available day and evening.
The College is authorized to grant the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Through its seven Schools, the College offers comprehensive programs in the arts, humanities, sciences, career, technical and professional fields in over 70 areas. There is a Contract Major/Minor Program which can be designed to meet a students special needs. The philosophy of the College is based upon blending academic preparation with a realistic approach to career goals. MSC students also have the opportunity to register for courses offered by all three institutions sharing the Auraria campus.
It is the policy of Metropolitan State College to provide equal educational and employment opportunities for all regardless of
race, color, creed, age, sex, or national origin. The various academic programs, services, and administrative processes of the College are committed to achieving these goals.
Accreditation
MSC is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, the National League for Nursing, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The Civil and Electronics Engineering Technology Programs are accredited by the Technolo-gy Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (formerly the Engineers Council for Professional Development). The Department of Human Services has approval from the National Council for Standards in Human Service Education. In addition, MSC is an associate member of the National Association of Schools of Music and of the Association of University Programs in Health Administration.
Student Body
Metropolitan State Colleges diverse, commuter student body ranges in age from 17 to 73 and comes from broadly different backgrounds. The average age of the Colleges student body is 27.0 years, and the majority are self-supporting, with almost 60 percent of the students attending part-time. Women account for about 50 percent of the total student population. Most of the Colleges students are residents of the five-county Denver metropolitan area.
Faculty
MSCs primary emphasis is on teaching and the over 400 full-time faculty devote extensive time to give their students personal encouragement and counseling. The faculty are selected on the basis of teaching effectiveness and educational preparation. As highly qualified professionals, they are dedicated to instructional excellence, innovative teaching ideas, and a deep commitment to serving students. Many of them have backgrounds that include business and professional work outside the realm of institutional learning.
Community Learning Opportunities
As an urban college, Metropolitan State participates in the surrounding community. All Schools at the College incorporate programs through which students may work with community businesses and agencies in areas of the students interests and expertise. These programs include internships, independent study placements, cooperative education, and student volunteer programs. Students are active in over 200 community organizations, governmental agencies, and local businesses each year. All academic courses are open to area residents, and many are offered at community locations through the Division of Off Campus programs.
! j H .. | j i j i I i i ! ! j !
I | Campus ! ! I
Auraria Campus
Metropolitan State College moved to new facilities on the Auraria Higher Education Center during the 1976-77 academic year. The 169-acre campus is located in downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. The Community College of Denver-Auraria Campus (CCD-A) and the University of Colorado at Denver (UCD) share the facilities with MSC.
Over one million square feet of space for classrooms, laboratories and offices are included in the facility. Some administrative offices are in restored Victorian homes in Denver's historic Ninth Street Park located within the Auraria site. The campus also features a child care center; a block-long gymnasium with a swimming pool; areas for handball, soccer, baseball and track; a student center and a library housing 690,000 volumes, one of the best research libraries in Colorado.
5


Admissions
The Auraria Concept
The Auraria Higher Education Center provides a variety of educational opportunities that meet the needs of the urban student. The three Auraria institutions continue to be governed by separate boards and to maintain their distinctive roles and missions. However, the concept of facility sharing affords the MSC student the flexibility of taking lower-division courses at the community college and graduate, or specialized professional courses at the university. Metropolitan State Colleges four-year degree programs are coordinated with those of the other two institutions, and cross-registration is encouraged and can be accomplished easily.
The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Denver enables students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave classroom theory into the social, political, cultural and economic practice of the city.
Origin of Plan
The Auraria Higher Education Center originated with the need to provide permanent facilities for three rapidly growing urban institutions. In 1974, the Auraria Board of Directors was created by the Legislature to plan the campus, construct the buildings, provide a variety of additional centralized support services and maintain the facilities. In 1972, the Colorado Legislature appropriated nearly $40 million for the construction of the Auraria campus. Additional funds were contributed by the City of Denver, the federal government through the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and the State of Colorado. This makes the Center a creative example of cooperation by government at all levels.
Consortium of State Colleges
Purpose
The member institutions governed by the Trustees of the Consortium of State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College, Mesa College, Metropolitan State College, and Western State College. The purpose of the consortium is to identify and facilitate cooperative efforts among the institutions. It is expected that such efforts will lead to broader educational opportunities for students than can be offered by any one of the institutions.
Enrollment Procedure
The registering authority of each Consortium member institution can provide any regularly enrolled student in good standing the materials with which the student can enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring additional matriculation costs. Information concerning tuition is available at the host institution.
The enrollment status of the student at the host institution will be determined by the students status at the home institution. Students should ascertain in advance of enrolling at a consortium institution that desired courses will satisfy degree requirements at the home institution. The process of enrolling as a consortium student should begin at least one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the host institution.

Admissions
f i I 1
Admission Instructions
Applications for Admission are considered in the order in which they are received each semester. To insure guaranteed processing, applications for admission must be, and credentials should be, received at the College not later than four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought. All credentials which are submitted become the property of Metropolitan State College and will not be returned to the student.
An official transcript must carry the seal of the sending institution, signed by the registering authority, and be issued by the sending institution within the last calendar year. Date of graduation and/or degree received must also appear on the transcript.
Admission Requirements and Procedures
Admission of Freshmen
(Applicants who have not attended college):
To be eligible for admission, students must have graduated from an approved high school. Applicants who are not high school graduates will be considered on an individual basis after submitting certified scores on the standard General Education Development test which show that they have the ability to satisfactorily pursue programs of instruction which the College offers. Other factors considered are intelligence, personality, character and comments by secondary school officials.
Colorado high school students may apply for admission and enroll while concurrently completing high school graduation require-
ments through the high school. These students must have prior consent from the high school, their guardian and Metropolitan State College. Students must be awarded the high school diploma before college credits are validated.
To apply for admission:
1. Complete the Application for Admission which can be found in the back of this bulletin. Additional copies are available from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, 1006 11th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80204 (629-2953).
2. The completed form along with the application fee must be submitted directly to the Office of Admissions and Records. To insure processing, both the application and official transcript must be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought. It is the students responsibility to insure that an official high school transcript is submitted to the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records in time to meet processing dates.
3. A $10 application fee, which is nonrefundable and will not apply toward tuition, must be sent with the application for admission. The application fee must be received or waived before the application can be considered.
4. Upon receipt of the above credentials, and after a preliminary evaluation has been made, the applicant will be informed of her or his admission status.
5. Students will not be permitted to register beyond their initial enrollment unless they have submitted an official high school transcript or official GED test scores.
6


Admissions
Admission Through ACT/SAT
Although the ACT and SAT are not required for admission, high school students are encouraged to take the ACT or SAT to provide a basis for advising and counseling. If, when the student takes the ACT or SAT, she or he indicates Metropolitan State College as one of the first three choices to receive the ACT or SAT Profile Reports, the following admission procedures shall apply:
1. A letter of explanation and application form will be sent to the student.
2. If the student wishes to be considered for admission, s/he should complete the form, have the high school counselor sign it, and return it to MSC.
3. There is NO application fee.
4. The ACT and SAT Profile Reports and the application form will be used in lieu of a formal application.
5. The student need submit only one official high school transcript (following graduation) with the date the diploma was awarded. It is the students responsibility to insure that the official high school transcript is submitted to Metropolitan State Colleges Office of Admissions and Records in time to meet guaranteed processing dates.
6. Supplemental scores are not included in this procedure.
Admission of Transfer Students.
(Students who have attended a college or a university):
To be eligible for admission as a transfer student from other accredited colleges or universities, an official transcript from each institution attended must be submitted. Transfer applicants are expected to present an average of C (2.00 based on a four-point system where an A grade is 4 points) from each college or university previously attended and must be in good standing and eligible to return to the last college or university attended. Students who do not meet these standards should contact the Office of Admissions for individual consideration. Failure to report correctly any former or current college or university record may result in loss of credit and/or dismissal.
1. Complete the Application for Admission which can be found in the back of this Bulletin. Additional copies are available from the Metropolitan State College Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, 1006 11th Street, Denver, Colorado, 80204 (629-2953).
2. Complete the application for admission and return it to the Office of Admissions and Records. To insure processing, the application must be received by the College at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
3. A $10 application fee, which is nonrefundable and will not apply toward tuition, must accompany the application for admission. The fee must be received or waived before the application can be considered.
4. A high school transcript is requested when:
(a) The college transcripts do not give complete information about the applicants high school record.
(b) The applicant has less than 45 quarter hours or 30 semester hours of transferable college credits.
5. Students will not be permitted to register beyond their initial enrollment unless the Office of Admissions and Records has received an official transcript from each previously attended college or university. Although an applicants record from several institutions may be summarized on one transcript, official transcripts from each institution attended are required. This is true even though no credit may have been earned at an institution. The only exception is for a nondegree seeking student who already has an undergraduate degree. For these students, the only official transcript required is the transcript from the institution granting the undergraduate degree.
Transfer Credit Evaluation
Once final, official transcripts for degree-seeking students are received by the Office of Admissions and Records, the evaluation process begins. Within four to six weeks students receive two
copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which is taken to the major and minor departments for advice on how credits might apply to their programs.
Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines:
1. Grades earned must be A, B, C or equivalent; however, only the credits will be shown on the MSC academic record average. Courses with grades of D, F or similar grades will not be accepted in transfer.
2. Course content should be similar to those courses offered at Metropolitan State College.
3. A maximum of 70 semester hours will be accepted from a two-year institution. A maximum of 90 semester hours of credit will be given for acceptable work completed at a four-year institution or combination of two and four-year institutions.
4. Students earning a two-year degree consisting of at least 60 semester hours (possibly excluding CLEP) from an accredited institution with a G.P.A. of 2.0 or better will be guaranteed 60 semester hours of transfer credit, if they have met the following minimums in the MSC general studies areas as part of the two-year degree.
Freshman English...............................4 semester hours
Humanities.....................................8 semester hours
Science/Mathematics............................8 semester hours
Social/Behavioral Science......................8 semester hours
plus 2 additional hours in any
one of these areas or in the
Career area.................................2 semester hours
30 semester hours
These 60 semester hours of transfer credit may not necessarily fulfill all lower-division course requirements for a particular degree program. Students should consult with an advisor in their major department to determine whether additional lower-division courses will be required.
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students
(Former students who have not been in attendance at Metropolitan State College for one or more years.)
1. Obtain the Application for Readmission from the Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, 1006 11th St., Denver, Colorado 80204 (629-2953).
2. Complete the Application for Readmission and return it to the Office of Admissions and Records. To insure processing, the application should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
3. No application fee is required.
4. An applicant who has attended other collegiate institutions since last enrollment at MSC must request that one official transcript from each institution be forwarded to the Office of Admissions and Records so that it will be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
(a) An applicant who was previously admitted as nondegree seeking and wishes to maintain this status, but in the interim has attended other colleges or universities, is required to submit an official transcript from those institutions.
(b) An applicant who was previously admitted as a nondegree student but now wishes to seek a degree at MSC must request one official transcript from all previously attended colleges or universities.
Admission of Special Students
This special student category will permit students to register for classes without having to submit any official transcripts. Special students must meet the normal admission requirements of ail students, and may earn not more than 18 semester hours of credit. In order to register for classes subsequent to earning 18 semester hours of credit, a student must submit all required transcripts.
7


Student Financial Aid Programs
Admission of International Students
All students who declare a country of citizenship other than the United States on their applications for admission must contact the Office of Admissions and Records.
1. Admission of permanent immigrants:
(a) Those individuals holding a permanent immigrant visa card should submit a copy of it to the Office of Admissions and Records prior to being accepted to the institution.
(b) Official transcripts including secondary level should be submitted four weeks prior to the beginning of the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
(c) Applicants may be required to pass an English proficiency examination.
(d) Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
2. Admission of applicants on student visas:
(a) International students will be admitted to Metropolitan State College for the Autumn Semester only. No new international students may be admitted to the Spring or Summer semesters.
(b) Applications for admission and all necessary supporting credentials must be received four weeks prior to the first day of walk-in registration for the Autumn Semester.
(c) Applicants are required to submit the following in order to complete their applications:
application for admission, application fee, official transcripts from all secondary and post-secondary schools attended, evidence of English proficiency, and financial support documents.
(d) English proficiency may be demonstrated by attaining a score of at least 500 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Only scores from the International or Special Testing programs or from the institutional TOEFL offered through the Auraria Student Assistance Center will be considered.
(e) An advance deposit of one semesters tuition and fees will be required of international students. (Scholarship recipients are excluded.)
(f) Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
If students are academically admissible and have met the minimum requirements on the English proficiency examination, they will be issued the U.S. Immigration form 20 (I-20). Questions regarding the admission of students from abroad or permanent immigrants should be forwarded to the Office of Admissions and Records.
Admission and Retention of Minority Students
Metropolitan State College, an urban oriented educational institution, through its office of Admissions and Records, strives to enhance the educational opportunities for Denver area minority residents. A recruitment network of community based agencies and organizations assists the College in meeting this important objective. In addition, Admissions Officers are available to provide individual counseling regarding general admissions procedures for both new and transfer students. Specific counseling and referral services are also provided in the areas of financial aid, career planning, and academic support. Minority residents interested in attending the College are encouraged to contact the Office of Admissions and Records at the earliest possible date.
Tuition Classification
A student is classified as an in-state or out-of-state student for tuition purposes at the time of admission. This classification is based upon information supplied by the student on the application for admission and is made in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Classification Law, CRS S23-7-101 et seq. (1973), as amended. Once determined, a students tuition classification status remains unchanged unless satisfactory evidence that a change should be made is presented. A Petition for In-State Tuition Classification and the evidence requested in it should be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Records, if a student believes she or he is entitled to in-state status.
The tuition classification statute requires that in order to qualify for in-state status a student (or the parents or legal guardian of the student in the case of students under 22 years of age who are not emancipated) must have been domiciled in Colorado for one year or more immediately preceding the last day to add classes for the semester for which such classification is sought.
Domicile for tuition purposes requires two inseparable elements: (1) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to remain in Colorado with no intent to be domiciled elsewhere. Some examples of connections with the state which provide objective evidence of intent are: (1) payment of Colorado state income tax, (2) permanent employment in Colorado, (3) ownership of residential real property in Colorado, (4) compliance with laws imposing a mandatory duty on any domiciliary of the state, such as the drivers license law and the vehicle registration law, and (5) registering to vote. Other factors peculiar to the individual can also be used to demonstrate the requisite intent.
Any questions regarding the tuition classification law should be directed to an admissions officer at the College. In order to qualify for in-state status for a particular semester, the student must prove that domicile began not later than one year prior to the last day to add classes for that semester. Petitions and all supporting documentation must be submitted by the last day to add a class for the semester subsequent to that for which the change in classification is sought. The dates for qualifying and for submitting petitions are published in the class schedule each semester.
Education Policy for Persons Over 62
Older area citizens are encouraged to participate in Metropolitan State Colleges programs and activities.
A. Persons 62 years or older, wishing toenroll for credit, should submit required admissions and registration materials to the Office of Admissions and Records, Central Classroom Building, Room 103,1006 11th Street. Every attempt will be made to make financial assistance available. A college record of participation will be maintained.
B. Persons 62 years or older, who do not wish to earn credit, are invited to attend class on a space-available basis, in classes of their choice, at either Metropolitan State College or at Extended Campus locations. There is no cost for these classes. These persons may attend classes beginning the sixth day of each semester. Interested older persons should obtain prior verbal approval from the class instructor.
Participation in the no-cost, no-credit basis should not contribute to an increased faculty workload and will not involve required homework or examinations. No college records of participation will be maintained.
Student Financial Aid Programs
Metropolitan State College is dedicated to providing equal access to higher education to all persons qualified for admission who have the will and ability to benefit from the instruction offered. Charges to students are low because a considerable portion of the cost of operation is paid from Colorado tax revenues.
The Office of Student Financial Aid provides assistance for students who need additional finances to attend the College. This aid is available through the Pell Grant Program (formerly BEOG), the National Direct Student Loan Program, the Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, the Colorado State Grant
8


Student Financial Aid Programs
Program, as well as the College Work-Study, Colorado Work-Study, Nursing Loan, and Nursing Scholarship Programs. The office also coordinates Bureau of Indian Affairs Grants through various Indian Agencies.
The Office of Student Financial Aid requires the American College Testing Programs Family Financial Statement (FFS) to determine the degree of need. This form is designed to identify the resources of both the student and her or his parents. The family Financial Statement meets federal requirements. Use of this form means that all student needs are evaluated on the same criteria, although both the FFS and the Office of Student Financial Aid take into consideration individual circumstances.
Application Procedure
The following forms are required from those requesting financial assistance:
Freshmen
These forms may be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid or local high schools.
1. MSC Internal Application for Financial Aid
2. The Family Financial Statement of the American College Testing Program (FFS)
3. Pell Grant Form (formerly BEOG)
Transfer Students
1. A statement of all forms of financial aid received from other institutions (Financial Aid Transcript/s)
2. MSC Internal Application for Financial Aid
3. The Family Financial Statement of the American College Testing Program (FFS)
4. Pell Grant Form (formerly BEOG)
Continuing Metropolitan State College Students
1. MSC Internal Application For Financial Aid
2. The Family Financial Statement
3. Pell Grant Form (formerly BEOG)
Eligibility
Most financial assistance will be based on financial need, and any student with a demonstrated need will receive consideration. Financial need equals the estimated cost of attendance minus the resources available to the student. Resources must include parental contributions, spouse's earnings, and outside income such as veterans benefits and social security.
Participants in the federal and state aid programs must be citizens of the United States, Nationals, or be a permanent resident of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, maintain normal progress toward a degree and attend the College on a full-time basis (12 hours per semester).
Duration of Awards
All financial aid awards are made for one academic year (or less). To continue receiving an award, a student must:
1. Be in good standing with the College.
2. Continue to demonstrate financial need.
3. Maintain normal academic progress.
Continuing awards are contingent upon adequate funding of the Federal and State financial aid programs.
Normal Academic Progress
The awarding of financial aid is a contractual agreement between the student and Metropolitan State College. The continuation of financial aid is based upon the student making normal academic progress. Normal academic progress is defined as registering for and completing 12 hours per semester with a GPA of 2.00 (In some cases a student may register for less hours with prior approval from the Financial Aid Office).
Students who complete less than the required number of hours but at least six (6) credit hours for two (2) CONSECUTIVE semesters of enrollment will have their aid reviewed and reduced to direct educational costs (tuition and fees, books and supplies, and transportation for a full time course load). They may only receive direct educational costs for two (2) semesters.
Students who complete fewer than six (6) credit hours in any given semester or fail to maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.0 may have their aid cancelled. These students may be reconsidered for further aid only after they have completed twelve (12) credit hours in any given semester, on their own and have shown a substantial Improvement in their cumulative GPA.
A "No-credit" (NC) notation or "F grade is not considered a completed course for financial aid purposes.
Last Guaranteed Processing Dates
Summer Semester March 1 Fall Semester March 15 Spring Semester October 25
Loans
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
Undergraduate students may borrow up to $6,000 during their undergraduate career. Total loans for the first two years of school may not exceed $3,000. Repayment of the NDSL begins six months after the student ceases to be a half-time (6 hours) student. NDSL funds are to be repaid at a minimum of $30 per month. The period of repayment generally cannot exceed ten years. The NDSL has cancellation provisions. Information regarding cancellation may be obtained from the Student Financial Aid Office.
Principal and interest payments are deferrable during periods of at least half-time study.
Colorado Guaranteed Student Loan/Federally Insured Student Loan
The Guaranteed Student Loan Program enables students to borrow from lenders at a low interest rate to meet educational expenses. Eligible undergraduates may borrow up to $2,500 in a single year, but not more than $12,500 during their undergraduate career. The interest rate for first time borrowers is currently 9 percent on the unpaid balance. The interest does not start to accrue nor does the loan become payable until six (6) months after the student ceases to be a half-time student.
The choice of the lending institution and the actual negotiation of the loan under this program are the responsibility of the student borrower. Loans are approved or denied at the discretion of the individual private lending institution after eligibility is determined by the Financial Aid Office. Forms are available at participating lenders. Processing time may range from four to eight weeks.
Nursing Loan Funds
To be eligible, an applicant must meet the following requirements:
1. Status as a part-time student or acceptance for enrollment as a part-time student (6 hours or more).
2. Acceptance in the Nursing Degree program at the College.
9


Costs
3. Demonstration of need as shown by the Family Financial Statement.
4. Good standing in the College.
Short Term Loans
Short term emergency loans are available through the Student Government Loan Fund. Their offices are located in the Student Center. Loans may be secured for emergency expenses. All loans are due and payable by the end of the semester in which they were borrowed.
A loan fund has been established in memory of Raymond R. Uhl, a former student at Metropolitan State College, who was killed in military action in Vietnam. The purpose of this fund is to assist needy students through loans for short periods of time.
Grants
Pell Grants (Formerly BEOG)
The Pell Grant Program (formerly The Basic Educational Opportunity Grant Program) is a federal aid program designed to provide financial assistance to those who need it to attend post-high school educational institutions. Pell Grants are intended to be the floor of a financial aid package and may be combined with other forms of aid in order to meet the full costs of education. The amount of the Pell Grant is determined on the basis of the financial resources of the student and the students family. All students are eligible to apply except those who have received a bachelors degree. Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office and are processed directly by the federal government. There is no cost to apply.
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants
Amounts vary from $200 to $2,000 annually, depending upon financial need and funds allotted to the College by the federal government. Grants are renewable subject to continued financial need, a satisfactory academic record and availability of funds.
Colorado State Grant Program
Awards vary from $100 to $1,500 depending on financial need, duration of the student enrollment, and funds allotted to the College by the State of Colorado.
Colorado Student Incentive Grant (CSIG)
Grants of up to $2,000 during the fiscal year are available to Colorado residents who are enrolled full-time at MSC and are maintaining normal academic progress.
Nursing Grant Funds
To be eligible, an applicant must meet the following requirements:
1. Status as a part-time student or acceptance for enrollment as a part-time student.
2. Acceptance in the nursing degree program at the College.
3. Demonstration of need as shown by the Family Financial Statement (extreme financial need must exist to receive a grant).
4. Good standing in the College.
Scholarships
The Office of Student Financial Aid has a limited number of private scholarships available. Students seeking scholarships must begin
the search early, (senior year in high school). They must determine how to apply and the conditions that must be met. It is the students responsibility to initiate any action in regards to applying for scholarships. The student is responsible for bringing the application to a conclusion. The Financial Aid Office is more than happy to assist.
Personal Checklist
1. Student and parents should research special scholarships available through employers.
2. Student and parents should check special clubs, lodges, professional organizations, unions, etc.
3. Always check with the college major department for more specific advice.
Colorado Scholars Program
Tuition assistance grants not to exceed the cost of resident tuition or $565 per academic year, whichever is smaller, are available through the academic departments. Recipients are chosen by departmental scholarship committees based on departmental criteria. Students interested should contact their major departments.
Athletic Scholarships
Metropolitan State college has a limited number of Athletic Scholarships available. These scholarship awards vary from one-half to full in-state tuition. Metropolitan State College athletics include soccer, swimming, track and field, tennis and baseball for men; and volleyball, basketball, softball, swimming, and tennis for women.
Student Employment
Federal College Work-Study Program
The student is employed by the institution to help defray the costs of attending college. Hourly rates normally vary from $3.40 to $6.90 per hour depending upon the skill and experience of the student. The student must demonstrate need, and may work either on campus or off campus in public non-profit agencies working in the public interest.
Colorado Work-Study Program
The recipient must be a Colorado resident. Need must be shown. Salary ranges and eligible employers are the same as the Federal College Work Study Program.
Colorado No-Need Work-Study
Limited funds are available from the State of Colorado for students who do not show financial need. Students must be Colorado residents enrolled at least half-time and may work either on-campus or off-campus. They must apply for this program through the Office of Financial Aid.
Outside Employment
Students who are not eligible for assistance from the Office of Financial Aid can receive help with part time job placement through the Auraria Placement Office.
1
Costs
.... -i
The Trustees of the Consortium of State Colleges in Colorado, the governing board of the College, reserves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees prior to the first day of classes for any semester.
Tuition and College Service Fees
Tuition and College Service fees are determined by the Legislature
10


Student Personnel Services
and Trustees shortly before the beginning of each academic year, and therefore, are not available for inclusion in this Bulletin. These costs may be found either in an addendum to this Bulletin or in the current semesters Class Schedule.
However, the cost of tuition and fees for students taking 10 or more hours per semester is projected to be approximately $390 per semester for in-state students, and $1430 for out-of-state students. The cost of students taking 9 or fewer hours will be approximately $35 per semester hour for in-state students and $140 per semester hour for out-of-state students. There is also an additional tuition charge for hours taken in excess of 18 credits per semester. For in-state students, this charge will be approximately $22 per credit hour and $90 per credit hour for out-of-state students.
If a student participates in walk-in registration and for any reason fails to pay tuition and fees, he/she will be assessed 50 percent of the current in-state tuiton and fee rate IN ADDITION to the full tuition and fee rate for the number of credit hours for which she/he enrolled.
Standard Fees
Application Fee (required of all applicants for admission to the College. This fee is non-refundable and will not be applied on tuition). $10.00
Transcript Fee, per transcript 1.00
Special Fees
Returned Check Penalty $10.00
Health Insurance: Single coverage is included in the College Service Fee for students taking ten or more semester hours. These students may apply for a waiver if they have other coverage. Optional coverage is available for dependents and part-time students who are enrolled for six or more semester hours. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
Other Cost Information
The cost of books and supplies averages from $250 to $300 per academic year with the highest cost during the first semester of attendance. Other costs such as room, board, clothing, transportation, and other expenses will vary with individuals.
Tuition Adjustments
Please see the insertion to this Bulletin or the Class Schedule for the current semester.
L i i I I I i I I I
Student Personnel Services
i i i r i i i r i ni i
The Vice President for Student Affairs coordinates a wide range of student assistance programs, such as admissions, records, registration, educational and vocational testing, vocational and special counseling, financial aid, student health services, and student activities. Special help is provided for students who are having difficulties with their studies or problems of a personal nature.
Conduct of Students
It is the policy of Metropolitan State College to give students the largest degree of freedom consistent with good work and orderly conduct. However, the College does publish standards of conduct to which students are expected to adhere. The Student Due Process Procedure, which contains the procedural rights provided to students at MSC before disciplinary action is imposed, is available through the office of the Vice President for Student Affairs.
Academic Improvement Center
The Academic Improvement Center (AIC) provides academic assistance to MSC students at all levels, from basic skills development to upper-division courses, and is dedicated to gathering information about learning strategies used by adults in an academic setting. Services provided by the Academic Improvement Center include a Tutorial Program, Diagnostic Assessment and Individualized Program Placement, Innovative Curriculum Development to meet the academic needs of students, and a Learning Disabilities Program. To as great an extent as possible, AIC instruction, whether it is done by AIC professional staff or work- study students, goes beyond merely helping students get through troublesome courses using spot tutorial methods. Instead, AIC instruction has more far-reaching, longer term results by assisting students with becoming knowledgeable about their learning styles, the MSC system, and the wise use of resources within the school environment. The goal is to help MSC students become more sophisticated learners and more informed about all aspects of the educational system in which they are involved.
Tutorial Program: The AIC tutorial program offers either long-term or drop-in tutoring in various subject and skill areas. AIC tutors are
recommended by instructors from their major field of study and are trained and supervised by the Center. In addition, the AIC is making use of work-study students in creative ways to help guarantee a maximally rewarding and interesting experience. Work-study students can be employed as teacher assistants, interns, tutors, statistical technicians,staff assistants, or student advocates, depending upon the nature of the assignment. Tutoring is also available for handicapped students and work with the handicapped is coordinated with the central Auraria office for the handicap-ped.Tutorial involvement helps not only the student receiving assistance, but benefits the tutors themselves by improving their communication, interpersonal, academic abilities, as well as providing valuable experiences related to future career goals.
Diagnostic Assessment and Individualized Program Placement:
Both formal and informal diagnosis of academic strengths and weaknesses serve several functions:
1) as a preliminary step in helping students select academic courses in which they will experience success.
2) to involve students in programs that utilize special curriculum and instructional strategies designed by the AIC.
3) to assist adult learners in becoming more knowledgeable about their learning styles so they can, through AIC program and course involvement, develop more efficient, adaptive learning strategies. Individualized programs are mapped out based on the students learning pace.
Innovative Curriculum Development to Meet the Academic Needs of Students: Faculty from academic departments are involved in designing innovative curriculum to meet the academic needs of students in the AIC. The AIC has developed unique programs to help students improve their spelling, writing, note- and test-taking, mathematics, vocabulary and word usage, and memory skills. Students can earn credit while receiving help in these areas.
Learning Disabilities Program: Learning disabled students can possess a superior intelligence level, but underachieve because of a specific learning difficulty. The Learning Disabilities Program provides both diagnosis to identify learning disabled students and program involvement. Intensive individualized assistance is availa-
11


Student Personnel Services
ble in the areas of reading, writing, spelling, language usage, and math for which class credit can be earned. The Learning Disabilities Program also coordinates student involvement in different special needs programs and agencies.
Center for Counseling and Career Services
The Center exists for the purpose of providing competent, professional assistance in three related areas to all students presently enrolled at MSC or MSC alumni. These areas are: 1) Academic Support Programs, 2) Career Development and Career Decision-Making, and 3) Counseling for Personal Growth and Change. These services are provided in a variety of forms and settings that include formal classes, workshops, seminars, counseling and educational groups as well as the traditional one-to-one setting.
Most group programs begin at the start of each semester and interested students should register prior to or during the first week of classes. Students desiring assistance are encouraged to contact the Center personally to arrange an appointment or to register for one of the programs listed below.
The Center for Counseling and Career Services is an accredited member of the International Association of Counseling Services, Inc.
Academic Support Programs:
College-Level Examination Program (CLEP): A program by which student may receive up to 60 hours of college credit by examination. There are varied requirements and limitations, and those interested in this program should contact the Center regarding their specific situation.
Test Anxiety Reduction: Workshop for students whose anxiety about taking tests interferes with studying and test performance. Participants will learn skills to change the thinking that leads to anxiety, learn to relax, and learn to study and take tests more effectively.
Career Development and Decision-Making:
Career Exploration Workshops: Assists students to focus on careers most appropriate to their interests and abilities. Through lecture, testing and discussion, participants learn practical skills in self-assessment and establishing career and life goals.
Workshop on Alternative Careers: Aims primarily at techniques for self-evaluation. Will consider questions such as: Who am I? (needs, values, personality traits, lifestyle, etc.) What needs to be done in the world? How may I set about doing it? (e.g., selling my ideas to an employer, obtaining a grant, designing my own business or service.)
Testing: The Center uses several types of vocational, educational and personal assessment instruments which may assist in decision-making.
Career Library: Provides resources for students in the exploration of a career or occupational choice. General reference material, career information files, periodicals, and self-assessment books. Assistance available in the library from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
COCIS: A computerized system providing immediate access to current, localized information about occupations, training programs, employers and salary information for Colorado. Also information on job search skills and womens career resources.
Personal Growth and Change
Emphasis is placed on helping students with any problem that interferes with achieving success at the College. The student must initiate contact, or be referred by a member of the professional staff of the College, in order to receive assistance. Information disclosed in counseling is held in strictest confidence and is never released without the written consent of the student. Private one-to-one assistance in each of the areas described below is available for those students who do not choose to become a member of a workshop, seminar or group.
Personal Growth and Development Group: Offers participation in a low-structure group setting designed to develop skills in communicating honestly, directly, and comfortably with other people and to promote personal growth and change through self-explora-
tion in a supportive atmosphere. Deals with personal problems such as fears, doubts, frustrations, conflicts about school, job, family, sex, loneliness, dating, etc.
Rational Living Workshop: Provides an opportunity to become acquainted with the fundamentals of Rational Emotive Training and to apply these principles to problem areas specific to each individuals life. The process involves developing an awareness of self and of the emotional self-defeating thought patterns that have been learned. This opportunity to learn effective emotional management and positive behavior skills is provided through discussions, lecture, role playing and group interaction.
Anxiety Reduction Workshops: Anxiety is a learned emotional reaction that can be reduced or eliminated entirely by relearning. The Counseling Center utilizes the desensitization technique (i.e., relaxation and counterconditioning) to help eliminate inappropriate anxiety reactions. Four two-hour workshops required to complete the program.
Womens Group: For the woman who is seeking to learn more about herself and wants to identify and accept her own positive qualities. The group will develop an environment which is supportive of focusing on attitudes and feelings as well as encouraging new modes of behavior.
Marriage Enrichment Group: The primary objectives are to help couples identify and overcome problems, to increase understanding, and to promote a sense of harmony and well-being in the relationship. The participants will include those living together in a husband-wife relationship.
Separation and Divorce Counseling Group: Designed to help people whose marriage has not endured to make the transition from being married to being single again. An intensive group experience that includes both didactic (i.e., educational) and group counseling sessions.
Veterans Upward Bound
Veterans Upward Bound at Metropolitan State College is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate Vietnam era Veterans to use their VA benefits in pursuit of personal career goals through higher education.
Veterans Upward Bound provides remedial and tutorial help so that survival in academic or vocational/technical programs is maximized. This is done during a 12-week trimester. Ancillary services such as career counseling, financial aids advisement, psychological counseling, and job placement are also provided for the participant.
Credit for Military Service Schools
Veterans with one year of continuous active military service who have been honorably discharged should request an evaluation for credit from military service schools. Military service schools are evaluated according to American Council on Education recommendations for credit comparable to MSC coursework. Service schools should be clearly documented on the Form DD214, which is to be presented to the Office of Admissions and Records.
High School Upward Bound
The program is designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary to succeed in education beyond high school for youth from low-income families who have academic potential but who have inadequate secondary school preparation. The program provides intensive instruction in basic academic skills such as reading, writing, and mathematics. A comprehensive counseling and enrichment program, for the purpose of developing creative thinking, effective expression, and positive attitudes toward learning, is also part of the support program. The students are recruited at the beginning of their junior year in high school from four target area high schools located in Denver County.
Special Services Program
The purpose of Special Services at Metropolitan State College is to provide educational assistance for selected students who, because of financial and/or other circumstances, may otherwise be denied
12


Auraria Student Assistant Center
a chance for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual need. Communications skills courses for college credit, coupled with tutorial assistance, will provide the Special Services student with the tools to participate in higher education. Other supportive services include counseling, testing, assistance with financial aid forms, transportation, and, when possible, social and cultural events to make the student feel a part of Metropolitan State College.
Student Health Clinic
The Student Health Clinic is an accessible, outpatient, direct health care clinic located on the Auraria campus. Its primary purpose is to provide students with quality, economical health care services. The Student Health Clinic stresses the concepts of wellness and preventive medicine. Health education and counseling sessions are available, as well as treatment for medical problems.
Any MSC student, faculty, or staff person is entitled to services. The staff will provide medical service for departments, such as physical exams and injections, and are available to speak to classes or groups on health-related topics.
Many professional services are provided by a highly qualified professional staff consisting of physicians, nurse practitioners, and allied health professions. Birth control information and supplies, screening for and treatment of venereal diseases, pap smears, weight counseling, health care for illness, blood pressure checks, pregnancy testing, minor surgery such as wart or mole removals, hernia and prostate checks, and student health insurance information are just a few of the available services.
Student Health Insurance
The Student Health Insurance is a group mandatory with waiver policy which is automatic for all full-time MSC students. The
insurance premium for full-time students is included in the student fee assessment each semester. The premiums are paid to Southland Life Insurance Company. The Student Health Clinic coordinates all insurance claims and forwards them to the insurance company for payment of benefits.
Optional coverage is available for dependents and part-time insured students who are enrolled for six or more semester hours. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
The policy is in effect 24 hours a day in the United States and Canada and covers the period of time from the first day of classes of the semester to the first day of classes of the following semester. Insurance brochures listing other benefits, as well as insurance claim forms and information, are available at the Student Health Clinic, Room 140, Student Center. The group policy number is G 3392.
Student Activities
Metropolitan State Colleges Office of Student Activities offers movies, dances, leadership development programs, lectures series, art shows and a myriad of other co-curricular activities for the students of Metropolitan State College.
In addition to providing social, cultural and recreational activities, the Office of Student Activities encourages and supports the development of a wide range of professional, social, academic honorary, and special interest student organizations.
The Office of Student Activities is on the first floor of the three-story Student Activities Center wing of the Auraria Student Center. The Activities wing houses the clubs and organizations of the three Auraria institutions, the student newspapers and the administrative offices of the Student Activities staffs of the three Auraria institutions.
Auraria Student Services


Auraria Student Assistance Center
The Auraria Student Assistance Center contains five offices and provides centralized student support services to the students of MSC as well as to those of CCD-A and UCD.
Job Placement Office
The Auraria Job Placement Center offers two major services, (1) the Student Employment Services Program, and (2) the Graduate Placement Program.
The Student Employment Services Program assists students in finding part-time and full-time jobs while they are attending school or between semesters. The program typically lists from 150 to 200 jobs of all kinds. Employers are usually willing to be flexible about hours and days. Student Job Counselors arrange interviews and provide details about jobs.
The Graduate Placement Program assists students to find permanent, full-time employment upon graduation. Elements of this program include on-campus interviews by dozens of employers in many fields; specific counseling of individuals; workshops on all aspects of job-seeking, including resume-writing, job locating, interviewing, etc.; videotapes, books, free handouts and reference works on all aspects of the job search; and listings of many kinds of positions requiring degrees or certificates.
In addition, the Graduate Placement Program maintains credentials files on students containing standard information sheets and references from previous employers, faculty members, and (in the case of teaching graduates) references from schools and college supervisors of student teaching. Students are encouraged to open
these placement files as they begin their senior year. The Office will mail copies of credentials on file to any potential employer at no cost to the student.
International Student Services Office
This Office provides a pre-enrollment contact, post admissions follow-up, tracking and numerous services to international students of the three institutions. Services include the following:
Handling all inquiries from foreign students after admission (reporting student status to immigration, Saudi Arabian Education Mission, U.A.E., I.I.E., and various other consulates, embassies, and organizations as required).
Giving financial assistance (financial release transactions, counseling on budgeting to make it in this country).
Providing housing assistance (either establishing own program or working through community clearing house to provide housing for new students).
Providing personal counseling, family information, peer interaction and student activities to international students.
Providing study abroad information to students who wish to go abroad.
Assisting in student and professorial exchange programs (J-1 visas labor certification).
Disabled Student Services
The Disabled Student Services provides aid and academic assistance to the disabled students at MSC and UCD. The office also works closely with faculty and staff to promote awareness of handicapped needs.
13


Special Programs
Located in Suite 108 of the Central Classroom Building, telephone number 629-3474, hours are 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Please call for our scheduled evening hours.
Information and Referral Office
Information and Referral Office provides information to prospective students on academic offerings at each instituion, information on AHEC services and arranges specific referrals for prospective students with institutional personnel. Campus tours for groups and individual potential students can be arranged through this office.
Counseling Referral Office
Available to any student, this Office assists students seeking personal counseling. The Office can also be contacted in any counseling emergency. Generally, one-time personal counseling service is available. When additional counseling visits are deemed appropriate, the Office will attempt to refer the student to other on-campus or off-campus agencies. Students desiring academic advising or career counseling, testing and similar activities should contact the MSC Counseling Center.
The Auraria Library and Media Center
The Auraria Library and Media Center provides a wide variety of learning resources for the students and faculty at Metropolitan State College, Community College of Denver at Auraria, and the University of Colorado at Denver. The Library offers seating for approximately 2,000 individuals, and has over 130,000 useable square feet.
The Auraria Library has more than 690,000 volumes of books, microforms, and bound periodicals, in addition to over 1,700 current periodical and newspaper subscriptions. Strong subject collections at the Auraria Library include the fields of public administration, urban studies, and criminal justice. The Library's main collection is supplemented by the Environmental Design and Vocational/Technical Branch Libraries. In addition, as a member of the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries, the Auraria Library has access to an additional 6,000,000 volumes through inter-library loan.
Special services offered by Auraria Library include computerized bibliographic searches, library orientation and instruction for groups and individuals, listening and viewing facilities, and a depository of government documents. Library rooms are also available for individual study, group conferences, and typing.
The Media Center, an integral part of the Auraria Library, works with faculty to enhance the quality of instructional programs through the use of media services. The Media Center staff provides advice and assistance in the design, production, and use of various media resources, including instructional graphics and photography, film, videotape, audiotape, discs, and television. The Media Center also circulates media and telecommunications equipment to faculty for classroom use.
Student Center
The Auraria Student Center serves as the location for out-of-class activities and services for Metropolitan State College students. The Center, shared by the students of the three institutions on Auraria,
contains a bookstore, student activities offices, cafeteria, rathskel-lar, game room, meeting and conference rooms, MSC Health Center and a variety of lounges for study and relaxation. The Center also contains the Commuter Center, which lists available housing and public transportation information. The Student Center is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreational activities of the college community.
The Student Center is located at 9th Street and Lawrence Steet.
Housing
Although the college does not operate dormitories, assistance in finding adequate housing in the Denver area can be obtained through listings in the Auraria Student Center administrative office.
Auraria Child Care Center
Auraria Child Care Center is a non-profit organization that provides quality child care for students, faculty and staff of the Auraria campus. The Center is fully licensed by the Colorado Department of Social Services and meets all intra-agency requirements. During any session, space is available for 30 toddlers aged 18 months to 3 years and 120 children aged 3 to 8 years.
Registration for the Center each semester is immediately before classes begin. Drop-in care for irregular or infrequent users is available upon advance notice to the Center, provided space is open.
The Child Care Center offers opportunities for Auraria students to gain experience in working with preschool age children through volunteer work, work-study or hourly employment, and practicum experiences.
Auraria Department of Public Safety
The Department of Public Safety provides professional law enforcement services for the Auraria Higher Educational Center. Sworn peace officers patrol the campus 24 hours a day; each day of the week trained dispatchers are on duty at all times to receive calls. Calls warranting police or emergency services should be directed through the emergency number at 629-3271.
The types of services provided by Public Safety include: the prevention of crime; investigation of offenses, and taking crime reports; responding to first aid and emergency calls for assistance; monitoring of alarm systems throughout the campus; monitoring facilities for suspicious activity and unauthorized use; and enforcement of parking and traffic regulations, including accident reporting. By taking an active role as a concerned student and reporting suspicious activities or rendering assistance to A.D.P.S., the student can help provide a safer and more enjoyable campus.
The members of the Department of Public Safety are dedicated to the service of the collegiate community at Auraria and the safety of its users.
]. j j I i I ! ! ! I
Special Programs
j.\.ij|jr...|fj-r
l
Parent Education Resource Center
The Parent Education Resource Center is committed to facilitating parenting education in the community. Its goal is to maximize the availability and quality of parenting education through a variety of programs and activities, each designed to further the cause of preparing people for and assisting them in their role as parents. Among the services offered by the Center are a clearinghouse of parent education programs and resource people, established to
put parents in touch with existing programs and to help groups' design their own. The Center also offers professional training programs for people already active in the field of parent education, and pre-professional training for those who would like to enter the field. (See "Parenting Education Minor" listed under the "School of Community and Human Services.) In addition, the Center publishes a regular newsletter designed to keep the community of parent educators in touch with each other and with the Centers programs. A number of other projects are designed to meet specific needs within the field of parent education.
14


Special Programs
College for Living
College for Living is a multi-disciplinary approach to education for developmental^ disabled adults. A volunteer teaching staff, comprised of MSC students and community volunteers, Instructs students in many areas of daily living skills. Certificates of Completion are provided for the disabled students and college credit can be earned by the volunteer teachers.
Metro's CFL program provided the model for more than thirty such programs in Colorado and throughout the United States. Since its inception in 1974, CFL has grown from sixteen students and five volunteer teachers to over two hundred students and fifty volunteer teachers a year.
Communications Multi-Major
The Communications Multi-Major offers nine areas of emphasis for students with varying educational and career needs. Each students program is planned with an advisor in the selected area of emphasis. Students may obtain information concerning the major from the Department sponsoring the particular area of emphasis in which they are interested.
Area of Emphasis
Communications: Visual Sponsored by Art, p. 89. Communications: Industrial Media Sponsored by Industrial Communications, p. 138.
Communications: Industrial-Organizational Sponsored by Industrial Communications, p. 138. Communications: Industrial-Specialist Sponsored by Industrial Communications, p. 138.
Communications: Broadcasting Sponsored by Speech, p. 118. Communications: Meeting Planning Sponsored by Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration, p. 134. Communications: Theater Administration Sponsored by Speech, p. 118.
Communications: Business Sponsored by Business Education and Communications, p. 29.
Communications: Sports Sponsored by Physical Education and Recreation, p. 66.
All Communications Multi-Major areas of emphases comprise 42 semester hours of study, including 6 hours of required core courses as outlined below, courses in the area of emphasis, and a choice of free electives.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Core Courses for All Areas of Emphases
StmMtw
Hours
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories........3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion......................3
Option Requirements......................................36
Total....................................................42
Communications Free Electives List
Other courses approved by the advisor in the selected Communications area of emphasis are acceptable as free electives.
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.........3
ANT 233 Language and Culture..........................3
ART 101 Basic Drawing Methods.........................3
ART 102 Basic Design and Crafts Methods...............3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art:
1960-Present Day.............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II..........................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition......................3
ENG 303 Semantics.....................................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism....................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing..........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading........3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing.......3
JRN 381 FeatureArticle Writing for Newspapers.........3
PHI 144 Logic........................................3
PSC 322 Public Policy................................3
PSC 346 Public Opinion...............................3
PSY 241 Social Psychology............................3
PSY 342 Issues in Community/Social Psychology........3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking.....................3
SPE 322 Movement for the Stage.......................2
SPE 328 Stage Directing..............................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking...........3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction..................................3
SPE 347 Evolution of Cinematics as Art...............3
SPE 412 Freedom of Speech............................3
SPE 420 Readers Theatre.............................3
SPE 426 Theatre Practicum 1..........................3
SPE 427 Theatre Practicum II.........................3
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting...........3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on
Contemporary Life............................3
Communications Multi-Major Summary
Sam. Hr*.
Areas of Emphasis 8*m. Hr*. In Cor* Cours** Sem. Hr*. In Ar*a of Emphasis in Communic. Elactiv** Total Sam. Hr*. In Major
Communications: Visual 6 27 9 42
Communications: Industrial Media 6 24 12 42
Communications: Industrial- Organizational 6 24 12 42
Communications: Industrial Specialist 6 24 12 42
Communications: Broadcasting 6 18 18 42
Communications: Meeting Planning 6 18 18 42
Communications: Theatre Administration 6 18 18 42
Communications: Business 6 24 12 42
Communications: Sports 6 27 9 42
Community Service Development Program
The Community Service Development Program at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide academic and applied learning opportunities for men and women who wish to pursue professional careers in the administration of community-based, nonprofit, social-service agencies.
The program integrates the theory and principles of the administration of small, nonprofit agencies and programs with applied experiences in actual work situations. A Degree Program and a Certificate program are both available. In either program, the student will spend four to six hours each week in the classroom and a minimum of 20 hours a week in an actual administrative position with an agency. Contact time in the classroom will vary, but normally, students attend class two nights a week for approximately three hours each night.
15


Academic Information
The CSD program has established a relationship with a large core of community-based, nonprofit organizations in the Denver metropolitan area. These agencies and the CSD program work closely together to establish the best possible learning opportunity for the student while directly meeting agency needs. After an orientation session which describes the various agencies affiliated with the program, each student selects at least three programs with which to interview for placement possibilities.
The students may use a paid administrative staff position to meet the applied experience requirement. The student's work situation, however, must permit a positive integration of academic theory with the person's regular paid job requirements.
In order to enter the program, individuals must first attend a special orientation session. (Times and dates of orientation sessions may be acquired by calling the CSD office, 629-3267).
Contract Major/Minor Program
Even with the wide diversity of the majors and minors presently offered at Metropolitan State College, the need arises occasionally for a major that will not fit the existing catalog major or minor and which is individual in nature and meets the specific needs of the students. The Contract Major/Minor is an organized degree program written by the student In consultation with a Contract Major/Minor Advising Committee to enable the student to attain a specific individual career objective which cannot be satisfied by any existing catalog major and/or minor programs.
For further information contact the Academic Advising and Resource Center.
l I I I i I I I
Academic Information
I I I I t I I I I
The College operates on the semester system with each semester during the academic year consisting of fifteen weeks of instruction. Running concurrently with the fifteen-week courses, are modules, scheduled to begin on the first, sixth and eleventh week of the fifteen-week semester. During any fifteen-week semester, students may enroll in fifteen-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both, as long as the limitations outlined under "Course Load" are not exceeded.
The College also offers a ten-week summer term during which students may enroll for either ten-week courses, five-week courses, or combinations of both. The course load restrictions are adjusted to be equivalent to those of the regular academic year.
Classes are scheduled during the day and in the evening in order to accommodate people who are employed. Students who are planning to take the majority of their classes in the evenings should check with appropriate department chairpersons about the availability of courses in their major during evening hours. Enrollment can be on a full-time or part-time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a baccalaureate or associate degree, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning about particular areas of interest for cultural or intellectual reasons.
Admission and Registration
Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College should review the Colleges admission requirements. Students must be accepted for admission in order to be eligible for degree programs.
All continuing students in good standing at Metropolitan State College are eligible to register each semester.
Students may maintain the status of continuing student while absent from the College; however, following two full semesters of absence, students should review their status with the Office of Admissions and Records to determine whether an updated application for readmission will be required.
A student may register for classes in one of two ways: (1) By mail approximately eight to ten weeks prior to the beginning of the semester; or (2) by direct computer registration just prior to the beginning of classes. Information on the registration procedure and registration dates are published in the Class Schedule which is mailed to all continuing students. Students are responsible for insuring that there is a correct and up-to-date address with the College. Address changes may be made with the Office of Admissions and Records.
Registration procedures and dates for five-week modules are described in the Class Schedule.
Academic Advising and Resource Center
The Center coordinates academic advising and related matters in
the seven Schools of Metropolitan State College, and provides ongoing academic advising for prospective and continuing students, especially those who are undecided about a major. General Information about the College, programs of study, and degree requirements are available in the Center. The following programs are housed in the Center;
New Student Orientation/Advising Program
The New Student Orientation/Advising Program is designed to acquaint all new and transfer students with Metropolitan State College, its programs, services, activities and faculties. In addition, students new to the College are provided with information concerning course selection, transfer of credits, scheduling and other matters pertaining to the enrollment process. Dates and times for the Program are included in the class schedule available prior to each semester.
Probation Review
The probation suspension policy at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide each student with the opportunity to maintain high standards and achieve academic success.
Students are required to maintain a grade point average of 2.00 (C) in order to qualify for graduation. When a students grade point average for a semester falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on a warning status.
if a student has failed to show satisfactory progress at the end of the warning semester, the student will be placed on probabtion subject to suspension at the end of the probation semester if satisfactory progress is not achieved. A probation student may be advised to repeat courses, enroll in specific courses, or limit the number of hours attempted during this probationary semester. A student who is dismissed may petition for readmission after one year.
A student's warning or probation status is subject to the student decreasing a deficiency each semester until a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 is achieved. The College advises every student placed on warning or probation status to meet with a member of the Probation Review Committee and the students major advisor. A mid-term progress report may be required before a student is allowed to register for the following semester.
Students who have been readmitted to the College on probation or warning will have their status changed when they have attempted a minimum of twelve semester hours and maintained at least a C average, or the GPA stipulated at the time of admission, for all course work attempted at Metropolitan State College. Students readmitted on probation or warning will be reviewed for possible suspension when failing to show satisfactory progress regardless of the number of hours attempted. After removal from probation or warning, the student will be subject to the standard policy outlined above.
16


Academic Information
Upon completion of the stipulated suspension period, a student may apply for reinstatement through the Probation Review Committee. No student may reenter after academic suspension without the written approval of the Probation Review Committee.
Academic Standards
The Joint Board on Academic Standards is composed of faculty senators and student government appointees and is chaired by the Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs. This Board provides a final appeal route for students who wish to petition for exceptions to existing academic policies. For example, the Board will consider petitions for course substitutions and waivers in the general studies areas, course overloads, academic suspension reviews, and graduation requirements.
Contract Major/Minor
Students who have a particular educational career goal in mind but cannot find a College major or minor that fits that goal may be able to satisfy their objectives through a Contract Major/Minor. With the assistance of a faculty advising committee, students may plan a course of study to coincide with their personal goals and with MSC requirements.
Metroline 3018
This special telephone number has been established in the Center to assist students and citizens with inquiries regarding the College. Students, faculty, and staff in the Center can answer questions or refer the inquirers to the appropriate College official or program.
Veterans Services
The Office of Veterans' Services is designed to provide student veterans, and veterans in the community, with a variety of outreach, recruitment, and retention services. These include assistance with problems involving checks, tutorial and counseling assistance, and many referrals to both on-campus offices and community services. The office also certifies student veterans and dependents for their VA educational benefits.
Veterans Services coordinates the Colorado Veterans Tuition Assistance program which is a state benefit offering tuition credit for many student veterans who entered the military from Colorado. Individuals should contact the office for further information and assistance.
Womens Center
The Womens Center provides a place and a system of support for women in need of assistance. The Center disseminates information regarding on and off-campus educational services, entitlements through financial aid, and admissions procedures. The Center houses a resource library and provides counseling and assistance in planning for new directions in the students life. The Center is considered an "extended family whose objective is to give to the individual personalized counseling and referrals.
Metro-Meritus
Metro-Meritus is designed to give special encouragement and assistance to retired citizens to continue their personal educational growth in a stimulating and friendly campus setting. Entry level courses are suggested each semester in a wide range of study areas, and assistance is given in processing these students into and through the application and registration system.
Division of Off Campus Programs
As a response to community requests for more accessible higher education, Off Campus Programs offers innovative courses in a variety of locations, formats, and subjects in the four county Denver area.
Cooperative Education, Community Learning Centers, Extended Campus Programs, and the Adult Learning and Assessment Center are the core of Off Campus Programs. With these programs and the array of academic areas at the College, Off Campus Programs has a tremendous flexibility for devising new courses, offering courses in new locations, and tailoring instruction to the specific needs of various consumer groups.
Some of the more promising examples during this academic year are: The Intensive Bilingual Vocational English Training Program which trains limited English-speaking adults whose native language is Vietnamese, Laotian, or Spanish to compete for entry level jobs in the Tourist/Hotel, Food Service, and Health Service industries; credit courses through the American Institute of Banking; a cooperative arrangement with the Arvada Center for the Performing Arts; a variety of industry and agency-based certificate programs; and cooperative employment and training agreements.
As new needs arise, Off Campus Programs staff will work to develop educational approaches that give educational consumers the knowledge and skills needed to grow, both on the job and as members of the community at large.
Adult Learning and Assessment Center
The Adult Learning and Assessment Center provides support for adults entering or re-entering higher education who are interested in applying for credit for college-level prior learning acquired through work, life or volunteer experience. Credit for prior learning is based on the belief that the education which builds on, interprets and incorporates past and present knowledge and experience is the education that is the most meaningful for the student. Metropolitan State College supports the granting of credit for prior learning when that learning is articulated, documented and assessed as college-level learning related to the students academic program and future career/life goals.
The Center offers a course in Documenting Prior Learning and a workshop in Portfolio Development to enable students to learn the documentation process. It is strongly recommended that students interested in having their learning assessed participate in either the course or the workshop. Both are offered for credit.
Students participating in this program submit applications to the departments where they are requesting credit. Credits are awarded on the basis of careful evaluation of Prior Learning Portfolios submitted by the student which document the content, quality and quantity of the learning experiences. All the usual degree requirements must be fulfilled such as general studies, resident hours, etc. Prior learning credits are not applicable toward academic residence requirements. Regular, degree-seeking students need to have completed eight semester hours at MSC before credit for prior learning will be posted on their transcripts.
Credits approved by departments will bear some relationship to the academic offerings or expertise within the department. Course syllabi will be used as guidelines, and duplicate credit will not be awarded. The number of credits will be recommended by the departments and then must receive final approval by the Prior Learning Assessment Committee, composed of a faculty representative from each School of the College. In all cases, however, the student must complete 30 semester hours in residence (classroom credit), of which at least eight semester hours must be upper-division courses for the major and four semester hours of upper-division courses for the minor.
Credits awarded through assessment of prior learning via portfolio are viewed as examination-type credits, and a student may earn up to a total of 60 semester hours toward degree requirements through any combination of prior learning options. (Students may need to check for differences in departmental guidelines.) The options, in addition to Assessment by Portfolio, are: College Level Examination Program (CLEP), Advanced Placement, and Institutional Credit by Examination. Credit awarded through CLEP may not be duplicated by Prior Learning Portfolio course number; however, no letter grades are given for any prior learning credits. Students are advised when applying for such credit that some institutions do not accept transfer credits which do not include letter grades.
Students awarded credit through the assessment of a prior learning portfolio will pay a fee of one-half the part-time student tuition rate for each semester hour of credit granted. For a copy of the Guidelines for Portfolio Development and Credit for Prior Learning Assessment and additional information contact the Adult Learning and Assessment Center.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a program which places students in work experiences related to their academic major. Co-op students alternate between periods of on-campus study with off-campus work. The purpose of the program is to formally integrate academic
17


Academic Information
Cooperative education students work in large corporations, small businesses, and non-profit agencies throughout the metropolitan area. In addition, the MSC Co-op Program recruits students for trainee positions in 25 different agencies of the Federal government based here in Denver. Most co-op students are paid by their employer, but in those professional fields where co-op salaries are not available, volunteer placements are offered to help students gain work experience.
Co-op placements are available to Business, Engineering Technology, Liberal Arts, Professional Studies, and Science and Mathematics students. To register for the program students must have completed at least 30 semester hours of college course work with a 2.5 GPA and have declared an MSC academic major.
The college awards academic credit for supervised cooperative education placements. Students must complete a credit application available from the co-op office, and this application must be approved by a faculty member from the department in which credit is to be granted. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward MSC degree requirements.
198-1-3 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing and permission of instructor.
An entry level work experience in a private company or an agency of the Federal or State government related to the student's major supervised by professionals on-the-job in conjunction with an MSC faculty member.
398-1-12 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education
Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instructor An advanced work experience in a private company or governmental agency related to the students major and supervised by professionals on-the-job in conjunction with an MSC faculty member.
For more information on the program and the placement opportunities in your academic major, contact the Cooperative Education Office at 1045 9th Street Park.
Extended Campus Credit Program
This program provides fully-accredited courses in locations throughout the Denver metropolitan area. Included are certificate programs at businesses and agencies as well as evening courses in local schools, churches, and community centers. Classes are open to regular MSC students as well as interested persons in the community. Standard tuition charges apply.
Community Learning Centers
The purpose of Community Learning Centers is to bring learning to the community by removing physical distances and transportation barriers and by providing needed alternatives for programs now constrained by space limitations during evening hours on the main campus.
Metropolitan State Colleges main Community Learning Center is located at 1420 Ogden, and houses the Colleges Bilingual Vocational English Training (BVET) Program for limited English speaking adults. BVET is funded by a $ 1.6 million, six-year renewable United States Department of Education grant to train Denver area limited English- speaking adults in vocational ESL and vocational skills to enter the employment market in business and clerical jobs, the health industry, and the hotel-tourist restaurant area.
Learning for Living Non Credit Continuing Education
Learning for Living is a year-round program of non-credit classes and workshops for adults who wish to continue to learn for professional or personal growth. There are no grades, tests, or prerequisites. Convenient locations, qualified faculty, and a variety of programs, formats, and time schedules have contributed to the programs popularity. Special programs include Lunch and Learning and Freedom After Fifty. Offerings are open to all persons regardless of previous education or experience. Certificates of Completion or Continuing Education Units (CEUs) may be granted upon student request at the completion of non-credit learning experiences.
For more information or a complete brochure of all Learning for Living classes, call our 24-hour telephone service at 629-3046.
Interinstitutional Registration
Denver Area Colleges
Students enrolled at Metropolitan State College may register for courses during the enrolled semester at the Community College of Denver, Arapahoe Community College, Regis College or Colorado Women's College. Courses taken at these institutions in no way alter existing Metropolitan State College degree requirements, but may apply toward degree requirements at MSC subject to specific approval by MSC.
Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for courses at these other institutions is available from the Office of Admissions and Records.
Concurrent Enrollment
Concurrent enrollment differs from interinstitutional enrollment in that the student is currently matriculated and enrolled at two different institutions. Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metropolitan State College and another college at the same time must obtain a letter of permission from the Director of Student Registration of each institution. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of both institutions.
Semester Hours Credit
Course credit is based upon units designed as semester hours. One semester hour represents one class period of fifty minutes per week for fifteen weeks and normally about two hours per week of preparation by the student outside of class. Laboratory courses give one semester hour of credit for each two or four hours of scheduled work in the laboratory during a week.
Course Load
The average course load per fifteen-week semester is fifteen or sixteen semester hours. Students who are academically strong may take up to eighteen semester hours during Fall and Spring Semesters and up to twelve semester hours during the Summer Semester. Students with cumulative grade point averages of 3.25 or higher may take nineteen or twenty semester hours during Fall and Spring Semesters and those with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher may take twenty-one semester hours. Authorization for overloads without these grade point average minimums or for more than twenty-one semester hours of course work is given only by the Academic Standards Committee following a successful formal appeal prior to the beginning of the semester.* The appeal should begin by obtaining a petition from the Academic Advising and Resource Center in CN 102.
For information on the charge per credit hour in excess of 18 refer to the "Costs section of this Bulletin.
Course Numbers, Descriptions, and Offerings
Before starting registration, students should study the list of courses for information on the level of instruction, credit, course sequence, content, and prerequisites.
The first digit in a course number designates the level of instruction. Only courses numbered 100 or above will be included in credits toward a degree. Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 through 299 primarily for sophomores, 300 through 399 primarily for juniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although normally students should not take courses above the level of their class (based upon semester hours earned), they may do so at one level above if they have the specified
18


Academic Information
prerequisites. In special cases, students may be permitted to take courses more than one level above that designated for their class if, in addition to meeting the requirements for prerequisites, they obtain the permission of their advisor and of the faculty member teaching the course.
After each course number is a figure specifying the semester hours of credit. As an example, English 101-3 is a three-credit course. Following the course title is a second set of numbers in parentheses indicating the division of time between lecture and laboratory. The first number in parentheses indicates the number of laboratory, shop, or field hours. For example, in a science course followed by (3+4), the numbers indicate three hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory.
Course descriptions provide a summary of the content of the course. If there is a prerequisite which must be met before a student will be permitted to register for the course, this information is listed above the course description.
A list of all courses, instructors, class meeting times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule which is printed well in advance of the beginning of each semester and is available to all students.
Decisions on which of the courses listed in this Bulletin are taught during the year will be based on predictions of student demand and the amount of funds available.
Changes in Registration
Students enrolled in fifteen-week or ten-week courses may adjust schedules by dropping and/or adding classes during the first fifteen percent of each semester (not including weekends). See the current Semester Class Schedule for complete information concerning the tuition and fee refund schedule.
Students who reduce their course load after fifteen percent of the term through twenty five percent of the term will receive an NC notation for each course they have adjusted and a twenty five percent refund if applicable.
Students not dropping a course before the end of the twenty five percent cutoff time, who for some reason are unable to complete the course, must make arrangements with the instructor concerning the "notation or grade that will be submitted at the end of the semester. See the paragraphs on Grades, Course Load, and Class Attendance in this Section.
Procedures for adding or dropping a five-week course after the course has begun are described in the current Class Schedule.
Class Attendance
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point that they jeopardize success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
If students anticipate a prolonged absence because of illness, they should contact their instructors, if possible. If they find that they cannot do this, they should contact the Vice-President for Student Affairs who will inform the instructors of the reasons for the anticipated absence.
Whenever an instructor thinks that a students absences are interfering with academic progress, s/he may submit a letter to the Office of the Vice-President for Student Affairs informing him of the situation.
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning is a phrase used to describe classes in which students are allowed to proceed at a pace that is suited to their personal learning needs and learning style. Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semester or module, with the advantage of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed slowly, extending the learning beyond the end of a semester or module, or even two if necessary, without time limitations that might interfere with the mastery of each required skill.
This personalized system of learning relies heavily on learning aids and media so that tutors, student proctors, and faculty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and assistance.
Self-paced courses are identified in the Class Schedule by "SP or "self-paced. Information on the method of instruction and the nature of program is available in each department. Self-paced courses are optional and are open to all.
Students who do not complete the work of a self-paced course during a semester are given the notation of NC and must re-enroll in and pay for the course in a subsequent semester in order to continue in that course. A letter grade is awarded during the semester in which the work is completed satisfactorily.
Examinations in Lieu of Course Requirements
Successful completion of special examinations may be substituted for the completion of course requirements, may permit placement of students in advanced courses, or may be used as the basis for awarding college credit. Several different types of examinations are described below. A student may not earn more than a total of 60 semester hours of credit toward degree requirements regardless of the type of examination for which credit is or has been earned.
Departmental Course Examinations
In special cases a department may grant a student credit toward graduation for college courses in which she or he requests and passes special college examinations. Under this provision a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit may be awarded by the College.
A fee of $10.00 per semester hour credit will be charged.
Examinations for credit must be based on work equivalent to a regular course offered by the college (omnibus-numbered courses are excluded), and the credit granted will be for the corresponding course, provided the student has no previous collegiate enrollment for a similar course and the credit is applicable toward the students graduation requirements. Evidence of work justifying an examination for credit must be presented to the department chairperson no later than the third week of classes in a semester. Permission for such examination must be secured in advance from the appropriate dean upon recommendation of the department chairperson.
No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good standing in a degree-seeking curriculum in the College. Credit by examination will not be approved for a student who is within 12 classroom credit hours of completing degree requirements. No credit by examination can be obtained for a course in which a student has been officially enrolled at Metropolitan State College or at another institution, whether or not the course has been completed and a grade awarded. Credit by examination cannot be obtained for college courses attended as a listener, visitor, or auditor.
When students have completed a course in the same discipline, higher in number than the course for which they are seeking examination credit, permission will be granted provided the two courses are unrelated and approval is granted by the appropriate department chairperson and dean. In a given discipline no credit by examination can be obtained for a course lower in a number in a sequence than the highest-numbered course already completed by that student. If a student is registered for, but has not completed a higher-numbered course in a sequence, the examination for the lower-numbered course must be completed within the first three weeks of the semester. Exceptions must be appealed to the Academic Standards Committee following endorsement of the department chairperson or dean. Examinations cannot be taken to raise grades, to remove failures, or to remove NC or SP notations. Credit by examination is not applicable toward academic residence requirements.
Examples of unrelated subject matter:
CJC 221, Criminal Investigation
CJC 102, Prevention and Control of Delinquency and Crime ITS 241, Introduction to Photography ITS 101, Introduction to Wood
Examination for credit will be taken at a time specified by the department, but after the special examination fee has been paid. No examination for credit in a college course may be repeated. A grade equivalent to A or B must be attained on the examina-
19


Academic Information
tion in order to receive credit, but credits so earned for the course will be recorded without grade reference on the students permanent record. Credits in courses for which credit is earned by examination are not considered in computing college grade point averages.
Credit by examination will be posted after a student has completed 8 semester hours of credit at Metropolitan State College and after an evaluation of all possible transfer credits has been completed.
Attainment Examinations
Any student may take attainment examinations in certain departments for the purpose of waiving specific graduation requirements. Passing such an examination, although not reducing the number of credits required for graduation, entitles the student to substitute a subject of her/his own choice for the required subject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the course.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
The College Board has developed a program of examinations designed to evaluate non-traditional college-level education, specifically including independent study and correspondence work, and to award credit for successful demonstration of this knowledge. This program, known as the College-Level Examination Program or CLEP, consists of two series of examinations the General Examinations and the Subject Examinations.
The General Examination series includes five separate examinations covering the areas of English Composition, Humanities, Natural Sciences, Math and Social Sciences-History. Based on the results of these examinations, the College may award up to a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit in the freshman general studies requirements areas. Thus, the successful student may test out of most of the traditional courses required during the freshman year.
The Subject Examination series consists of more than 45 examinations which apply to specific college courses. MSC may allow credit for 20 of these examinations. Thirty semester hours of credit also may be awarded under this series, making a total of 60 semester hours of credit obtainable under a combination of the two series of examinations.
Credit obtained under CLEP at another institution will be reevaluated according to MSC credit-by-examination standards.
Interested students should contact the Center for Counseling and Career Services for complete information about this program before registration.
Advanced Placement
Students who have performed satisfactorily in special college-level courses while in high school, and who have passed appropriate Advanced Placement Examinations conducted by the College Entrance Examination Board, may submit the results to the Office of Admissions and Records for consideration for college credit. This office, in consultation with the appropriate department chairperson, determines the amount and nature of the credit and/or advanced placement granted.
Pass-Fail Option
The pass-fail option encourages the students to venture out of their major and minor fields and thereby broaden their educational experience. The pass grade has no effect on the grade point average; the fail grade is equivalent to the grade of "F.
Students having already completed at least one MSC course with at least a 2.00 cumulative grade point average may choose to be evaluated for a certain course on a Pass-Fail basis rather than by letter grade. Courses taken on a Pass-Fail basis will apply to major, minor or teacher certification requirements only with the approval of the appropriate department chairperson. Self-paced courses may not be taken under the Pass-Fail option. Maximum graduation credit for these ungraded courses is eighteen credit hours, earned in no more than six courses, limited to one course per semester or module.
A student must declare interest in the pass-fail option no later than the last day to add classes for a particular semester or module by contacting the Office of Admissions and Records. The instructor
will assign and record the Pass-Fail grade on a final grade list which identifies students electing and eligible for Pass-Fail grading. If the student requests the option and later is declared ineligible, he receives notification from the Office of Admissions and Records during the semester that he will receive a regular letter-grade in the course. Once approved, the request for the Pass-Fail option is irrevocable.
Some institutions do not accept credits for courses in which a Pass grade is given. Therefore, students who plan to transfer or take graduate work should determine whether the institution of their choice will accept the credit before registering for courses under the Pass-Fail option.
Final Examinations
It is the general policy of the College to require final examinations of all students in all courses in which they are registered for credit, with the possible exception of seminar courses or special projects.
Grades/Notations
Alphabetical grades and status symbols used at Metropolitan State College are as follows:
A Superior.....................4 quality points per semester
hour attempted.
B Above Average................3 quality points per semester
hour attempted
C Average......................2 quality points per semester
hour attempted.
D Below Average but Passing....1 quality point per semester
hour attempted.
F Failure......................0 quality points per semester
hour attempted.
NC No Credit
Nl No Credit Incomplete
S Satisfactory (Limited to Student Teaching)
P Pass
X Grade assignment pending. Student must see Faculty for an explanation or assignment of grade.
The No Credit (NC) notation is not a grade. It may indicate withdrawal from the course, a request at registration for no credit, course repetition, or may be assigned when a student was unable to take the final examination and/or did not complete all of her/his out-of-class assignments due to unusual circumstances such as hospitalization. Incomplete work denoted by Nl must be completed within one calendar year or earlier, at the discretion of the faculty member. The notation has no effect on the grade point average.
The NC notation may also be used in self-paced courses to indicate that the student and/or the faculty have decided to extend the students exposure to the course in order to increase the students proficiency. In order to earn credit, the student must reregister for and pay for the course in a subsequent term. The Nl notation may not be awarded in a self-paced course.
The following minimal requirements shall be required throughout the College and shall be a part of all school, departmental, or individual policies:
1. The NC notation shall be available to students in all instances through the fourth week of classes of each term.
2. During the last week of a term, requests by students for an NC notation in a given course shall not be granted. The NC (incomplete) notation may be used during this period provided the conditions specified above apply.
3. A written policy statement describing the use of the NC notation shall be given to each student for each class in which s/he enrolls.
4. Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point that they jeopardize her/his success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
20


Omnibus Courses
Additional requirements for an NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member. School policies shall supersede departmental policies; either school policies or departmental policies shall supersede individual policies.
Repeated Courses (Last Grade Stands)
A student may repeat any MSC course previously taken regardless of the original grade earned. By so doing only the credit and the grade for the latest attempt at the course will remain on the students academic record. The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the "NC notation. The courses must carry the same title, course number and credit hours. To effect such a change, the student must re-register and pay tuition for the course in question, complete the course with a letter grade and complete the necessary form in the Office of Admissions and Records indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made administratively at the time of degree evaluation or earlier, as identified. Credit duplication involving transfer, inter-institutional or consortium courses may be treated differently from the above procedure.
Quality Points
The number of quality points awarded for a course is determined by multiplying the number of credit hours for that course by the quality point value of the grade received. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the total by the number of credit hours attempted.
To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must, in addition to meeting other prescribed requirements, have a minimum number of quality points equal to twice the number of credit hours attempted. The notations NC, Nl, S, and P have no effect on the grade point average.
Transcripts of Records
A transcript is a certified copy of a students permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance. Copies are available at $1 each. Transcripts will be released by the Office of Admissions and Records upon formal written request by the student. Transcripts will also be issued to firms and employers if written authorization is received from the student. Requests should include the students full name as recorded while attending MSC, student identification number, last term of attendance, number of copies desired, and to whom and where transcripts are to be sent. T ranscripts may be withheld because of indebtedness to the College or for other appropriate reasons. Certified true copies of transcripts from other institutions which are on file in the Office of Admissions and Records will be issued upon signed, notarized request by the student. A charge of $1 per copy page is assessed for this service. Students from other institutions taking MSC courses under the consortium or inter-institutional registration programs should request transcripts from their home institutions reflecting these courses.
Request for Change in Grade
If students have reason to question the validity of a grade received in a course, they must make their request for a change before the end of the third week of the semester following the completion of the course the following Autumn Semester in the case of the preceding Spring Semester.
Requests for reconsideration of awarded grades should be made directly to the instructor. Should no resolution be possible between the student and the instructor, the matter may be appealed to the
department chairperson and then to the dean. Grades that are changed must be approved by the appropriate department chairperson, Dean, and Vice President for Academic Affairs.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned; Freshmen fewer than 30; sophomores 30 or more; but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or more.
Honors and Awards
Metropolitan State College annually recognizes students who show outstanding leadership and service to the College community, excellence in scholastic achievement, and outstanding personal character and integrity.
The Presidents Award is given to one junior or senior who has excelled in both academics and service to the College.
The Vice Presidents Award is given to one student who has exhibited superior scholastic ability, personal integrity, and campus leadership.
Outstanding Student Awards are presented to approximately fifteen students each year on the basis of scholarship ability, personal integrity, and campus leadership.
Junior and senior students receiving the above awards are among those selected for publication in Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges.
In addition to annual awards, students with outstanding academic achievements are recognized by being named on Metropolitan State College Honor Lists. The Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of 3.85 or higher. The Vice Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative grade point average of between 3.50 and 3.84, inclusive.
Computation will occur initially when the student has completed between 30 and 60 hours at MSC, then again between 60 and 90 hours, and finally after more than 90 hours.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have demonstrated superior academic ability in their baccalaureate degree while attending Metropolitan State College. Honors designations are determined according to the following criteria:
1) Summa Cum Laude Top 5 percent graduates within each school with cumulative MSC GPA of no less than 3.65 Magna Cum Laude Next 10 percent of graduates within each school with cumulative MSC GPA of no less than 3.65.
2) To determine each honors category grade point averages for the previous spring semester graduates are arrayed in rank order. This rank ordering is then used to determine the honors recipients among the following summer, autumn and spring graduates.
3) To qualify for graduation honors recognition, a student must have completed a minimum of 50 semester hours of classroom credit at MSC prior to the term of graduation.
4) Courses completed during the term of graduation and transfer credits are not considered when determining honors.
5) This policy for determining graduation honors applies to all students graduating after Spring Semester, 1979.

Omnibus Courses
1 1 1 1 1 1 l
The omnibus courses listed below are designed to provide flexible learning opportunities. Experimental topics courses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel subjects and current prob-
lems. Independent study allows students to investigate problems of special interest. Supervised field study and internships, conducted cooperatively with business, industry, government and other agen-
21


Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
cies, provide practical on-the-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses should not duplicate that of regular courses listed in the Bulletin. They may be offered by all departments in the College.
A specific course plan for topic and group workshop courses, which covers content and credit hours, must be submitted by an instructor and approved by the chairperson of the department or discipline, and dean of the school before such a course can be listed in the schedule of classes. These same approvals are required for plans of study which individual students submit for registration in a workshop course (when individualized) or an independent study course.
No more than 30 semester hours earned in all of the omnibus courses will be counted toward meeting degree requirements. Omnibus courses do not count toward the General Studies Requirements.
The following course numbers are the same for all disciplines and, when listed in class schedules, registration forms and college records, will carry the prefix of the discipline in which the course is offered. In addition to prerequisites listed under a course, and the approvals outlined above, other prerequisites appropriate to the study and departmental objectives may be added.
190 (Credit Variable). Topics
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
An introductory study of selected topics especially appropriate for lower-division students.
299 (Credit Variable). Field Experience/lnternship
PrerequisiteiSophomore standing and permission of instructor.
A supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
390 (Credit Variable). Advanced Topics
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
An in-depth inquiry into selected problems.
480 (Credit Variable). Workshop
Prerequisite: Approval of department.
An advanced program of study, often of concentrated nature, designed primarily for students majoring in a particular department or discipline. Involves independent and/or group appraisal and analysis of major problems within a particular area.
490 (Credit Variable). Seminar.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Presentations, discussions, reports, and critiques of various problems within the discipline in which the seminar is offered.
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed 6 credit hours). Independent Study
Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the department chairperson.
Independent investigation of problems within the area of the student's majoring in the department/discipline offering the course and must be supervised by a faculty member in that department/ discipline.
499 (Credit Variable). Advance Field Experience/
Internship
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
An advanced level supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area relatad to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
Guidelines on Field Experience/lnternship Courses
1. Students must make application for course credit and provide information on background, justification and aims.
2. Applications for 299 or 499 credits will be evaluated by the faculty of the department/discipline in which credit is granted or by a committee of at least two members of the department/discipline; in addition, the department chairperson will evaluate the applications. Each application must be approved by both the faculty evaluation group and the department chairperson before the student may have credit.
3. The locations, institutions, or businesses proposed by a student, by an instructor or faculty group in an academic department/discipline, or by the department chairperson will be evaluated by the members of the department/ discipline or by a committee of at least two persons from the department/discipline and the department chairperson. After evaluation, the members of the department/discipline or the committee and the department chairperson will approve the granting of credit.
4. The approved application will be sent to the approved location, institution, or business.
5. The location, institution, or business approved for the field experience must agree to accept the student, provide learning opportunities, and evaluate her/his performance.
6. The group which approves the student application will establish the credit to be earned before the course is undertaken; the department chairperson will approve the credit. Course credit may vary from one to fifteen hours.
7. At least one hour weekly will be spent in seminar discussion, or in conferences with the field supervisor in the field experience location, or in conferences with the department or departmental committee.
8. The student will make a terminal report evaluating her or his course; the field supervisor must make an evaluation of the students performance during the course; and the department/discipline faculty or committee will select a member of the faculty or committee to write an evaluation of the students performance and to assign a letter grade for the course.
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
Students are responsible for full knowledge of the information provided in this Bulletin concerning regulations and requirements of the College and their program of study.
The instructional program has been organized so that students may work toward one or more of the following objectives: (1) following a curriculum in arts, sciences, or applied sciences to meet requirements for Bachelor of Arts or Science Degree; (2) taking vocational-technical programs, which may or may not involve being a degree candidate, to prepare for careers in fields such as business, health services, public services, and technology; or (3) enrolling for selected courses to improve general education or vocational competency.
Requirements for All Degrees
To earn a degree, students must satisfy the course and other requirements for the curriculum under which they are registered and must complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative average of 2.00 or higher.
For degree requirement evaluation purposes, students may select any Bulletin in effect while they are enrolled at Metropolitan State College providing that the Bulletin contains their complete program of study. A student interrupting continuous enrollment for one calendar year or more may select only those Bulletins in effect after return to the institution. Students must complete the general studies, major, minor, and all other degree requirements as outlined in the Bulletin under which they plan to graduate.
22


Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
While every effort will be made to provide each student appropriate advice in meeting requirements for graduation and for majors and minors, the final responsibility for meeting these rests with the student. Consequently, students are responsible for full knowledge of the provisions and regulations pertaining to their program and should seek advice when in doubt. The student should never assume approval to deviate from the stated requirements without a properly signed statement to that effect.
Transfer students should become familiar with the requirements of the College, the general studies, and their major and minor areas.
Graduation Agreement
The official academic evaluation process is initiated when the student completes the Graduation Agreement. Once the student has received program approval from the major (or area of emphasis) department chairpersons and the minor department chairperson, the student submits the Agreement to the Office of Admissions and Records for final review. After the completion of each subsequent semester of academic work, the student will receive an updated Academic Status Report.
The deadline for submitting the Graduation Agreement coincides with the deadline for submitting early (mail) registration for the semester the student plans to graduate. However, since the student is ultimately responsible for the success or failure of her/his program of study, it is advisable to begin the graduation evaluation process at least one year and preferably two years prior to the semester of graduation. A Graduation Agreement submitted after the deadline will be reviewed for the following graduation date.
After submitting the Graduation Agreement, a student who feels justified in deviating from College academic requirements may appeal to the Academic Standards Committee to request a variance. Petition forms may be obtained from the Academic Advising Office. Valid reasons for the variances must accompany all petitions and must be signed by the appropriate dean and department chairperson.
Diplomas are granted after conclusion of each of the three semesters for those students who have met all requirements for graduation. A formal commencement ceremony is held at the conclusion of the Spring Semester. Students who officially graduated during any of the previous three semesters are invited but are not required to participate in the Spring Commencement.
Requirements for All Bachelor Degrees
To earn a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, a student must satisfy the following minimum requirements, plus any others stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
Programs of Study and Degree Requirements
1. Complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher for all Metropolitan State College course work.
2. Complete at least 40 semester hours in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level courses).
3. Complete all general studies requirements listed for the degree and major.
4. Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours. With certain exceptions (see major department), complete a minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. If a student completes two majors, the second major satisfies the minor requirement. Course-work used toward meeting requirements for one major or minor may not be used toward meeting requirements for another major or minor.
5. Complete all special requirements of a department and school.
6. Achieve a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or higher in all MSC courses which satisfy the requirements for the major and for all MSC courses which satisfy requirements for a minor.
7. Academic Residency (classroom credit)
a. Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metropolitan State College, including the last 10 semester hours applicable to the degree.
b. Complete at least 8 upper-division (300- and 400-level) semester hours of the major and 4 upper-division hours of the minor at Metropolitan State College (classroom credit).
c. Students should check with the Office of Admissions and Records before attempting to apply interinstitu-tional credit to academic residence requirements.
8. Credit Limitations:
a. Not more than 30 semester hours of omnibus-numbered courses may be applied toward graduation requirements.
b. Not more than 4 semester hours in physical education activity courses will be counted toward a Bachelors Degree for students who are not majoring in Physical Education or Recreation and only 3 of these may be applied to the career category of general studies.
c. Not more than 7 semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a Bachelors Degree for students who are not majoring in Music and only 3 of these may be applied to the humanities category of general studies.
d. Not more than 30 semester hours taken by extension and/or correspondence may be applied toward a Bachelors Degree.
General Studies for Bachelor Degrees
Candidates for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree are required to meet the general studies distribution requirements listed below. Each of the category requirements may be satisfied by any course of the subject matter areas except courses numbered 190,299,390,480,490,498, and 499. Not more than six semester hours taken in any one department (as indicated by the three-letter course prefix) will apply toward general studies requirements. Each degree candidate must complete English 101 and English 102. The same course may be used toward meeting requirements in the general studies and the major or minor with the approval of the major or minor department chairperson. The credit-value of the course may be considered only once, however, in the upper-division and cumulative credit totals. The Career category is an option within the General Studies. A maximum of 6 semester hours of applicable course work may be applied to the Career category to compensate for less than 10 (but at least 8) semester hours in each of the Humanities, Science and Mathematics and Social/Behavioral Science categories. Students should check for specific general studies requirements stipulated by their major. Specific courses are listed in Afro-American Studies and Chicano Studies because the programs are interdisciplinary.
Credit!
Freshman Composition (ENG 101 and 102)...................6
Humanities...........................................8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 103, and 108)
Art
Chicano Studies (CHS 200, 201, 202, 340, 341, 351, 352, 420)
English
French
German
Modern Languages
Music
Philosophy
Reading
Spanish
Speech
Science and Mathematics..............................8-10
Astronomy
Biology
Chemistry
Geography
Geology
Mathematics
Physics
23


Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences.....................8-10
Afro-American Studies (AAS 101, 102, 113, 213,
220, 230, 270, 315, 330, 340, 355, 370, 375, 391,
440, 460, 470, 485)
Anthropology
Chicano Studies (CHS 100, 101,102,211,221,231, 301,310,311,312, 320, 330)
Economics History
Political Science Psychology Sociology Urban Studies Womens Studies
Career (Optional).................................
Accounting Aerospace
Business Education and Communication Civil Engineering Technology Communications Community Service Development Computer Management Science Criminal Justice and Criminology Education
Electronics Engineering Technology Finance
Health Care Management Health Services
Hospitality, Meeting, Travel Administration Human Services Industrial Communication Industrial and Technical Studies Journalism
Management
Marketing
Mechanical Engineering Technology
Meteorology
Military Science
Physical Education and Recreation Social Welfare
Total Credits.............................................36
Requirements for a Second Degree
0-6 For an additional Bachelors Degree, the student will comply with the following:
1. The first Bachelor's Degree must be recognized by Metropolitan State College.
2. Complete all requirements for a new major with a minimum of 8 MSC classroom upper-division semester hours in the major department.
3. The completion of a minor, if required by the major department, for the contemplated degree.
4. At least two additional semesters in residence.
5. A minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at MSC, in addition to the credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
6. General studies will be considered complete unless deficiencies exist according to the major department.
7. Credit limitations for a Bachelor's degree will continue to exist for the second degree.
i i i I i I I I I I I I I I I I I i i i l
Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
Metropolitan State College is organized into seven schools. These are listed below with the majors and minors offered by each. The curriculum requirements for each of the programs are described under special sections of this Bulletin prepared by each school.
Bachelor* Degree
Minor Major
School of Business
Accounting X X
Business Communications X
Business Education and Communications X*
Computer and Management Science X
Data Processing X
Economics * X X
Finance X X
Management X X
Manpower Management X
Marketing X X
Office Administration X
Production Management X
Real Estate X
Systems Management X
Social Work x
Urban Studies X X
Womens Studies School of Education X
Bilingual-Bicultural
Education X
Early Childhood Education X X
Elementary Education X
Health and Safety X
Physical Education X X
Reading X
Recreation X X
Special Education Teacher Certification: X
Early Childhood, Elementary, Thirteen Secondary Fields, and Special Education
* In addition to the BS degree major a 3-year specialist degree is offered with options in Administrative Assistant, Administrative Office Management, and Legal Assistant (paralegal).
* *The Department of Economics offers a B.A. degree, rather than a B.S.
School of Community and Human Services
Afro-American Studies x
Bilingual Chicano
Studies x
Human Services x
Parenting Education x
x
x
x
School of Engineering Technology
Civil Engineering Technology Drafting Engineering Technology Electronics Engineering Technology Industrial Marketing Mechanical Engineering Technology Meterology Surveying
Technical Management
x
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
24


Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College
School of Liberal Arts
Anthropology
Art
Behavioral Science
English
French
German
History
Journalism
Language and Linguistics Modern Languages Music
Music Education Music Performance Philosophy Political Science Psychology Public Administration Public Relations Sociology Spanish
Speech Communications Speech Pathology-Audiology
School of Professional Studies
Bachelors Degree Minor Major
X X
X X
X
X X
X
X
X X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
School of Science and Mathematics Biology X X
Chemistry X X
Criminalistics X X
Geography X
Geology X
Land Use X
Mathematics X X
Physics X X
Communications Multi-Major
The Communications Multi-Major offers nine areas of concentration, sponsored by four Schools of the College, for students with varying educational and career needs within the broad field of Communications. (See the Communications Multi-Major section under "Special Programs of this Bulletin.)
Contract Major/Minor Program
The Contract Major/Minor Program is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with her/his Contact Major/Minor Advising Committee to enable the student to attain a specific individual career objective which cannot be satisfied by any existing Bulletin major and/or minor programs. It is individualized and planned to meet the specific needs of the student.
Airframe and Power Plant Mechanics
Aviation Management Criminal Justice and Criminology Health Care Management (Upper-Division)
Hotel Administration Hospitality, Meeting, and Travel Administration Industrial Communications Industrial and Technical Studies Meeting Administration Nursing (Upper-Division for R.N.s)
Professional Pilot Restaurant Administration Travel Administration Certificate Nurse Practitioner Program:
Adult, Family, Geriatric
For further information, contact the Academic Advising and x Resource Center,
x x
x x
x x
x
x
x
x x
x
x
x x
x
x
25


School of Business
Richard E. Pasternak, Dean
Academic Departments:
Accounting and
Financial
Administration
Business
Education and
Communications
Computer and
Management
Science
Economics
Management
Marketing


School of Business
L I i I I I I H
School of Business
I I I I I I
The curricula of this School are designed to provide the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field of business. The School offers two degrees the Three-Year Specialist Degree, and the Bachelor of Science. The Department of Economics offers a Bachelor of Arts degree, rather than a Bachelor of Science.
Three-Year Specialist Degree
The School of Business offers a three-year degree with a choice from three areas of emphasis currently in strong demand. The areas of emphasis take into consideration work experience credit, permit additional specialization and include a field of experience requirement for a partial on-the-job training. The student has the opportunity later to obtain a bachelors degree by completing limited additional requirements for a contract major.
Students seeking a three-year degree in business for any of the areas of emphasis given below must complete the following general studies requirements:
Smst*r
Required Courses Hours
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition...........................6
Humanities:
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
Elective......................................3
Science and Mathematics:
MTH 131 Finite Mathemathics for the Management
and Social Sciences...........................4
Laboratory Science............................3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences:
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro...............3
Elective......................................3
Career:
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications.....3
Total.....................................................28
In addition, all three-year degree students must complete the following abbreviated business core:
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing............3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics.................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1..................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
Total.......................................................21
Three-year degree students should choose one of the following areas of emphasis as their major area of interest:
Areas of Emphasis
*Administrative Assistant
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
BEC 102 Intermediate Typewriting......................3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines.............3
BEC 112 Intermediate Shorthand
(Gregg or Speedwriting).......................3
BEC 113 Advanced Shorthand............................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word Processing..........3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic...........................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis................3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business.......................... 3
BEC 499 Field Experience..............................5
MGT 321 Business Law II...............................3
MGT 350 Managerial Economics..........................3
Upper-Division Business Electives.............6
Total.....................................................41
* Life Experience credit hours for the successful completion of the Certified Professional Secretaries Examination may be applied to the completion of this option.
Administrative Office Management
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
ACC 309 Income Tax 1..................................3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines.............3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word Processing..........3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic...........................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis................3
BEC 355 Records Management............................3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business............................3
BEC 499 Field Experience..............................5
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design...................................3
or
CMS 331 Business Forecasting Methods..................3
MGT 321 Business Law II...............................3
CMS 353 Personnel Management..........................3
or
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior.......................3
Electives....................................6
Total....................................................41
Paralegal
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
ACC 309 Income Tax 1..................................3
BEC 232 Legal Method, Research and Writing............3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic...........................3
BEC 324 Litigation....................................3
BEC 325 Family Law....................................3
BEC 326 ProbateDecedents Estates
WillsTrusts.................................3
BEC 327 The Law of Business Organizations.............3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business............................3
BEC 499 Field Experience..............................5
MGT 321 Business Law II...............................3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate.....................3
Electives
Choose a minimum of 6 credits from
the following courses.....................................6
CJC 101 Introduction to the
Criminal Justice System......................3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law......................3
CJC 212 Evidence and Courtroom
Procedures...................................3
PSC 300 American State and Local
Governmend...................................4
MGT 384 Real Estate Law...............................3
Total....................................................41
A four-year paralegal program is presently being considered.
Bachelor of Arts
Economics
Economics is a scientific study which deals with the allocation of scarce or limited resources. The study of economics offers an opportunity for the student to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions. This training is extremely valuable to the student regardless of her or his specific career objective. The Bachelor of Arts program has been designed to provide the student with a fundamental knowledge of domestic as well as foreign economies, and the quantitative tools necessary for independent analytical research and thought. Specialized courses are provided to develop the students ability in the use of the tools of economic theory and analysis. Such training is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positions as professional
27


School of Business
economists. Employment opportunities in economics are available in national and international business, federal, state, and local government, and in various non-profit organizations.
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Business Education and Communications
Computer and Management Science
Finance
Management
Marketing
The School of Business offers majors in accounting, business education and communications, computer and management science, finance, management, and marketing. The accounting major is designed to prepare students for a career in public, industrial, tax, systems, government, or health care accounting. The business education major prepares students to teach business subjects in public and private junior and senior high schools and community colleges. The computer and management science major is designed to prepare students for a career in the rapidly expanding fields of business, data processing, systems, design, or management science. The finance major is designed to prepare students for a career in corporate financial analysis, insurance, real estate, health care, investments, the extractive industries, or banking. The major in management provides areas of emphasis in insurance, personnel and manpower management, production, real estate, or small business management. The marketing major prepares students for entry positions in the dynamic areas of distribution/ retailing, promotion/advertising, sales, marketing research, marketing for non-profit organizations, or marketing management.
In order to be awarded a degree, the student must conform to the Colleges general specifications for the bachelors degree listed under Programs of Study and Degree Requirements. A summary of the course program which she or he must complete within the School of Business is as follows except for the Communications Multi-Major Business Option. (See the Communications Multi-Major section under Special Programs of this Bulletin.)
General Studies..............................................36
Business Core...............................................33
Major in School of Business.................................27
Electives Within the School of Business......................9
Electives Outside the School of Business....................15
Total.........................................................120
General Studies
Students seeking a baccalaureate degree in accounting, business education and communications, computer and management science, finance, management or marketing must complete the following general studies requirements:
Semester
Required Courses Hours
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition...........................6
Humanities:
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
Electives.....................................5
Science and Mathematics:
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management
and Social Sciences...........................4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and
Social Sciences...............................3
Physical or Biological Science................3
Social and/or Behavioral Sciences:
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro...............3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro...............3
Electives.....................................3
Career:
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications.....3
Total.....................................................36
Business Core
In addition to the general studies requirement, students majoring in any area of business administration must complete the following business courses:
Smt*r
Required Courses Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing............3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics.................3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making....................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance I............................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1..................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
MGT 495 Business Policies...............................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.........................3
Total.......................................................33
Accounting
Major for Bachelor of Science
S*m*tt*r
Required Courses Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax I..................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting...............................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting 1.....................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II....................3
ACC 420 Auditing......................................3
Total.....................................................15
Students must select 12 hours of accounting electives or one of the following areas of emphasis:
"Financial Emphasis (GPA)
ACC 310 Income Tax II................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting......................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I.........................3
ACC 452 Advanced Accounting II...................... 3
Total...................................................12
Those planning to sit for the CPA examination should elect MGT 321.
""Managerial Emphasis (CMA)
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting
Systems.........................................3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting.......................3
FIN 300 Principles of Finance..........................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II..........................3
Total......................................................12
* Those planning to sit for the CMA examination should elect MGT 350, MGT 357, and MGT 453.
Tax Emphasis
ACC 310 Income Tax II...............................3
ACC 409 Tax Procedure and Research..................3
ACC 410 Tax Planning................................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I.......................3
Total..................................................12
Systems Emphasis
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting
Systems......................................3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting....................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design...................................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL..............................3
Total..................................................12
28


School of Business
Governmental Emphasis
ACC 310 Income Tax II................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting......................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting I.........................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II.........................3
Total...................................................12
Health Care Emphasis
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting......................3
ACC 341 Advanced Cost Accounting......................3
ACC 440 Accounting for Health Care
Organizations................................3
FIN 450 Financial Administration of
Health Care Organizations................................3
Total...................................................12
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen..................................................12
Total hours for Accounting Major........................27
Business Education and Communications
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
BEC 103 Advanced Typewriting.........................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis...............3
BEC 360 Principles of Business Education.............2
BEC 361 Methods of Teaching Typewriting..............3
Total 11
Students must choose two of the following
teaching specialties'*.................................16
Bookkeeping and Accounting
ACC 209 Personal Income Taxes....................... 2
or
ACC 309 Income Tax I....................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting..............................3
or
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting 1....................3
BEC 363 Methods of Teaching..........................3
Bookkeeping, Accounting, and
Basic Business Subjects.....................3
Consumer Economics and Basic Business
BEC 363 Methods of Teaching Bookkeeping,
Accounting, and Basic Business Subjects.....3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business...........................3
FIN 225 Personal Money Management....................3
Data Processing
BEC 498 Independent Study Teaching Data
Processing..................................2
CMS 211 COBOL........................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design..................................3
"To teach business courses at the public school level in Colorado, a vocational education credential is required. The three courses needed for vocational certification are available through extension courses offered by Colorado State University or the University of Northern Colorado. The specific courses are: Foundations/Philosophy of Vocational Education; Coordinating Techniques; and Youth Organizations.
Secretarial
BEC 113 Advanced Shorthand..........................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word Processing........3
BEC 362 Methods of Teaching Stenography.............2
Semester
Required Education Courses Hours
EDU 221 Processes of Education in
Urban Secondary Schools......................3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban
Secondary Schools............................2
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner.......................3
EDU 321 Materials and Techniques of Instruction for Secondary
School Teachers..............................3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring
and Materials Construction...................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the
Classroom....................................3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education.....................3
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary...................................12
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading in Content
Areas: Secondary.............................3
Total....................................................34
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Business Sponsored by the
Department of Business Education and Communications
This communication area of emphasis gives the student an exposure to basic areas of business study and provides the student with the theory and practice most commonly used in contemporary business communication (See a BEC advisor).
Required Core
COM 272 Introduction to Communication Theories.3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
or
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.........................3
Total 6
Required area of emphasis courses
24 hours from the following
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1.......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II......................3
BEC 200* Business and Interpersonal
Communications.................................3
BEC 301* Business Research and Report Writing...........3
BEC 323* Listening and Logic............................3
BEC 499 Advance Field Experience/lnternship...........arr.
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics..................3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making.....................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance I.............................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1...................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management.........................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing..........................3
This course is specifically required. Electives
Twelve hours of electives from any of the areas of emphasis and/or the free
electives list..................................................12
Total...........................................................42
Computer and Management Science
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 210 FORTRAN................................3
CMS 211 COBOL..................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design..............................3
29


School of Business
One of the following areas of emphasis must be chosen for an additional eighteen (18) hours:
Information Systems Emphasis
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management 3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware and Software 3
CMS 441 Management Information Systems 3
Approved CMS electives 9
18
Management Science Emphasis
CMS 331 Business Forecasting Methods 3
CMS 431 CMS 439 3
Case §tudies in Management Science 3

CMS 440 Simulation of Management Processes 3
Approved CMS electives 6
18
Computer Analyst Emphasis
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler............... ....................3
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management..........'..3
CMS 309 Job Control Language and
Operating Systems............................3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language......................3
CMS 322 Analysis of Computer Hardware
and Software.................................3
Approved CMS electives...................................3
18
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen..................................................18
Total hours for CMS major...............................27
NOTE: A maximum of I5 semester hours of programming courses is allowed in the CMS major.
Economics
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics......................4
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social
Sciences....................................4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and Social Sciences .3
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory...............3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory...............3
ECO 315 Econometrics....................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought.....................3
Electives
A minimum of 18 additional semester hours of upper-division Economics courses, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Economics.
Choose nine (9) additional hours from the following to supplement an area of emphasis:
Insurance
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance........................3
MGT 343 Property and Liability
Insurance.......................................3
MGT 345 Governmental Insurance and
Insured Employee Benefits.......................3
9
Real Estate
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate........................3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance..............................3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law..................................3
9
Financial Management
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting 1........................3
MGT 321 Business Law II..................................3
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance..........................3
9
Health Care Administration
ACC 440 Accounting for Health Care Organizations 3
FIN 450 Financial Administration of Health Care Organizations 3
FIN 451 Seminar in Financial Topics fnr Health Care Administration 3
Investments 9
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I 3
FIN 460 Securities Analysis 3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate 3
9
Extractive Industries*
FIN 320 Financial Management in the
Extractive Industries.......................3
ACC 445 Oil and Gas Accounting..........................3
ACC 455 Taxation of Natural Resources...................3
9
Commercial Banking
ECO 465 Advanced Monetary Theory.....................3
FIN 370 The Management of Commercial
Banks.................................... 3
FIN 470 Special Topics in Bank
Management................................3
9
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen...............................................9
Finance
Total hours for major
.27
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
ACC 309 Income Tax I 3
ECO 430 Public Finance 3
FIN 300 Principles of Finance 3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II 3
FIN 360 Investments 3
FIN 435 Financial Problems and Policy 3
18
Those selecting Extractive Industries as their area of emphasis must elect Geology to fulfill Science requirement.
Management
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 350 Managerial Economics.............................3
30


School of Business
Students select one of the following areas of emphasis:
Insurance
MGT 342 Principles of Insurance.......................3
MGT 343 Property and Liability Insurance..............3
MGT 344 Life and Health Insurance.....................3
MGT 345 Governmental Insurance and
Insured Employee Benefits....................3
MGT 346 Risk Management..............................3
Approved Management electives............................9
24
Management
MGT 321 Business Law II............................3
OR..................................................3
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business..............3
MGT 353 Personnel Management......................3
MGT 356 Small Business Management.................3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations......................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior...................3
Approved Management electives..........................9
24
Personnel and Manpower Management
MGT 353 Personnel Management........................3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations........................3
MGT 375 Performance Appraisal.......................3
MGT 461 Employee Training and Supervision...........3
MGT 462 Compensation Administration.................3
Approved Management electives............................9
24
Production Management
ACC 340 Cost Accounting..............................3
MGT 355 Production and Operations
Management...................................3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations.........................3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management...................3
MGT 461 Employee Training and Supervision.............3
Approved Management electives............................9
24
Real Estate
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate....................3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance..........................3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law..............................3
MGT 484 Real Estate Appraisal........................3
MGT 485 Commercial and Investment
Real Estate..................................3
Approved Management electives.............................9
24
Small Business Management
ACC 308 Small Business Taxation...................3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business........................3
MGT 356 Small Business Management.................3
MGT 457 Advanced Topics in Small Business.........3
MGT 458 Real Cases in Small Business..............3
Approved Management electives..........................9
24
Semester hours for area of emphasis
chosen................................................24
Total hours for major.................................27
Marketing
Major for Bachelor of Science
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
MKT 301 Marketing Research..........................3
MKT 311 Advertising.................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior...........................3
MKT 454 Marketing Theory............................3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management.............3
MKT 456 Advanced Marketing Problems.................3
Plus nine (9) hours of Marketing electives...............9
Total hours for major...................................27
Minors Offered by the School of Business
The minors offered by the School of Business are specifically created for non-business majors. Because prerequisite requirements are involved in each set of courses, any student minoring in any of the areas below should contact an advisor.
Accounting Minor
The Accounting minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of accounting.
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1.....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II....................3
ACC 309 Income Tax I...................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I......................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II.....................3
Accounting Electives...........................3
Total.......................................................21
Business Communications Minor
The Business Communications minor is designed to give nonbusiness students some orientation to the business field, especially in areas that deal heavily with any aspect of communications.
Required Courses
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal
Communications.................................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report
Writing........................................3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic...........................3
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories.......................................3
SPE 310 Professional Presentational
Speaking.......................................3
15
Choose six (6) hours of electives from the following courses:
BEC 103 Advanced Typewriting..........................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing.....................................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information
Systems........................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design.....................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................3
MKT 311 Advertising...................................3
Semester hours of electives chosen........................6
Hours for minor...........................................21
Data Processing Minor
The Data Processing minor is designed to give non-business students a career skill in computer programming for business.
31


School of Business
Required Courses
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems........3
CMS 210 FORTRAN..................................3
CMS 211 COBOL....................................3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler.................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design................................3
CMS 311 Advanced COBOL...........................3
CMS 314 Advanced Assembler Language..............3
Total................................................21
Economics Minor
The Economics minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with an opportunity to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions, as well as the quantitative tools necessary for analytical research and thought.
Required Courses
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro.............3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro.............3
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours of upper-division Economics courses, selected in consultation with and approved by the the Department of Economics.
Finance Minor
The Finance minor is designed to provide students majoring in areas outside of business the opportunity to develop some knowledge of finance.
Required Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
ACC 309 Income Tax 1....................................3
FIN 300 Principles of Finance...........................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance I............................3
FIN 331 Managerial Finance II...........................3
FIN 360 Investments.....................................3
Total.......................................................21
Management Minor
The Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of business and sufficient familiarity with business skills to work in a business environment.
Required Courses
MGT MGT 221 300 Business Law I Principles of Management 3 3
MGT 353 Personal Management 3
MGT 355 Production andOperations Management 3
MGT 356 Small Business Management 3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior 3
18
Manpower Management Minor
The Manpower Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of industrial relations in business and government.
Required Courses
MGT 300 Principles of Management..........................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management..............................3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations..............................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior...........................3
MGT 461 Employee Training and Supervision.................3
MGT 463 Manpower Development..............................3
Total.............................................................18
Marketing Minor
The Marketing minor offers the non-business major an overview and understanding of the functional business area of marketing.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing......................3
MKT 301 Marketing Research...........................3
MKT 311 Advertising..................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior............................3
MKT 455 Seminar in Marketing Management..............3
Plus three (3) hours of Marketing electives..3
Total.................................................. 18
Office Administration Minor
The Office Administration minor attempts to develop a moderate degree of skills while emphasizing promotional possibilities to supervisory and beginning office management positions.
Required Courses
BEC 103 Advanced Typewriting...........................3
BEC 105 Operation of Calculating Machines..............3
BEC 111 Beginning Shorthand............................3
BEC 222 Office Practices and Word
Processing......................................3
BEC 354 Office Management and Analysis.................3
Elective (Choose one of the following
courses)........................................3
BEC 112 Intermediate Shorthand................. 3
BEC 323 Listening and Logic.................... 3
BEC 402 Ethics in Business..................... 3
Total.....................................................18
Production Management Minor
The Production Management minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of the production process and managerial functions as they relate to production.
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
MGT 300 Principles of Management.......................3
MGT 350 Managerial Economics...........................3
MGT 355 Productions and Operations Management..........3
MGT 357 Industrial Relations...........................3
MGT 455 Systems-Project Management.....................3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis.........................4
Total.....................................................19
Real Estate Minor
The Real Estate minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with basic course requirements for GRI, pre-licens-ing preparation, and required education hours for re-certification.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
MGT 221 Business Law 1................................3
MGT 380 Principles of Real Estate.....................3
MGT 382 Real Estate Finance...........................3
MGT 384 Real Estate Law...............................3
MGT 484 Real Estate Appraisal.........................3
MGT 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate.........3
Total.....................................................18
Systems Management Minor
The Systems Management minor is designed to give non-business students a basic understanding of business data processing with particular emphasis on systems analysis and design.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...........3
CMS 211 COBOL.......................................3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics.............3
32


School of Business
CMS 305
CMS 322
CMS 441
CMS 451
Total
Fundamentals of Systems Analysis
and Design.......................
Analysis of Computer Hardware and
Software.........................
Management Information Systems... Data Processing Management.......
...3
..3
..3
...3
21
Accounting
ACC 201-3 Principles of Accounting I (3 + 0)
Fundamental principles of Accounting with emphasis on the double entry system; theory and practice in transaction double entry system; theory and practice in transaction analysis; familiarization with the basic financial statements.
ACC 202-3 Principles of Accounting II (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 201.
Continuation of ACC 201 emphasizing partnerships and corporations. An introduction to branch accounting, cost accounting, and financial statements for management analysis.
ACC 209-2 Personal Income Taxes (2 + 0)
For non-accounting majors. Enables students to prepare personal federal and Colorado tax reports. Examines the tax implications of different forms of organizations for small business. Credit not allowed for both ACC 209 and 309.
ACC 302-3 Managerial Accounting (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 201 and 202.
For non-accounting majors. Covers cost behavior and control, budgeting, standard costs, analysis of variances. Credit not allowed for both ACC 302 and ACC 340.
ACC 308-3 Small Business Taxation (3 + 0)
A study of state and federal income taxes as they apply to small business. Also includes property, social security, sales, and unemployment taxes. Examines the tax implications of electing different forms of organization (sole proprietorship, corporation, or partnership) for small businesses. Credit not allowed for both ACC 308 and ACC 309.
ACC 309-3 income Tax 1(3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202, or permission of instructor.
A study of federal income tax laws with an emphasis on personal income taxation, including such topics as gross income, gains and losses, and deductions. Credit not allowed for both ACC 209 and
ACC 309.
ACC 310-3 Income Tax II (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 309 or permission of instructor.
Continuation of ACC 309 with an emphasis on the taxation of organizational tax entities, including partnerships, corporations, estates, and trusts.
ACC 320-3 Governmental Accounting (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202, or permission of instructor.
A study of the accounting used in a municipality with reference to state and federal governments. Review of municipalities' budgets and municipalities' annual reports. Orientation in the concepts of budgetary control as a matter of law and public administration theory.
ACC 330-3 Introduction to Accounting Systems (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 202 and CMS 201, or permission of instructor. Analysis of principles and types of tools available for design and implementation of an accounting system or procedure. Case studies are used to illustrate both manual and machine accounting system problems arising in various organizations and situations.
ACC 340-3 Cost Accounting (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 202 and MTH 131.
Fundamentals of cost behavior and analysis, analysis of variance for materials, labor, and overhead. Includes budgeting, absorption and direct costing, job order and process cost systems. Credit not allowed for both ACC 302 and ACC 340.
ACC 341-3 Advanced Cost Accounting (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 340, CMS 201, and CMS 332.
Continuation of ACC 340. Concepts and procedures applicable to cost allocation, capital budgeting, joint costing, and inventory management. Includes process costing, breakeven analysis, performance measurement, transfer pricing, and mathematical and statistical analysis of cost behavior for control and decisionmaking.
ACC 351-3 Intermediate Accounting I (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
In-depth study of basic accounting principles with emphasis on current and long-term assets and current liabilities.
ACC 352-3 Intermediate Accounting II (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 351.
Continuation of ACC 351. In-depth study of basic accounting principles with emphasis on long-term liabilities, stockholders equity, and special problems.
ACC 409-3 Tax Procedure and Research (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 310, or permission of instructor.
An in-depth study of tax procedure from preparation of the various returns to audit by the IRS. Also, the tools used in tax research are explained and illustrated. A research paper dealing with a major tax problem is required of each student.
ACC 410-3 Tax Planning (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 310, or permission of instructor.
A portion of this course is devoted to the Federal estate and gift tax laws with emphasis placed upon the accountants role in estate planning. The remainder is devoted to the various planning techniques which can often be utilized to reduce an individual's personal income taxes.
ACC 420-3 Auditing (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 352.
Auditing techniques and principles applied by certified public accountants and internal auditors in examining financial statements and verifying underlying data.
ACC 430-3 Advanced Auditing (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 420 or permission of instructor.
An in-depth study of the practice of internal auditing, including statistical sampling and EDP auditing.
ACC 440-03 Accounting for Health Care Organizations (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
A survey of fund accounting concepts and procedures for health care organizations, budgeting revenues and expenses, and the use of accounting information for hospital management.
ACC 445-3 Oil and Gas Accounting (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202 and FIN 320
A survey of the accounting practices relating to pre-drilling exploration, development, production, and refining in the petroleum industry.
ACC 451-3 Advanced Accounting I (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 351 and ACC 352, or permission of instructor. An in-depth study of accounting for price-level adjusted financial statements, accounting theory, real estate, interim reporting, segmental data, partnership and fiduciary transactions.
ACC 452-3 Advanced Accounting II (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 351 and ACC 352, or permission of instructor. A comprehensive study of business combinations and consolidated financial statements, including branches and foreign operations.
ACC 455-3 Taxation of Natural Resources (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 202, ACC 310, and ACC 445, or permission of instructor.
The treatment of special tax problems encountered in the leasing, acquisition, depletion, pre-production costs, and operations of natural resource properties.
ACC 460-3 Contemporary Accounting (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and eighteen (18) semester hours of courses in accounting.
Comprehensive coverage of current literature in accounting with emphasis on recent AICPA and FASB publications.
Finance
FIN 225-3 Personal Money Management (3 + 0)
A study of financial problems and institutions affecting individuals including taxes, borrowing, savings, insurance, investment, and financial agencies.
33


School of Business
FIN 300-3 Principles of Finance (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: Eco 201, 202 and ACC 202
An introductory course surveying the historical, institutional, legal, and theoretical materials dealing with the U. S. financial system. The course acquaints the student with the monetary, banking and credit systems, and the influence of this environment on business.
FIN 320-3 Financial Management in the Extractive Industries (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
An introduction to financial analysis for special industries plus a survey of the sources and uses of funds including: production payment financing, project financing, and long-term financing.
FIN 330-3 Managerial Finance (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 202.
A study of the dynamic environment of financial management using the following analytical skills: financial analysis, forecasts, cash and capital budgeting, operating and financial leverage, the cost of capital, and dividend policy.
FIN 331-3 Managerial Finance II (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: FIN 330.
An integrated approach to financial management using case problems to focus on sources of capital; methods of financing growth externally; financial reorganization; and a review of fundamental methods of financial analysis.
FIN 360-3 Investments (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 202 and Junior standing.
A survey of the organization and regulation of security markets; security analysis and valuation; and principles of portfolio management from the viewpoint of the individual investor.
FIN 370-3 The Management of Commercial Banks (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: FIN 300.
An inquiry into the management aspects of commercial banking. This is "comprehensive study of the various function, activities, and operations of commercial banks. The major topics covered are: banking structure, organization and management, lending, investing, trust services, international banking, capital structure, and profitability.
FIN 410-3 International Financial Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: FIN 330 or permission of instructor.
A study of the principles and practices of corporate finance as applied to an international setting. The course explores topics in international monetary economics, risks associated with foreign activities, working capital management, capital budgeting, and the international financial institutions and markets.
FIN 435-3 Financial Problems and Policy (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: FIN 330 and FIN 331.
A case study approach to financial decision-making. This capstone course deals with financial problems from the real world and trains students to discover problem areas and offer solutions to the cases.
FIN 450-3 Financial Administration of Health Care Organizations (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: FIN 330.
Concepts and methods for planning and control of health care organizations, including workload forecasting, operations budgeting, and management control systems, capital budgeting and capital financing.
FIN 451-3 Seminar in Financial Topics for Health Care Administration (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ACC 440, FIN 450, and CMS 332.
Advanced study of health care financial management topics and strategies relating to rate setting, reimbursement systems, management of capital projects, shared service systems, insurance for health institutions, governmental regulations and current legislation affecting the health delivery system.
FIN 460-3 Securities Analysis (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: FIN 360.
In-depth study for the student of investments, employing advanced approaches to security valuation and security markets forecasting.
FIN 470-3 Special Topics in Bank Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: FIN 330 and FIN 370.
An in-depth analysis of significant topics in bank management. This course utilizes analytical tools and decision-oriented materials in examining topics such as bank organization and strategy, financial analysis of banks, liquidity management, loan policy, investment policy, adequacy of capital, etc.
Business Education and Communications
BEC 101-3 Beginning Typewriting (3+1)
An introduction to keyboard skill development through manipulation, and technique application designed to develop minimum occupational/personal-use skills. No credit allowed for one year of high school typewriting. A minimum of one laboratory period per week is required.
BEC 102-3 Intermediate Typewriting (3 + 1)
Prerequisite: BEC 101 or its equivalent.
A review and refinement of typing fundamentals and techniques. Further development of speed and accuracy on copy, numbers, and production material.
BEC 103-3 Advanced Typewriting (3 + 1)
Prerequisite: BEC 102, or equivalent.
An instructional program designed to increase production skills, with business letters, tabulation, manuscripts, numerical proficiency, and legal documents. Selected units are identified self-paced. A minimum of one laboratory hour per week is required of all students.
BEC 105-3 Operation of Calculating Machines (3 + 0)
Proficiency is developed in the operation of various models of electronic calculators with emphasis on applications for business, statistics, and metrication. Day classes utilize Self-Paced Learning method.
BEC 111-3 Beginning Shorthand (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: A minimum of one course in typewriting.
Shorthand theory and basic skill building in principles of dictation and transcription in either the Gregg or Landmark systems. No credit permitted students who have completed one year of Gregg shorthand. Gregg classes offered day time Landmark during evenings.
BEC 112-3 Intermediate Shorthand (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 111, or equivalent.
Continuation of either Gregg or Landmark shorthand theory with emphasis on speed dictation and transcription.
BEC 113-3 Advanced Shorthand (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 112, or equivalent.
Continuation of BEC 112, with emphasis on speed dictation and timed transcription of various business and legal communications.
BEC 200-3 Business and Interpersonal Communications (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ENG 102 and BEC 101, or high school equivalent. Emphasis on the preparation of business letters and related business correspondence. A business level of vocabulary and communications skills is stressed. In addition, business listening skills, dictation, interpersonal communications and interviewing techniques are emphasized.
BEC 222-3 Office Practices and Word Processing (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 101 or equivalent.
Practice of office duties and human relations commonly practiced by executive assistants and secretaries. A major emphasis on the word processing concepts is also given. Knowledge of what is available in the field with some individual experience on different equipment in the area.
BEC 230-3 Introduction to Legal Office Procedures and Court System (3 + 0)
An overview of the law office structure, its duties, and equipment. The preparation of client financial records both court and noncourt documents, and real estate transactions will be stressed. In addition, introductory units on corporations, wills, litigation, and the American court system will be offered.
BEC 232-3 Legal Method, Research and Writing (3 + 0)
Designed to familiarize the student with the structure of our common law system, basic legal research sources and techniques, basic legal problems from practical and theoretical points of view, and basic writing skills.
BEC 301-3 Business Research and Report Writing (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 200, or permission of instructor.
Proper techniques of conducting primary and secondary research. Organization, preparation, and interpretation of data from both descriptive and experimental research designs for informational, examinational, and analytical reports used in business.
34


School of Business
BEC 323-3 Listening and Logic (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Increases comprehension and retention through analysis of listening difficulties, idea identification, emotions, fallacies of reasoning, non-verbal communication, and transactional analysis in business situations. Primary emphasis is on individual growth.
BEC 324-3 Litigation (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 230 or BEC 232.
This course is designed to introduce the student to the legal process. It deals with the sources of law, the methods of enforcement, and the various courts and administrative agencies involved in the administration of justice.
BEC 325-3 Family Law (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 230 or BEC 232.
Family law introduces students to laws governing the marriage relationship, the dissolution of marriage, and adoption. It includes an examination of the juvenile law. The course acquaints the student with the function and procedure of courts in resolving problems which arise in those areas.
BEC 326-3 Probate Decedents Estates Wills Trusts (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 230 or BEC 232.
This course acquaints students with the law governing administration and distribution of decedents estates and some of the instruments used in estate planning, including wills and trusts. Reference will be made to the Uniform Probate Code and other statutes as well as applicable cases.
BEC 327-3 The Law of Business Organizations (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 230 or BEC 232.
This course is designed to acquaint legal assistants with a basic understanding of the law of corporations and a specific understanding of those areas in which a law firm will expect a paralegal to be knowledgeable. Specific attention will be given to the forming of a corporation, the documents needed for said formation, and other forms used by corporate attorneys for the initial establishment of a corporation and its affairs.
BEC 354-3 Office Management and Analysis (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 300.
Analytical study of the administration of information processing which includes creating, processing, retaining, and distributing information. Conceptualization of what office work is to be done, how it will be accomplished, who will do it, and under what environment, is stressed.
BEC 355-3 Records Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 354, or permission of instructor.
Study of institutional and legal requirements for accumulating and maintaining business and personnel information. Emphasizes computerized and non-computerized systems and efficient management of them. Field studies are a part of the course.
BEC 360-2 Principles of Business Education (2 + 0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing, or permission of instructor.
History of growth, trends, and issues in Business Education today. Consideration is given to research and the individual business teachers role in the current American educational environment.
BEC 361-3 Methods of Teaching Typewriting (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of the psychology, current philosophy, and successful methods of instruction in typewriting for developing a desirable occupational and personal-use competence at the high school and junior college levels.
BEC 362-2 Methods of Teaching Stenography (2 + 0)
Prerequisite: BEC 113, or permission of instructor.
A study of psychology, current philosophy, and successful methods of instruction in stenography for developing a desirable occupational competence at the high school and junior college levels.
BEC 363-3 Methods of Teaching Bookkeeping, Accounting, and Basic Business Subjects (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ACC 102 and FIN 225, or permission of instructor.
A study of the psychology, current philosophy, and successful methods of instruction in bookkeeping, accounting, and miscellaneous basic business courses at the high school and community college levels.
BEC 402-3 Ethics in Business (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 300, or permission of instructor.
A survey of the principles of ethics followed by an application to current business situations and fields, i.e., accounting, management, marketing and consumerism. Representatives from the business world are utilized as resource speakers.
Computer and Management Science
CMS 201-3 Principles of Information Systems (3 + 0)
An introduction to business data processing including computer hardware, computer programming, systems analysis and design, data processing management, management science, management information systems, and the computer in society.
CMS 208-3 PASCAL (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 201
A computer programming course in which the fundamentals of the language PASCAL are taught. Business problems will be coded, debugged, and tested to familiarize the student with the language.
CMS 210-3 FORTRAN (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
A computer programming course in which the major elements of the FORTRAN language are taught. Problems selected from business are coded and run on a computer to familiarize students with program testing and debugging.
CMS 211-3 COBOL (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
A computer programming course in which the major elements of the COBOL language are taught. Problems selected from business are coded and run on a computer to familiarize students with program testing and debugging.
CMS 214-3 Fundamentals of Programming
Assembler (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 211.
Introductory course in computer programming which uses the IBM 370 and its assembly language (BAL) to develop fundamental concepts. Topics include system organizations; data representation; use of arithmetic, logical, and editing instructions; and program analysis and debugging techniques.
CMS 231-3 Fundamental Business Statistics (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MTH 132.
Organization and presentation of data, basic probability, sampling and sampling distributions, statistical inference, hypothesis testing (including t, x2, and F distributions), correlation, and regression.
CMS 300-3 Computers and Society (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
This course will examine the social and economic impact of electronic computers in several environments including government, law, health education, the humanities, science and engineering, and business.
CMS 305-3 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 201.
Systems analysis focuses on the study of existing information systems, problem definition, data collection, and new system requirements. System design focuses on improving the information system selecting alternate solutions, determining the best solution, and documenting that solution.
CMS 306-3 File Design and Data Base Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 305.
The course covers the current status of data base system implementation. Functional characteristics, such as file design, are examined in detail. Guidelines are developed which will aid in evaluation of vendor-supplied data base management systems or specification of an in-house system.
CMS 309-3 Job Control Language and Operating Systems
(3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 214, or permission of instructor.
A continuation of the study of the use of BAL as used in implementation of assemblers, macros, loaders, compilers, and operating systems for the IBM 360/370.
35


School of Business
CMS 311-3 Advanced COBOL (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 211.
A continuation of CMS 211 with emphasis on business applications involving indexed sequential and random access files. Advanced features of COBOL such as the Report Generator and Sort Verb are studied.
CMS 314-3 Advanced Assembler Language (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 214.
A computer programming course in which Basic Assembler Language (BAL) for the IBM 370 computer is taught. Topics include a review of computer numeration systems, syntax and elements of BAL, computer program addressability and relocatability, and debugging techniques.
CMS 315-3 Programming Small Business Computers (3+0)
Prerequisite: CMS 210 or CMS 211.
A computer programming course in which the Report Program Generator (RPG) language is presented. An assembler programming language used by one of the major mini-computers will also be included.
CMS 316-3 Programming Language One (PL/1) (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 210 or CMS 211.
The study of the programming language PL/1 with direct programming experiences.
CMS 317-3 Advanced Programming Language One (PL/1)
(3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 316
A continuation of CMS 316 with emphasis on business applications involving linked list processing,Macro preprocessor, use of Optimizing and Check-out compilers, and processing of Indexed sequential and Random Files by record-oriented access methods.
CMS 322-3 Analysis of Computer Hardware and Software (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 305.
A study of various computer systems (both hardware and software) in relation to information system requirements. Comparisons of costs, capabilities, and software support will be made.
CMS 323-3 Data Communication Systems (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 322.
A study of data transmission; the nature of communication links and the attached hardware; the codes, modems, terminals, and methods of line organization; the need for multiplexing and the types of network structures; software; design techniques.
CMS 331-3 Business Forecasting Methods (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 231.
A study of linear and multiple regression, time series forecasting, index number calculation, and analysis.
CMS 332-3 Quantitative Decision-Making (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 231.
Designed to develop the student's ability to use basic theory and management science techniques. Includes construction of payoff tables, Baysian Statistics, inventory and production control, and linear programming methods.
CMS 341-3 Micro-Based Computer Systems (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: CMS 305 and ACC 202.
Presents and explores the workings of micro-computers and various accounting systems necessary for small- or medium-sized business applications.
CMS 405-3 Advanced Systems Analysis and Design Seminar (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: CMS 306 and CMS 322.
Information systems problems will be analyzed; new systems will be designed; actual business problems will be used.
CMS 410-3 Applications of Data Base Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: CMS 306 and permission of instructor.
A systems analysis/design seminar emphasizing the design of practical subsystems for the Metropolitan State College Management Information System.
CMS 411-3 Implementation of Information Systems (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: CMS 311 and permission of instructor.
An advanced programming seminar featuring the development of programs to be used in the Metropolitan State College Management Information System. Emphasis will be on writing programs in COBOL to use the Data Base Management System.
CMS 416-3 Advanced Programming Seminar (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 311, or CMS 314, or CMS 316.
Major business-related projects will be analyzed, coded and tested.
CMS 431-3 Management Science Techniques (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 332.
A study of currently used management science techniques including mathematical programming, inventory theory, queueing theory, and production scheduling.
CMS 439-3 Case Studies in Management Science (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 431.
A study of realistic cases in which alternative management science techniques could be applied. (This course will include use of available computer software for these techniques.)
CMS 440-3 Simulation of Management Processes (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 210.
A study of computer simulation techniques as applied to resource allocation problems in the business environment.
CMS 441-3 Management Information Systems (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: CMS 305.
A final systems analysis course with emphasis on design of an
integrated management information system in a company; classical and flow network of organization concepts are studied in relation to design technique and implementation plan for an MIS.
CMS 451-3 Data Processing Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
A study of the problems encountered in a business data processing installation with particular emphasis on its coordination with other management systems, systems design, software, and hardware in the installations.
Economics
ECO 150-3 Consumer Economics (3+0)
Economic analysis applied to a variety of consumer problems. Topics include determination of family income, consumer durables, taxation and government services, business-consumer relationships and the role of government services, business-consumer relationships and the role of government in protection and regulation.
ECO 201-3 Principles of Economics Macro (3+0)
Introduction to the principles of economics emphasizing an analysis of the economy as a whole. Topics include the methods used in economics, national income accounting, income determination and an analysis of monetary and fiscal policies used by government to combat inflation and unemployment.
ECO 202-3 Principles of Economics Micro (3+0) Introduction to the principles of economics with an emphasis on individual economic units. Topics include consumer choice, production theory, theory of the firm, problems of economic efficiency, and problems of economic concentration.
ECO 250-3 Current Economic Issues (3+0)
Analysis of selected economic phenomena of contemporary interest to the general public. Discussion of alternatives facing the people concerned. May be repeated for credit when different issues are studied. Concurrent coursework in Principles of Economics recommended.
ECO 301-3 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
Production, price and distribution theory. Value and distribution theories under conditions of varying market structures. Topics include consumer theory, competitive, oligopoly and monopoly pricing and output behavior, pricing or factors of production and welfare theory.
ECO 302-3 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
A survey of major aggregate economic models. Emphasis is on the role of consumption, investment, and government decisions on aggregate economic activity. Topics include an analysis of consumption and investment decisions, income determination models, monetary and fiscal policy and economic growth.
ECO 310-3 Money and Banking (3+0)
Prerequisite: ECO 201.
The study of money as a policy variable affecting economic activity. Money is examined both in its role in exchange and as an instru-
36


School of Business
merit of economic policy. The Federal Reserve System, money supply, money demand and their respective effects on macroeconomic activity are stressed.
ECO 315-3 Econometrics (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202 and MTH 121 or CMS 231 or permission of instructor.
Application of mathematical techniques to problems in economics. Emphasis is on application rather than computational methods of mathematical rigor. The problems of acquiring, measuring and using economic data are examined.
ECO 320-3 Economic History of the U.S. (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
Historical trends in American economic organizations and institutions and their development from colonial times to present. Topics include problems of national and regional industrial development, economic stability and trends in income distribution.
ECO 325-3 Labor Economics (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
The study of the topics related to the supply of labor, the allocation of labor among uses; the extent and incidence of unemployment, and the determination of wages. Concentration is on application of economic theory to understand the behavior of labor and problems of labor markets.
ECO 330-3 State and Local Finance (3+0)
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
The study of the topics related to state and local fiscal problems. Topics include demand for state and local government services, analysis of state and local tax instruments and their incidence, intergovernmental fiscal coordination, program budgeting and regulation.
ECO 335-3 Urban Economic Analysis (3+0)
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
Analysis of the structure of urban economic activity and the economic aspects of urban problems. Particular emphasis is on urban poverty, location and differential growth rates of cities, urban transportation problems, housing problems and selected problems in local government finance.
ECO 340-3 Transportation Economics (3+0)
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
Economic analysis applied to specific problems of transport. Topics include the effects of location and transportation costs on firm behavior, public policy and regulation of transportation firms, rate structure and public investment in mass transit and other facilities.
ECO 345-3 Environmental Economics (3+0)
Prerequisite: ECO 202.
An economic analysis of the causes and consequences of environmental degradation and of public policy measures designed to preserve, protect and enhance human environments.
ECO 410-3 Capital Allocation (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202 or permission of instructor.
A broad spectrum survey of capital allocation alternatives from the corporate and individual viewpoint. Study of the peculiarities of various investment vehicles and their special techniques.
ECO 415-3 Mathematical Economics (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 315 or permission of instructor.
Mathematical analysis of economic theory. Topics include a wide range of mathematical techniques applied to economic topics such as theory of choice, externalities and public goods, general equilibrium, growth and stability.
ECO 420-3 Economic History of Europe (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202, or ECO 320 or permission of instructor.
Evolution of industrial society with emphasis on the growth and development of English industry and commerce.
ECO 425-3 Economics of Collective Bargaining (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
An examination of the economic aspects and effects of labor unions and collective bargaining. Topics include models of union behavior, bargaining theories, industrial wage differentials, economic consequences of public unionism and the impact of trade unions on employment, output and inflation.
ECO 430-3 Public Finance (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
An analysis of the effects of taxation, government expenditures, fiscal policy and public debt on resource allocation and income distribution. Topics include taxation, pricing of public services, intergovernmental fiscal relations, and macroeconomic issues in public finance.
ECO 435-3 Regional Economics (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
Introduction to the techniques of regional economic analysis. Regional growth and change and interregional disparities in economic activity are examined. Topics include economic base analysis, input-output analysis and strategies for regional development.
ECO 440-3 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
An examination of the structure, conduct, and performance of American industries. Questions of public policy in dealing with problems created by industrial concentration including the regulation of public utilities are examined. Industries are measured against the yardstick of the public interest.
ECO 445-3 International Economics and Finance (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
Fundamental economic concepts for understanding international economic relationships. Topics include international trade theory, capital movements, international monetary institutions, balance of payments adjustments and the impact of trade policies on economic development and growth.
ECO 450-3 Business and Economic Forecasting (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201.
The general approaches to predicting macroeconomic activity, and how these techniques are implemented into the management decision process. Topics include data acquisition, quantitative techniques; business cycle theories and macroeconomic forecasting, industry and sales forecasting.
ECO 455-3 Comparative Economic Systems (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202
An institutional and theoretical analysis of alternative economic systems. Topics include an analysis of the theoretical Marxian system as well as a comparison of capitalism, socialism and communism.
ECO 460-3 History of Economic Thought (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201, 202.
Survey of the development of economic thought from ancient to modern times. Topics include the classical school from Smith through Mill; Marxian economics; the marginalists and institutional economics.
ECO 465-3 Advanced Monetary Theory (3+0)
Prerequisites: ECO 310 or FIN 300.
An analysis of monetary models and money as a policy determinant and its place in national and international economies. Topics include the importance of interest rates, the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policy, examination of portfolio balance models, and disequilibrium international models.
Management
MGT 100-3 Introduction to Business (3 + 0)
This is a survey course of American business. The relationships between economic theory and business decision making are examined. Types of business organizations as well as an introduction to marketing, production, financial, personnel, and administrative management are covered. (MGT 100 cannot be taken by juniors and seniors who are School of Business majors.)
MGT 221-3 Business Law (3 + 0)
This course is an introduction to origins and developments of law. The major emphasis of the course focuses on the fundamentals of the law pertaining to contracts, agency, sales, and the application of the Uniform Commercial Code to these areas.
MGT 300-3 Principles of Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
This course examines applications of managerial functions and processes as applied to business and other organizations. Human behavior is discussed within the organizational environment. Production techniques and systems as applied to a variety of business organizations is the third area of study.
37


School of Business
MGT 321-3 Business Law II (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 221, or permission of instructor.
This course examines business organizations with major emphasis on partnerships and corporations. It includes a study of the Uniform Commercial Code as it applies to secured transactions, commercial paper, and a study of the fundamental legal concepts of property, bankruptcy, and estates.
MGT 322-3 The Legal Environment of Business (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT221.
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to learn to understand the relevance of law to the business decision-making process by a study of the impact of the judicial system as a system for and determining rights and duties of individuals in society and the resolution of controversies in the process. The course also emphasizes the impact of the executive artd legislative branches of government upon business by making laws and the enforcement thereof.
MGT 342-3 Principles of Insurance (3 + 0)
A study of the underlying principles of insurance, the need for insurance in a progressive, dynamic society. Includes an introductory examination of insurable risks, uses of insurance as well as a study of the important coverages that are currently available.
MGT 343-3 Property and Liability Insurance (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT342.
An examination and analysis of the theory of risk, risk as associated with property and liability, and the economic functions of liability and property insurance.
MGT 344-3 Life and Health Insurance (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT342.
An examination and study of the principles and practices of life and health insurance with particular emphasis on the human life value concept. Includes the basic forms of life and health insurance.
MGT 345-3 Government Insurance and Insured Employee Benefits (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 342.
An examination and analysis of social insurance. Encompasses public and private approaches to problems of retirement, employment, private firms, medical care, disability, and unemployment. Also includes the regulation of insurance by legislation and regulated insurance forms.
MGT 346-3 Risk Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT342.
An analysis of risk identification and evaluation, measurement of protection, and methods of handling risk. Also, includes insurance buying and loss financing.
MGT 350-3 Managerial Economics (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: ECO 201 and ECO 202.
This course provides the student with an understanding of the use of economic principles and analyses of problems in business. An exposition of the fundamental, theoretical, and analytical tools of economics useful in managerial decision making are included.
MGT 353-3 Personnel Management (3 + 0)
This course encompasses the principles used to effectively utilize human resources in organizations. The historical, psychological, and social development of personnel management practices are studied. Topics such as recruitment, selection, and placement are analyzed.
MGT 355-3 Production and Operations Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 300.
This course is an introduction to the activities required to produce a product or service. Topics include product design, plant location, layout and procedures, materials control, and quality control.
MGT 356-3 Small Business Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 300.
This course is oriented around a five-year feasibility study of a small business of the students choice. Upon completion of the study, each student will have a thorough understanding of what it would take to start and operate her or his chosen business.
MGT 357-3 Industrial Relations (3 + 0)
Course provides an understanding of the development and current posture of law as it relates to labor-management relations. It is concerned with the legal framework of collective bargaining. Cases and illustrations are used to demonstrate bargaining and methods for securing industrial peace.
MGT 375-3 Performance Appraisal (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT353.
This course provides the student with the opportunity to study and practice methods of (1) evaluating and (2) counseling employees. Rating and ranking systems, MBO, Human Resource Accounting, Career Planning, and Non-Directive Interviewing will be included.
MGT 380-3 Principles of Real Estate (3 + 0)
This is an overview course which surveys the principles and practices of the real estate field. Subject areas treated include real property ownership, finance, contract and agency law, appraisal, real estate investment, and real estate as a career.
MGT 382-3 Real Estate Finance (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT380.
This course treats, in greater depth, the financial factors affecting real estate. Topics include techniques of financing, money market sources and cost factors, and the effects of financial leverage.
MGT 384-3 Real Estate Law (3 + 0)
This is a study of the legal aspects of most real estate transactions with special emphasis on the law of contracts and agency. Also treated are license law, land title and interest, deeds, liens, and closing statements.
MGT 453-3 Organizational Behavior (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT300.
This course applies behavioral science research and theory to industry in order to learn how the needs of the employee might be more effectively integrated with the requirements of the organization.
MGT 455-3 Systems-Project Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MGT 355.
This course investigates the concepts and applicability of systems and project management. The unique nature of the project management structure, including its emphasis on integrative decision making throughout a products life cycle, is also examined.
MGT 457-3 Advanced Topics in Small Business (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: MGT 356 and ACC 308.
An intensified and rigorous examination of the various facets of the small business operation, including marketing, production, accounting, law, finance, and human resources management. Designed for the student selecting Small Business Management as an area of emphasis.
MGT 458-3 Real Cases in Small Business (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: MGT356 and MGT 457
This is a course designed to give the student practical exposure to the problems of small business. Each student will work with a local small business on a specific project under the supervision of the instructor (and the Small Business Administration).
MGT 461-3 Employee Training and Supervision (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT353.
This course uses a seminar approach in investigating various training and learning processes with particular concern for development of supervisors and executives. It incorporates newer approaches to executive development.
MGT 462-3 Compensation Administration (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT353.
Installation and administration of complete wage and salary programs, including objectives, policy, organization, control, analyses, job descriptions, job evaluation, job pricing, employee evaluation, and job standards.
MGT 463-3 Manpower Development (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT353.
This course provides a comprehensive treatment of the manpower theme, explaining the problems and policies which precipitated manpower into a position of national priority.
MGT 484-3 Real Estate Appraisal (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT380.
This is a basic study of the principles and techniques used in the valuation of real property. Both land and improved property are covered. Greater emphasis is placed upon residential property, plus an introduction to the appraisal of income property.
MGT 485-3 Commercial and Investment Real Estate (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MGT 380 and MGT484
This course studies real estate as an investment medium, the techniques used in evaluating and comparing the investment quality of property, the pros and cons of exchanging, and certain of the tax factors relevant to real estate investment.
38


School of Business
MGT 495-3 Business Policies (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Final semester preceding graduation.
This is a senior seminar designed to give the student an opportunity to apply acquired business skills to analyzing and solving multifaceted business problems. Special emphasis is given to policy formulation and strategic planning for both profit and non-profit organizations.
Marketing
, MKT 300-3 Principles of Marketing (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ECO 201.
Principles, methods, and problems found in distribution activities in marketing products and services.
, MKT 301-3 Marketing Research (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: MKT 300 and CMS 231.
Provides the marketing student with a systematic and objective approach to the search for and analysis of information relevant to the identification and solution of marketing problems.
MKT 310-3 Retailing (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
This course provides a comprehensive survey of the merchandising operations of modern day retailers and the environment in which they operate.
MKT 311-3 Advertising (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
Principles, strategies, and tactics of advertising copy and layout, media selection, consumer and advertising research, budgets and problems are covered.
MKT 312-3 Promotional Strategy (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: MKT 300 and MKT 311.
Survey of persuasive strategies and tactics necessary in current marketing; emphasis on behavioral aspects of promotional process and on management of programs involved.
MKT 316-3 Sales Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
Course consists of a brief course in salesmanship followed by an analysis of the problems involved in supervising sales personnel. Specific attention is given to personnel matters such as compensation, testing, and personnel development.
MKT 330-3 Marketing for Non-Profit Organizations (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MKT 300, or permission of instructor.
This is a course designed to give the student exposure to the conceptual system of marketing and how this system can be applied to the marketing problems of non-profit organizations. Specific marketing concepts will be examined so as to transpose the conceptual system from the profit sector to the non-profit sector.
, MKT 331-3 Consumer Behavior (3 + 0)
' Prerequisite: MKT 300.
A study of human behavior in the consumer role with emphasis on a better understanding of consumer actions leading to better management decision making in the marketing program.
MKT 341-3 Channel Structure and Strategy (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
Provides the marketing student with a survey of channel structure and strategy; areas of study include evolution of and theoretical explanations for channel structure and types of channel decisions to be made.
MKT 371-3 International Marketing (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MKT 300.
Introduces the student to the fundamentals of international scope and complexities of marketing; unique marketing aspects of global enterprise opportunities.
MKT 454-3 Marketing Theory (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Senior Marketing Major.
Provides the advanced marketing student with an in-depth survey of the theoretical development of channel structure and design and the conceptual relations between micro-units within the channel.
MKT 455-3 Seminar in Marketing Management (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: MKT300 plus two additional upper-division marketing courses.
The development and application of marketing policies and strategies to marketing problems; areas of study include the analysis of problems relating to the consumer and the business environment.
MKT 456-3 Advanced Marketing Problem* (3 + 0)
1 Prerequisites: MKT 300, MKT 301, and MKT 311.
An integrative case study approach to the study of marketing problems. Problem areas to be studied include marketing planning, strategy, organization and control.
39


Services
and Human
munity
School o Com
Gwendolyn A Thomas,
Dean
Academic
Departments:
Afro-American
Studies
Chicano Studies Human Services Social Work Urban Studies Women's Studies
Special
Programs:
Community
Service
Development
Parenting
Education
_JL



School ol Community and Human Services
School of Community and Human Services
"iir i iiir i iir rrTT t
Afro-American Studies
The Department of Afro-American Studies offers a range of courses that present the dimension of the Black Experience in this country. These courses encompass and afford a comprehensive understanding of the African heritage and present African links and potential; contributions of Black People in the growth and development of the U.S.; Black culture and lifestyles; the Black Community; political activity and potential; religious development and importance; community service and resource assistance; and prognosis and potential for social change. The courses may be used in the basic studies requirements and as electives for graduation.
Students are urged to consult with the Faculty in Afro-American Studies about new courses now being designed as well as special offerings in Field Experience classes AAS 499 and the Current Issues Seminars.
The Major in Afro-American Studies (which leads to a Bachelor of Arts Degree) and the Minor program must be planned in consultation with an Advisor in the AAS Department.
Students desiring Secondary Certification in Social Studies should see the Department of Teacher Education.
Afro-American Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
8mstr
Required Courses Houra
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies.........3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle: USA
Philosophy, Action........................3
One African Heritage Course...................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Group Prejudice......3
AAS 485 Black Survival Strategies...................3
MUS 201 Afro-American Music
ART 305 Afro-American Art One to be
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature selected.........3
AAS 499 Field Experience in the Black Community.......3
Total.....................................................21
Electives
18 hours. (Related courses may be selected, upon consultation with the Advisor, in Chicano Studies and Urban Studies.) Total hours for the Major, 39.
Minor in Afro-American Studies
Required Courses
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies...............3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle: USA
Philosophy, Action.............................3
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours in Afro-American courses, 3 hours of which must be an African course, selected in consultation with and approved by the Department of Afro-American Studies Advisor assigned the student. Total hours for the Minor, 21.
AAS 101-3 Introduction to Afro-American Studies (3+0)
This course presents an overview/survey of Afro-American Studies the many facets of the Black Experience in this country and the program of Afro-American Studies. Special emphasis is given the Black perspective. This course is also offered self-paced.
AAS 102-3 Survey of the Black Struggle: USA
Philosophy, Action (3+0)
This course builds on the content and emphases of AAS 101; however, the focus is more current and centers on what Black People themselves have done to bring about change in their status of oppression. Prognosis for the future is underscored.
AAS 103-3 Basic Swahili
The fundamentals of Swahili grammar and syntax are Introduced. The sound system, the language structure, the noun classes, simple verb tenses, basic greetings and rudimentary dialogue are Introduced.
AAS 108-3 Readings in Afro-American Studies (3+0)
This self-paced course is based on a selected Readings List in Afro-American Studies books, magazines, newspapers.
AAS 113-3 Survey of African History (3+0)
A survey of the major developments on the African continent from ancient times to the modern period.
MUS 201 Afro-American Music (3+0)
Prerequisite: MUS 100, or permission of instructor.
A study of the music of Black Americans beginning with the heritage of African music and music of the slaves through jazz and influences of jazz on the concert music of European and American composers.
AAS 213-3 West African Civilization (3+0)
A survey of history and culture of West Africa from 1000 A.D. to the modern period.
AAS 220-3 Politics and Black People (3+0)
Black Politics is examined as a vehicle and potential in decision making for positive change for Black People in this country. The realities and the challenges both historical and current are emphasized.
AAS 230-3 African Philosophy (3+0)
This course meets the demand for knowledge of philosophical views and values of African peoples. It gives added understanding of culture and people in relation to human problems and experiences.
AAS 270-3 Psychology of Black Consciousness (3+0)
This course delves into the stages of Blackness as Black People have formed a positive self and group identity. Historical and socio-cultural factors, significant past and present events will also be studied looking toward the future.
ART 305-3 History of African and Afro-American Art (3+0)
History and identification of the tribal arts and crafts of Africa plus a study of contemporary Black artists. Particular attention is given to modern Black artists in the United States.
AAS 315-3 Education of the Black Child (3+0)
This course is designed to develop an awareness of what it is to be Black in this country; how racism has affected education; what this means in terms of education in general and Black children, specifically. Emphases: community resources, motivational techniques for creative, understanding teaching.
ENG 324-3 Afro-American Literature (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of the various forms of literature produced by Black Americans. The works are considered in the context of the historical and social conditions of the time at which they were written.
AAS 330-3 The Black Community (3+0)
Prerequisite: AAS 101 or 102, or permission of instructor.
The sociological approach and field observation are used to help students learn first-hand about Denvers Black Community; its makeup, problems, concerns, potential, and relation to the national Black community. Aerial maps are used as a study tool.
AAS 340-3 Contemporary Africa (3+0)
This course focuses on the political, social and economic highlights of post-independence Africa. Africas relations with the outside world and the question of South Africa are also examined in this course.
AAS 355-3 The Black Family (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: AAS 101, 102, or permission of instructor.
The role of the Black Family in the survival of Black People has not been given its real portrayal as an essential frame of reference. This course will focus on this significant fact and the strengths of the Black Family.
41


School of Community and Human Services
HIS 357-3 Afro-American History I (3+0)
Prerequisites: HIS 121, HIS 122, or permission of instructor. Moving from the background of African culture and the slave trade, this course traces the distinctive role of the people of African heritage in the United States to 1876.
HIS 358-3 Afro-American History II (3+0)
Prerequisites: HIS 121, HIS 122, or permission of instructor. Continues a study of the role of the people of African heritage in the United States from 1876 to the present. Emphasis is placed on understanding the historical tradition which gives rise to current dilemmas facing America.
A AS 370-3 Psychology of Racism and Prejudice (3+0)
Prerequisite: Three hours in Afro-American Studies; three hours in Psychology; or permission of instructor.
An in-depth survey of tensions between racial, ethnic, religious and other groups, with an emphasis on the psychological factors that condition such tensions. Emphases: group differences; social group awareness and prejudice; minority group status; discrimination.
AAS 375-3 The Psychology of Black Nationalism
Prerequisite: Upper-division status including Black Psychology. This course examines the nature of Black Nationalist thought and movements from a psychological perspective. Emphasis will be given to the origins, development and contemporary expressions of Black Nationalism in American Society, and the role and function of ideology in the human struggle for existence.
AAS 391-3 African Politics and Government (3+0)
Prerequisites: AAS 113, 230, or permission of instructor.
This course will survey present-day political systems in Africa and examine factors, internal and external, that have contributed to their emergence.
AAS 440-3 South Africa Racism (3+0)
Prerequisites: AAS 113, 391, or permission of instructor.
An in-depth study of the South African political system, its historical development and contemporary operation.
AAS 460-3 Black Psychology (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six hours in Afro-American Studies; six hours in Psychology, or permission of instructor.
This course will critically examine the major concepts and models in psychology in terms of their applicability to Blacks. New directions and focii in Black Psychology will be explored as well as the theories, writings and research of leading Black Psychologists.
AAS 470-3 Seminar in Black Mental Health (3+0)
Prerequisite: Upper-division status.
This course focuses on the application of mental health theory and principles to Black clients in urban settings. Emphasis will be given to an intense and comprehensive consideration of theoretical perspectives and research concerning the problem of Black mental health, and applications to its assessments and treatment.
AAS 485-3 Black Survival Strategies (3+0)
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in Afro-American Studies and AAS Departmental approval.
This is an Independent Study course with planned seminar sessions for student and other resource presentations. Students plan and design a Strategy for Positive Change with documentation as a full research paper of significance.
Chicano Studies
The Department of Chicano Studies offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in Bilingual Chicano Studies. The programs provide opportunities and motivation for understanding and emphasizing the Chicano historical experience as a point of departure toward expanding awareness of a multicultural world, facilitating the use of the community as a laboratory and assisting in the preparation of corporations, human science providers, and teachers in a bilin-gual-bicultural experience. Areas of emphasis within all three specialties include focus upon research and theory building.
Major for Bachelor of Arts in Bilingual Chicano Studies
This program is organized around three areas of emphasis: Inter-cultural/lntracultural, Community Service and Bilingual/Bicultural Chicano. The requirements include core courses in the major, specific offerings in at least one of the areas of emphasis, a Spanish language proficiency appropriate to the area of emphasis selected and approved electives. Minimum number of hours to complete the major vary with each area of emphasis:
They are:
Intercultural/lntracultural Area of Emphasis... 43 Semester Hours
Community Service...........................43 Semester Hours
Bilingual/Bicultural Chicano Studies........47 Semester Hours
Required Core Courses
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies...............3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: Pre-Colombian
and Colonial Periods..........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest:
Mexican and U.S. Periods......................3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican and
Chicano.......................................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature..................3
Intercultural/lntracultural Area of Emphasis
The area of emphasis will concentrate on the generation of information relative to the conceptual and theoretical foundations which evidence the Chicano perspective. The indicated preparation will deal with language, thought and culture. The specific intent of the area is one which can support other areas of emphasis or disciplines, prepare a student for advance study at the graduate level or develop a candidate's skills as a process specialist with respect to a socio-cultural knowledge base.
A minimum of six semester hours from among the following courses are required:
Smstr
Required Courses Hour*
CHS 202 Chicano Poetry and Drama.......................3
CHS 211 The Chicano in Aztlan..........................3
CHS 351 Aztlan Myth and Realityd.......................3
ANT 233 Language and Culture...........................3
SOC 301 Sociology of Dominant and Minority Relations...3
SOC 415 Sociology of the Urban Poor....................3
Language Proficiency Requirement
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish 1...........................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II..........................5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and/or SPA 212
Conversation I or II...........................3
OR proficiency equivalent to the above.
Approved Electives
A minimum of nine semester hours of electives selected in consultation with the department chairman are required.
Community Service Area of Emphasis
The area of emphasis will concentrate on a professional development format for those wishing to serve in the community-based projects and agencies which address community needs. Much of the conceptual, theoretical and applied experiences are designed to build the capability of designing and operationalizing professional and paraprofessional programs in the Chicano community.
The following courses are required for individuals who are involved
in the community service area of emphasis.
CHS 310 The Chicano Community I......................4
CHS 311 The Chicano Community II.....................4
CHS 312 The Chicano Community III....................4
In addition a minimum of 3 hours to be selected from the following:
CHS 221 The Chicano Family...........................3
CHS 320 Chicano and the Law..........................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing........3
BEC 325 Family Law..................................3
ACC 320 Government Accounting........................3
HSW 101 Introduction to Human Services and
Community Resources.........................4
or other courses designed by departments and approved by the chairman which center on strategies to assist in the preparation toward service in the Chicano community.
Language Proficiency Requirement
Same as that of the Intercultural/lntracultural Concentration.
42


School of Community and Human Services
Bilinguai/Bicultural Chicano Area of Emphasis
The area of emphasis concentrates on the professional preparation of candidates who wish to enter the teaching field in the secondary area. It is a composite area of emphasis with significant participation of Chicano Studies, the Spanish program and the Bilingual unit in the Center for Education.
The courses listed below are basic requirements for the Bilingual/ Bicultural Chicano area of emphasis. In addition a course sequence in Spanish to support this area of emphasis is required. For those wishing teaching certificate information please contact the Bilin-gual/Bicultural Program Coordinator.
Candidates seeking admission for Bilingual/Bilcultural Chicano Area of Emphasis should first take a Spanish language proficiency test which sets minimum requirements as a prerequisite to this program, or by permission of any Department Chairman of those departments listed below or by permission of the Bilinguai/Bicultural Coordinator.
Hours
CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children..................3
or
CHS 341 Chicano Folklore of the Southwest..............3
EDU 351 Perspective in Bilinguai/Bicultural Education..4
EDU 451
341 Development of Methods and Materials for
the Bilinguai/Bicultural Classroom.............4
Spanish Language Requirement
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish 1...........................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II..........................5
or their equivalent
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation I or
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II or
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation.......................3
SPA 231 Spanish Composition I
or
SPA 232 Spanish Composition II......................3
SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual
cassroom....................................2
SPA 352 Contemporary Mexican Literature.............3
or other courses designed by the above departments and approved by the chairman as relevant to the intent of the concentration.
No Electives
Minor in Chicano Studies
The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences which are most relevant to occupational and educational goals. Students, in consultation with the Department of Chicano Studies Faculty advisor will develop individual minors which reflect the best possible elective curricula, and will insure that a relevant emphasis is maintained. Total hours for the minor, 21.
Required courses
15 Semester Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies...............3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: the Pre-Columbian
and Colonial Periods..........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest:
Mexican and U.S. Periods......................3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican
and Chicano...................................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature..................3
Electives
A minimum of 6 semester hours of electives are required to complete the minor. The courses are to be selected in consultation with a Department of Chicano Studies Advisor.
CHS 100-3 Introduction to Chicano Studies (3+0)
This is an entry level course which accents the origins and social history of the Chicano as well as the basic system of values unique to that world.
CHS 101-3 History of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100.
This course provides an opportunity to study in depth the indigenous culture of Meso-American during a period known as the Pre-Columbian era. It will also deal with the conquest and exploration of Mexico and the Southwestern U.S. by Spain.
CHS 102-3 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: Mexico and U.S. Periods (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 101, or permission of instructor.
This course begins with the Mexican War of Independence (1810) and concludes with an in-depth study of the historical development of the contemporary Chicano world.
CHS 200-3 Living Culture and Language of the Mexican and Chicano (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100, or permission of instructor.
The present course traces the fusion of cultures and dialects of the Spanish-speaking Southwest into strands which characterize Chicano intracultural diversity.
CHS 201-3 Survey of Chicano Literature (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100, or permission of instructor.
This course reviews the major literary genres associated with Chicano creative expression, including the epic, poetry, drama and the novel.
CHS 202-3 Chicano Poetry and Drama (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 201, or permission of the instructor.
This course is an intensive study of Chicano poetic and dramatic arts as it attempts to create a new reality. The course will also equip the student with a basic approach to poetry and drama as a craft.
CHS 211-3 The Chicano in Aztlan (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100, or permission of instructor.
The intent of this course is to focus on three (3) major motifs associated with the socio-historical development of the Chicano in the Southwest: Land, Farm Labor and Urban Enclave.
CHS 221-3 The Chicano Family (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100, or permission of instructor.
Provides the participant with an opportunity to study the Chicano Family as a social institution in its varying manifestations including urban, rural and extended family.
CHS 231-4 Mexican Culture and Civilization (4+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100, or permission of instructor.
The purpose of this course is to develop a general understanding of the people and culture of Mexico as well as evolve sensitivity into the cross-cultural differences between the U.S. and Mexico.
CHS 301-3 The Mexican Revolution (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 100, or permission of instructor.
This course will trace historical events, personalities, and values that were and are affected by the Mexican Revolution (1910-1940). It includes a historical analysis of the Revolution's events as well as a cultural history.
CHS 310-4 The Chicano Community I (4+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200, or permission of instructor.
This course offers an in-depth study of the history of community organizations, the process by which they came about and information relative to existing organizations and their functions. Field experience is a part of this course.
CHS 311-4 The Chicano Community II (4+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200, or permission of the instructor.
The intent is to set a general frame of reference based upon historical and sociological data from our American social experience. Such concepts as assimilation and acculturation will be defined relative to the Chicano Community. Field experience is part of this course.
CHS 312-4 The Chicano Community III (4+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200, or permission of instructor.
The primary concern of this course is to explore the dimensions of local community political awareness and activity from an individual to an organization level.
CHS 320-3 Chicano and the Law (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 102, or permission of instructor.
The course offers the student a better understanding of the legal system and how it relates to the Chicano and his individual rights.
43


School of Community and Human Services
CHS 330-3 Education ot Chicano Children (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200.
Provides the student an opportunity to view and understand the Chicano perspective regarding current public educational policy and its implementation on the schooling process.
CHS 340-3 The Chicano Novel (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 201, or permission of instructor.
This course deals with origins, themes and techniques which characterize the Chicano Novel as well as an in-depth study of the best examples of literary production in both English and Spanish.
CHS 341-3 Chicano Folklore of the Southwest (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200, or permission of instructor.
This course accents the study of written and oral folklore as a motif in Chicano history and culture especially with regards to its tale in building tradition, belief and humor.
CHS 351-3 Aztlan: Myth and Reality (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200, or permission of instructor.
The purpose of this course is to study Aztlan as a concept, a historical, geographical and mystical reality utilizing time and space relationships as well as the belief systems of the Pre-Columbian Meso American.
CHS 352-3 Mystery of the Mexican Pyramids (3+0)
Prerequisite: CHS 200, or permission of instructor.
This course studies the origin, purpose of the Mexican Pyramids as symbols of knowledge, power and mystery of cosmic proportions.
CHS 380-1-4 Topics in Chicano Research (1-4-0)
Prerequisite: CHS 201, or permission of instructor.
This course is designed to facilitate the development of research skills, analytical style, organization of notes, and writing a term paper using Chicano oriented topics as subject matter.
CHS 420-3 Seminar: Carlos Castaneda (3+0)
Prerequisite: Upper-division standing or permission of instructor. Carlos Castaneda has become a major literary figure and the scope of his production deserves a serious and detailed analysis.
Community Service Development Program
The Community Service Development Program at Metropolitan State College is designed to provide academic and applied learning opportunities for men and women who wish to pursue professional careers in the administration of community-based, nonprofit, social-service agencies.
The program integrates the theory and principles of the administration of small, nonprofit agencies and programs with applied experiences in actual work situations. A Degree Program and a Certificate of Completion are both available. In either program, the student will spend four to six hours each week in the classroom and a minimum of 20 hours a week in an actual administrative position with an agency. Contact time in the classroom will vary, but normally, students attend class two nights a week for approximately three hours each night.
The CSD program has established a relationship with a large core of community-based, nonprofit social service agencies in the Denver metropolitan area. These agencies and the CSD program work closely together to establish the best possible learning opportunity for the student while directly meeting agency needs. After an orientation session which describes the various agencies affiliated with the program, each student is referred to at least three programs with which to interview for placement possibilities.
The students may use a paid administrative staff position to meet the applied experience requirement. The student's work situation, however, must permit a positive integration of academic theory with the persons regular paid job requirements.
In order to enter the program, individuals must first attend a special orientation session. (Times and dates of orientation sessions may be acquired by calling the CSD office, 629-3267).
Degree Program
All courses taken through the Community Service Department program can be applied toward an undergraduate degree at MSC. The two principal options available are:
"Contract Major Students can elect to design their own major, individually titled, by putting together courses equalling a minimum of 40 hours of credit. Students will often develop their Contract
Major using all the CSD courses (30 hours) and adding 12 to 16 hours in subject areas which will directly complement their career goals. Students in the program have developed Contract Majors with titles such as: Community Service Administration; Human Services Administration; Administration of Senior Support Services; Administration of Youth Projects; Church Administration, etc. "Urban StudiesAll courses taken in the CSD program can be applied toward completing the designated major in Urban Studies with emphasis in Community Service Development. In addition to the CSD courses, the student must take 13 specified hours in Urban Studies and 6 hours of approved electives.
Certificate Program
If a student completes 20 hours in the CSD program, a Certificate of Completion in the Administration of Nonprofit Programs can be earned. Note: Students in the Degree Program will also receive the Certificate in the Administration of Nonprofit Programs.
CSD 200-1 Introduction to Community Service Development (1+0)
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the administration of community service as an academic program and a professional career.
CSD 201-4 Principles of Community Service Development
(2+6)
This course is designed to provide the student with a general awareness of the basic principles and concerns associated with the administration of small, nonprofit, community-based, social-service agencies.
CSD 300-3 Applied Development and Seminar I (1.5+5)
This course will assist students in system entry problems, stress management, self evaluation and general coping skills.
CSD 321-2 Conflict Resolution and Decision-Making (1+3)
This course will concentrate on the problems in effective personnel management and the approaches in decision-making and the management of conflicts.
CSD 331-2 Development and Administration of Volunteer Programs (1+3)
This course will analyze approaches, problems and benefits in the effective development and management of volunteer support programs.
CSD 341-2 Development and Use of Inexpensive Media
(1+3)
This course will examine the factors to consider in the development and use of inexpensive media, i.e., brochures, posters, slide shows, handouts, news releases, public service announcements, etc.
CSD 351-2 Politics of Agency Survival (1+3)
This course will examine the broad range of external factors which often influence the successful continuation of a community service program or project with particular emphasis on fund raising, lobbying and board development.
CSD 361-3 Financial Accountability of Nonprofit Programs
(1.5 + 5)
This course will assist the student in developing a budget, keeping track of cash flow, audit considerations and legal responsibilities.
CSD 401-4 Assessment and Evaluation of Community Services (2+6)
This course will show what information is needed, how it is to be collected and in what form it should be reported in order to make an evaluation or assessment of a community service agency or agency project.
CSD 402-4 Proposal Writing and Communication Skills for Community Services (2 + 6)
An examination of the formats, philosophies and funding resources to be used in general resource development for community service programs.
Drug/Alcohol Institute
Housed in the Department of Human Services, the Drug/Alcohol Institute of Metropolitan State College offers a Certificate Program in counseling as well as specialized programs in the field of addictions. The Drug/Alcohol faculty offers individually designed programs for the student who chooses this area of emphasis.
44


School of Community and Human Services
Semester
Required Core Coursework Hours
HSW 101 Introduction to Human Services
and Community Resources........................3
HSW 104 Behavior Modification...............................4
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experience.....................................4
HSW 203 Introduction to Theory and Techniques
in Interviewing and Psychotherapy..............4
HSW 204 Family Functioning, Dysfunction, and
Therapy........................................4
Elect SWF 441 or HSW 465....................................4
SWD 441 Dynamics of Cross-Cultural Human
Services in Social Welfare Agencies........................
HSW 465 Group Facilitation and Group
Psychotherapy.................................
Required Specialty Coursework
BIO 106 Pharmacology of Drugs and Alcohol................4
HSW 248 Internship-Alcohol...............................6
HSW 249 Internship-Drugs.................................6
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community........................4
HSW 345 Crises Intervention and Legal
Issues...........................................4
HSW 436 Advanced Intervention Techniques.................4
HSW 479 Professional Internship.........................12
HSW 480 Drug/Alcohol Workshop............................2
HSW 490 Professional Concerns............................2
In addition to classroom instruction the Drug/Alcohol Counselor Training Program utilizes Denver Metro area facilities for experiential training of students. Approximately 60 percent of the Drug/ Alcohol offerings are outreach or community oriented. Graduates attain understanding, skills and attitudes necessary to function as professional substance abuse counselors. Institute advisement personnel emphasize the value of other disciplines such as Public Speaking, Pharmacology (Bio) and Psychology. Counselor students normally attain an additional area of expertise to strengthen career mobility.
Drug/Alcohol Counselor*
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community.......................4
HSW 436 Advanced Intervention Techniques................4
HSW 479 Professional Internship Drug/Alcohol.........12
HSW 480 Workshop Drug/Alcohol.........................2
HSW 490 Senior Seminar Drug/Alcohol...................2
Departmental approval required.
Human Services
The term, Human Services, has been applied to a family of occupations whose purpose is to help people with special problems. Human Services have become one of the countrys major industries.
The Human Services Worker developed through this curriculum provides a core service in programs of rehabilitation and training which emphasizes client self-help. Such programs conducted by local, state, and federal institutions and private agencies have created expanded opportunities for a variety of interesting new and existing careers. There are rapidly increasing demands for specialized manpower in rehabilitation, corrections, welfare, mental health, mental retardation, employment, drug and alcohol counseling, and other social services. This is a challenging career field which provides the opportunity for personal satisfaction in helping those with mental health problems.
The Human Services Program is accredited for five years by the Council for Standards in Human Service Education.
Human Services Major for Bachelor of Science
The student must meet the Colleges general requirements for a baccalaureate degree, meet the general studies requirements of the College, and complete the program of core courses listed below. Students who major in Human Services are not required to complete a minor.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
CORE (Any six hours can be applied to General Studies require-
ments in the Career Category)
HSW 101 Introduction Human Services and
Community Resources............................4
HSW 104 Behavior Modification...........................4
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experiences....................................4
HSW 203 Introduction to Theory and Techniques in
Interviewing and Psychotherapy.................4
HSW 204 Family Functioning, Dysfunction, and
Therapy........................................4
HSW 205 Human Services Practicum I......................8
HSW 206 Human Services Practicum II.....................8
HSW 432 Psychopathology and the Mental
Health Clinician...............................4
HSW 479 Professional Internship........................12
46
Electives Within Human Services Department (16 hours) (Approval of Advisor Required)
HSW 111 Introduction to Mental Retardation............4
HSW 311 Human Services for Handicapped Persons........4
HSW 323 Contemporary Diagnostic and Treatment Programs
in Corrections................................4
HSW 345 Crises Intervention and Legal Issues..........4
HSW 347 Counseling the Substance Abuser...............4
HSW 436 Advanced Intervention Techniques..............4
HSW 465 Group Facilitation and Group Psychotherapy....4
HSW 468 Supervisory Techniques for Health Care........4
HSW 480 Senior Workshop............................. 2
HSW 490 Senior Seminar............................... 2
16
Electives Outside of Human Services Department (Approval of Advisor Required)
22
Minor in Human Services
The contract minor offered by the Department is designed to provide the student with course experiences which are relevant to his/her educational and occupational goals. The student will choose a minimum of 24 semester hours, 8 of which must be in the Upper Division. The selection of course work will be approved by the Chairperson of the Department.
Human Services
HSW 101-4 Introduction to Human Services and Community Resources (4+0)
Provides a basic understanding of the roles and functions of the new generalist worker in human services. Examines attitudes and objectives that the student should attain. Introduces the student to the various community resources available in the application of human services programs.
HSW 104-4 Behavior Modification (4+0)
Application of learning theory to the modification of maladaptive behavior and the development of adaptive behavior.
HSW 111-4 Introduction to Mental Retardation (4+0)
Provides an introduction to the field of mental retardation with some discussion of causes, types, and treatment.
HSW 202-4 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and Experiences
(3+2)
Theory of group experiences and effectiveness so one can recognize the dynamics of interpersonal interaction, predict dynamics accurately, participate effectively, demonstrate effective leadership skills, and to exercise control of the interaction in a small group situation.
45


School of Community and Human Services
HSW 203-4 Introduction to Theory and Techniques in Interviewing and Psychotherapy (4+0)
Familiarizes students with theoretical approaches to psychotherapy, with a primary emphasis on those applications which rely on the dyadic interview process. Students are expected to participate in interviews following formats suggested by selected theoretical approaches.
HSW 204-4 Family Functions, Dysfunction, and Therapy (4+0)
Prerequisite: HSW 203, or permission of instructor.
Provides a brief review of family functions and the roles of family members, both traditional and changing. Describes theoretical and therapeutic systems in which family theory serves as a guide for the therapist in doing family psychotherapy.
HSW 205-8 Human Services Practicum I (2+20)
Prerequisites: HSW 101, HSW 104, HSW 202, HSW203, HSW204, or permission of instructor.
Seminar and a 300-hour practicum in a human services institution. Experience and training in the fundamentals of evaluation, treatment, dynamics, relationships, and effective functioning. The student may register twice for this course in an alternate area of emphasis.
HSW 206-8 Human Services Practicum II (2+20)
Prerequisites: HSW 101, HSW 104, HSW202, HSW203, HSW204, or permission of instructor.
Seminar and 300-hour advanced practicum in a human services setting. Experience and training in the fundamentals of evaluation, treatment, dynamic therapeutic relationships, and effective functioning. The student may register twice for this course in an alternate area of emphasis.
HSW 248-6 Internship Alcohol (0+20)
Prerequisites: HSW 203 and HSW 204.
This internship experience at a cooperating alcohol counseling/ treatment center provides the opportunity for trainees to gain meaningful work experience in treatment techniques, and how to apply knowledge learned in previous course work.
HSW 249-6 Internship Drugs (0+20)
Prerequisites: HSW203 and HSW204.
This internship experience at a cooperating drug counseling/ treatment center provides the opportunity for trainees to gain meaningful work technqiues, and how to apply knowledge learned in previous course work.
HSW 301-4 The Therapeutic Community (4+0)
Prerequisite: One of the following: HSW 205, HSW 206, HSW 248, HSW 249, or permission of instructor.
Focuses on the total treatment milieu as a therapeutic tool in socio-environmental therapy. Contrasts ideologies of various human service professions, the nature of professional interaction within the institution, and the factors affecting social change.
HSW 311-4 Human Services for Handicapped Persons (4+0)
Prerequisite: HSW 205, or permission of instructor.
Provides an overview of causes and treatment for the physically handicapped, mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed, and other handicapped children and adults.
HSW 323-4 Contemporary Diagnostic and Treatment Programs in Corrections (4+0)
Prerequisite: HSW 205, or HSW 206, or permission of instructor. An analysis of differential diagnosis and treatment methods and techniques in helping juveniles relate their own ability in understanding their interpersonal relationships with self and others in the environment in terms of behavior, emotions, and motivations. Prescribed treatment plans are included.
HSW 345-4 Crises Intervention and Legal Issues (4+0)
Prerequisites: HSW 203 and HSW 204.
Focuses on crises intervention and legal aspects applicable to the field of human services. The coursework is designed to give the student an opportunity for competencies development, and increased understanding of emergency, legal, and therapeutic interventions.
HSW 347-4 Counseling the Substance Abuser (4+0)
Prerequisites: HSW 203 and HSW 204.
A course offering specifically oriented to counseling the substance abuser. Coursework is designed to give the trainee experience in applying fundamentals of individual, family, and group counseling techniques.
HSW 432-4 Psychopathology and the Mental Health Clinician (4+0)
Prerequisites: Two of the following: HSW205, HSW206, HSW248, HSW 249, or permission of instructor.
Provides critical analyses of current definitions of psychopathology and of the prevailing models of mental disturbance. Explores the strengths and problems of current labeling systems and the societal implication of mental health typologies.
HSW 436-4 Advanced Intervention Techniques (4+0)
Prerequisites: Twoof the following: HSW205, HSW206, HSW248, HSW 249, or permission of instructor.
An advanced therapeutics course designed for the Human Services specialist utilizing a symptomatic/multi-modality approach.
HSW 465-4 Group Facilitation and Group Psychotherapy
(4+0)
Prerequisites: Twoof the following: HSW 205, HSW206, HSW248, HSW 249, or permission of instructor. Comprehensive experience in facilitating small groups to develop leadership skills and learn techniques of group psychotherapy.
HSW 468-4 Supervisory Techniques for Health Care (4+0)
Prerequisites: Twoof the following: HSW 205, HSW206, HSW248, HSW 249, or permission of instructor.
Presentation of basic principles and methods involved in the supervisory process. Supervision is presented as a highly individualized and subjective function involving conscious aims as well as unconscious values, attitudes, and strivings.
HSW 479-12 Professional Internship (1+30)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval of Department Chairman.
The Professional Internship is the culmination of training for the bachelors degree in Human Services. The internship is distinguished from work activities in that it is the students responsibility to demonstrate that some project has been completed above and beyond the usual requirements of a job.
Parenting Education
The purpose of the Parenting Education minor is two-fold. First, the program is designed to provide students entering professions where they will deal with children and families with the information and skills necessary to conduct parenting education programs. Second, the program addresses a need identified in the community for people with specific preparation for the role of parent educator. Many agencies offer or are interested in offering parent education programs, yet no specific preparation for that role has been available. This minor is designed both to make the field of parent education more credible by providing students with education for that role, and to give students a set of skills that are increasingly in demand, but rarely found.
This minor is seen as particularly appropriate for students entering family- and child-related fields, including (but not limited to): Education, Health Care Management, Human Services, Law Enforcement (especially juvenile justice), Nursing (and Nurse Practitioner programs), Psychology, Sociology, Social Work, Speech, and Womens Studies. People entering these fields might well be in a position to develop and conduct parent education programs; a minor in Parenting Education should serve them well in the employment market. Other fields, also, might provide opportunities to utilize this background; parent education happens in settings ranging from churches to industry, and is not limited to educational settings in the usual sense.
The Parenting Education minor encompasses three areas of preparation. One set of classes is intended to give students basic information necessary to effective parenting (child development, parenting techniques, family management, health care and so on). The second facet of the program gives students the skills necessary for developing and conducting parent education programs (group techniques, program development, counseling techniques, etc.). The third component of the program entails actual field experience working in parent education programs; this experience is incorporated into a number of classes and is the central component of the final course in the minor.
Minor in Parenting Education
Swnntar
Required Courses Hour*
PAR 107 Introduction to Parenting Education...............3
EDU 231 Child Development................................ 3
46


School of Community and Human Services
PSY 325
PSY 295
PSY 295
HSW 203
HSW 202
EDU 265
PAR 207
HES 307
EDU 431
or
Child Psychology...............................3
Child Rearing..................................3
Principles of Counseling.......................3
or
Introduction to Theory and Techniques
in Interviewing and Psychotherapy..............4
Small Group Dynamics: Theory and Experience....
3+2
or
Human Relations................................3
Home and Family Management.....................3
Parental Health Care Issues....................3
Parents as Partners in the Educational Process.4
Field Placement: A minimum of 3 hours from any of these: (EDU 431 is a prerequisite for any field placement in Parent Education) Seminar in Developmental Psychology or
Post Student Teaching or
Professional Internship or
Nursing Process: Application or
Parent Education Internship
PSY 493
EDU 469
HSW 479
NUR 485
PAR 499
Minimum hours required for the minor are 27-31 (depending on courses selected). If the PAR minor is combined with a major in any of the following departments (EDU, HSW, NUR, PSY), the combined total semester hours for major and minor must be 60 hours. Such a program must include all courses required for the major and those listed here as required for the PAR minor. Approval by both departments will be necessary for such a combined program.
The following courses are suggested as useful electives, in addition to the required courses.
PSY 326 PSY 327 HSW 204 SOC 341 WMS 101 WMS 218 EDU 344 HES 204 HSW 465 HSW 104
Psychology of Adolescence
Adulthood and Senescence
Family Functioning, Dysfunction and Therapy
Marriage and Family
Women in Transition
Rational Assertiveness Training
Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children
Nutrition
Group Facilitation and Group Psychotherapy Behavior Modification
Parenting Education
PAR 107 Introduction to Parenting Education...........3
This course is designed to introduce the student to the field of parent education its history, its scope, its methods, the issues it raises. The aim of the course is to provide a broad overview of the field, either as a basis for further course work in parent education, or as a brief introduction to an area of growing interest.
PAR
207 Home and Family Management........................3
This course is designed to prepare students to examine and improve their management skills, and to provide an understanding of management needed by professionals who work with families. Current management concepts and practical applications will be presented in regard to decision-making, planning, goal setting, time and money management.
Note: For descriptions of other courses included in the minor, see appropriate department listings: EDU Education; HES Health Education; HSW Human Services; NUR Nursing; PSY Psychology; SOC Sociology; WMS Women's Studies
Social Work Major for Bachelor of Science
The Social Work Department offers preparation for beginning professional practice in helping services, corrections and social work agencies. Students are also encouraged to pursue graduate degrees such as the M.S.W. and the Ph.D. or D.S.W.
The basic objectives of the social work degree program are to enable students to achieve effective proactive participation in community affairs based upon an understanding of complex social welfare programs; secondly, to facilitate entry into beginning level practice; and finally, to encourage graduate study.
The curriculum reflects these objectives in its required courses which focus upon methods of work, human growth and development, social policy analysis and research. Particular emphasis is placed upon understanding and coping with bureaucratic climates, process, and structure.
The field of social work has several areas of emphasis including the following: Child Welfare, Family Social Work, Protective and Correctional Services, Social Services (welfare agencies), and Private Practice.
Required Courses
HSW 101 Introduction to Human Services and
Community Resources...........................4
HSW 104 Behavior Modification.........................4
HSW 202 Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experience....................................4
HSW 203 Introduction to Theory and Techniques in
Interviewing and Psychotherapy................4
HSW 204 Family Functioning, Dysfunction,
and Therapy...................................4
HSW 205 Human Services Practicum I....................8
HSW 206 Human Services Practicum II...................8
Elect HSW 345 or HSW 347...................................4
HSW 345 Crises Intervention and Legal Issues HSW 347 Counseling the Substance Abuser
Elect HSW 465 or HSW 468...................................4
HSW 465 Group Facilitation and Group Psychotherapy
HSW 468 Supervisory Techniques for Mental Health Clinicians
SWD 101 Introduction to Social Policy.................4
SWD 201 The Disadvantaged and Social Welfare Services.4
SWD 241 Social Work Methods: Casework,
Groupwork, and Community
Organization..................................4
SWD 301 Social Work Services for Children
and Adolescents...............................4
SWD 303 Services for Adults and the Aging.............4
SWD 401 Advanced Methods in Practice..................4
SWD 441 Dynamics of Cross-Cultural Human
Services in Social Welfare Agencies...........4
SWD 479 Professional InternshipSocial Welfare........8
SWD 480 Workshop-Social Welfare.......................2
SWD 490 Senior SeminarSocial Work....................2
Social Work
SWD 101-4 Introduction to Social Policy (4+0)
Provides the student with insights and knowledge which will help prepare him for beginning professional work in the fields of social welfare and social work.
SWD 201-4 The Disadvantaged and Social Welfare Services
(4+0)
Prerequisite: SWD 101.
The genesis and development of social disorganization and alienation in metropolitan areas is explored. Special problems (scarcity and inaccessibility of services) in rural areas are considered.
SWD 241-4 Social Work Methods: Casework, Groupwork, and Community Organization (4+0)
Social work is a socially sanctioned profession practiced in a variety of human service settings with all ages and conditions of people. The course defines both the roles played by social workers and their methods together with the services in which social workers practice.
47


School of Community and Human Services
SWD 301-4 Social Work Services (or Children and Adolescents (4+0)
Prerequisites: SWD 101 and SWD 241.
The course describes current social work services for children and adolescents and unmet needs in this area. Social work education and training in child welfare will also be discussed.
SWD 303-4 Services (or Adults and the Aging (4+0)
Prerequisites: SWD 101 and SWD 241.
Description of growth, change and readjustment in the adult and the cultural and environmental factors aiding decline or readjustment in advancing age. Services and policies for this age group are the second major focus.
SWD 401-4 Advanced Methods in Practice (4+0)
Prerequisites: SWD 101 and SWD 241; and either SWD 301 or SWD 303.
Intervention, using combinations of methods for individuals, group and community is discussed. Coordinated effort between services is a special focus. Advanced techniques instruction will be offered.
SWD 441-4 Dynamics of Cross Cultural Human Services in Social Welfare Agencies (4+0)
Prerequisites: SWD 101 or SWD 241.
Ethnic groups and their relationships to the development of American social services are discussed and patterns of prejudice and discrimination and their effects, including the responses of ethnic groups. Discussion of pluralism (cultural), assimilation, and melting-pot theories.
SWD 479-8 Professional Internship (1+20)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and approval of Department Chairman.
The Professional Internship is the culmination of training for the bachelors degree in Social Work. The internship is distinguished from work activities in that it is the students responsibility to demonstrate that some project has been completed above and beyond the usual requirements of a job.
Urban Studies MSC/UCD
The Urban Studies Department offers course work leading to either a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Urban Studies. The Bachelor of Science degree is recommended for those students desiring a stronger background in quantitative aspects of Urban Studies. Course work is jointly offered by MSC and UCD and there is a common major. The emphasis of this program is an interdisciplinary approach to learning. To support this approach five areas of emphasis are offered within the major.
1. Local Government Urban Planning
2. Housing Patterns and Alternatives
3. Cultural Lifestyles
4. Transportation and Communication
5. Community Service Development
Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Science
The requirements total 46 semester hours and include:
I. 22 hours of Core Courses
II. 12 hours selected from each of four areas and
III. 12 hours in an area of emphasis to be selected by the student.
IV. 6 additional hours for a Bachelor of Science
Semester
Core Courses Hours
URS 100 Introduction to Urban Studies....................3
URS 200 Inside Look at Urban Institutions................3
URS 300 World Patterns of Urbanization...................3
URS 489 Interdisciplinary Seminar........................4
URS 499* Internship in Urban Studies......................3
Advanced Writing Course which may be taken from Community Service Development, English
or Communications.............................*3-4
Statistics which may be taken from Economics, Geography, Mathematics, Psychology or Sociology.................................................*3-4
22-24
ONE COURSE IS REQUIRED FROM EACH OF THE FOLLOWING AREAS FOR A TOTAL OF 12 HOURS. CSD STUDENTS WILL TAKE ONE COURSE FROM TWO AREAS FOR A TOTAL OF 7 HOURS.
Urban Spatial Structuring
URS 310 Internal Structure of the City................3
URS 351 Community Development and Planning............3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game.........................4
GEG 204 Geography of Denver...........................3
GEG 360 Urban Geography...............................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning...................3
Urban Political Processes
URS 210 An Analysis of Urban Boundaries...............3
URS 350 Emerging Urban Political Systems..............3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game.........................4
PSC 300 American State and Local Government...........4
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration.........3
SOC 371 Political Sociology...........................3
Urban Economic Systems
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game......................4
ECO 202 Principles of Economics.....................3
ECO 335 Urban Economic Analysis....................3
ECO 425 Urban Economics (UCD)......................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning................3
Urban Social Factors
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game..........................4
GEG 132 Geographic Analysis of Current
Social tssues.................................3
GEG 362 Land Use and Population........................3
GEG 462 Land Use: Residential..........................3
SOC 213 Urban Sociology................................3
SOC 300 Urban Sociology (UCD)..........................3
SOC 321 Social Structures..............................3
Areas of Emphasis
In each of the four following areas of emphasis, the student will select a minimum of 12 hours with a minimum of 6 in Urban Studies. The student may take any combination of interdisciplinary courses related to the area of emphasis to be selected in consultation with an advisor. One of the courses should be a skills course related to the area of emphasis. Courses in Urban Studies may be combined with other courses in Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology either through MSC or UCD.
Local Government Urban Planning
This area of emphasis concentrates on the basic conceptual and theoretical planning processes as they relate to and actually appear in urban government occupations and professions. The area of emphasis is designed for students seeking entry into government occupations or seeking advanced study in Public Administration or Urban Planning beyond the Bachelors Degree.
URS 250 URS 389 URS 450
URS289 URS400 URS451
URS351 URS 410 URS471
Housing Patterns and Alternatives
This area of emphasis will concentrate on the assembly and development of residential land, the nature of public and private programs to provide housing and the maintenance and rebuilding of neighborhoods. A broad range of topics will include the evolution Of public intervention in housing and residential renewal, the conflict between physical and human criteria in housing decisions, and constraints on the publics ability to deal with housing issues. Completion of this area of emphasis provides a foundation for graduate work and/or employment with a wide range of public and private housing agencies.
*CSD students may elect to fulfill these requirements within the CSD area of emphasis.


School of Community and Human Services
URS 171 URS 289 URS 400
URS 230 URS 330 URS 450
URS 250 URS 389
Cultural Lifestyles
This area of emphasis concentrates on the impacts on the urban landscape of the lifestyles of various cultures be they ethnic, racial, chronological, religious, economic, or gender. The consequences of these impacts are viewed as among the most significant determinants of urban structure, form, function, and social interaction. The student is provided with specialized training and experience for entry into professions with public or private agencies which deal directly with these groups within a pluralistic urban environment.
URS 250 URS 389 URS 410
URS371 URS400 URS471
Transportation and Communication
The Transportation-Communication area of emphasis has three basic academic foci: 1. to aid students in refining their perceptions of the various networks that exist in the urban setting; 2. to provide tools and techniques to analyze these networks, and 3. to increase the students understanding that transportation and communication are interdependent with such factors as land use, politics and demography. Completion of this area of emphasis provides a foundation for a professional career or further graduate training.
URS 228 URS 328 URS 400
URS 289 URS 389 URS 450
Community Service Development
This is the fifth area of emphasis in Urban Studies. It combines classroom theory and practical experience in a comprehensive format. Students formal classroom experiences are supplemented by at least twenty hours per week during two semesters in placement experiences. All field work will be carefully supervised and student progress will be measured against learning objectives cooperatively developed for each course by the student, agency supervisor and the College coordinator or faculty member.
This area of emphasis is designed to provide an educational program for a very specific administrative level small, community-based, non-profit service agencies and organizations. The directors and heads of such agencies require a wide range of administrative skills including development and management of volunteer programs, fund-raising, proposal writing, program and human resource development. It is expressly not directed toward the student seeking an undergraduate major in public management or public administration of government organizations at the local, state or federal level, or in management positions in private industry.
Course Requirements Include:
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..............3
CMS 210 Fortran........................................3
CMS 214 Fundamentals of Programming....................3
CMS 231 Fundamentals of Business Statistics............3
PSY 311 Introduction to Statistics for the Social
Sciences.......................................3
PSY 312 Inferential Statistics.........................3
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for Management and
Social Sciences................................4
The Contract Major
A contract major for Urban Studies may be arranged by direct consultation with one of the faculty advisors within the Urban Studies Department. This major can be developed to meet specific needs and interests of students that cannot be met through the more conventional structure of the Urban Studies major. For example, a person might want to emphasize an educational or an occupational interest within his or her major such as airport planning and management, water resources management or community health behavior. The required core courses as listed for the B.A. Degree will hold for the contract major. The other 24 semester hours needed for this major will be agreed upon by a committee of faculty advsiors from Urban Studies and other affected departments and the student.
Minor in Urban Studies
Minors for both the Bachelor of Science Degree and the Bachelor of Arts Degree are available. The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences which are most relevant to her or his occupational and educational goals.
Students, in consultation with the department offering related courses and the students Urban Studies faculty advisor, will develop individual minors which will reflect the best possible elective curricula, and will insure that an urban emphasis is maintained.
Total for the Minor.........................21 Semester Hours
Required Courses............................9 Semester Hours
URS 100 Introduction to Urban Studies.....................3
URS 200 An Inside Look at Urban Institutions..............3
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing.................3
Elective Courses............................12 Semester Hours
Twelve additional semester hours are required to complete the minor. The elective courses are to be selected in consultation with a URS faculty advisor.
URS 100-3 Introduction to Urban Studies
A course that concentrates on: What are Urban Studies, and how they affect the daily activities of all urban area residents and institutions. An introductory cross-disciplinary approach to the symbiotic relationships between people and their urban environments. Particular emphasis is placed upon the role of transportation and housing as they influence urban patterns.
I. URS Required Core Courses........................13
II. Selected Electives................................7
III. CSD Area of Emphasis
CSD 200 Introduction to Community Service
Development..................................1
CSD 01 Principles of Community Service Development...4
CSD 00 Applied Development and Seminar 1.............3
CSD 21 Conflict Resolution and Decision-Making.......2
CSD 31 Development and Administration of Volunteer
Programs.....................................2
CSD 341 Development and Use of Inexpensive Media......2
CSD 351 Politics of Agency Survival...................2
CSD 401 Assessment and Evaluation.....................4
CSD 402 Proposal Writing and Communication Skills
for Community Services.......................4
Total...................................................44
Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Science
The requirements for the major in Urban Studies leading to the Bachelor of Science Degree totals six additional semester hours than the Bachelor of Arts Degree. The six hours must be taken from the following list of courses.
URS 171-3 Introduction to Denver Neighborhoods
A comprehensive study of Denvers 75 neighborhoods as defined by the planning office as well as neighborhoods defined by those who live there. Will include guest speakers and site visits.
URS 200-3 An Inside Look at Urban Institutions
A course taught by representatives of private, local, state and federal institutions serving urban areas. These institutions are primarily concerned with housing, public services, transportation, planning and land use. The representatives will explain the functions of their particular institutions. The course will be coordinated by an MSC faculty person.
URS 210-3 An Analysis of Urban Boundaries
Prerequisites: URS 100, URS 200 or permission of instructor.
Do you know what factors are combined to form such boundaries as political jurisdictions, service districts and police districts? Who determines boundaries, what criteria are used and are they real or perceived? This class is designed to give the student a chance to examine urban boundaries as they affect her or his daily life.
URS 228-3 Introduction to Transportation Systems
Provides an overview of the development of air, water, and land transportation systems and current problems. Students will analyze environmental and social impacts generated by these systems.
49


School of Community and Human Services
URS 230-3 Introduction to Urban Housing Problems
Prerequisite: URS 100 or permission of instructor.
A basic course in housing problems in urban America. Some of the problems are presently apparent in Denver and others will be apparent if we dont address them now. Includes such topics as housing markets, the filtering process, exclusionary zoning, suburban sprawl, creation of ghettos, government housing projects, urban homesteading and new towns.
URS 250-3 New Front Range Communities
Selected analysis of new residential developments, new towns, planned unit developments, retirement communities and communes.
URS 289-(1-3) Urban Problems: Topics
The course will focus on current urban problems across the nation. Topics may include problems with pollution, water supply, urban sprawl, controlled growth and alternative forms of transportation.
URS 300-3 World Patterns of Urbanization
Prerequisites: URS 100 or Introductory Course in SOC, HIS, ANT Non U.S.
A survey and examination of major urbanized world regions and the development of urban systems. Emphasis will be on non-western urbanization.
URS 310-3 Internal Structure of the City
Prerequisites: URS 100, URS 200 or permission of the instructor. Analysis of the location, arrangement, and interrelationships between social, economic, and physical elements of the city. The principle focus is on spatial distributions and the interactions between these distributions as they create urban structural patterns.
URS 328-3 Transportation: Issues and Policies
Prerequisites: URS 100 or 200, URS 228 or permission of instructor.
Involves students in the problems of moving people and goods in urban areas. Transportation networks will be analyzed in terms of individual neighborhoods, social needs and political decisionmaking. Focus of the course will be Denver, Colorado.
URS 330-3 Housing: Issues and Policies
Prerequisites: URS 100 or 200 or permission of instructor.
The focus of this course is on current social and economic issues regarding housing in Americas urban areas. Topics covered include housing markets, components of housing costs, housing for low income, aged and minorities, housing standards and land development.
URS 350-3 Emerging Urban Political Systems
Prerequisites: Any 6 hours from PSC 300, 302, URS 200 or 210 The course focuses on changes in the nature of urban governmental issues and processes. It includes the political organization of urban sprawl, new towns, exurbs, neighborhoods, regional governments and cities In political transition.
URS 351-3 Community Development and Planning
Prerequisites: 9 hours of Urban Studies, Sociology or Urban Land Use.
The focus of this course will be planning and community development on a small scale. It will include community and institutional structures, relationships to public policies as well as funding agencies. Students will prepare a community development plan.
URS 371-3 Ethnic Groups in U.S. Cities
Prerequisites: URS 100 plus 3 hours of Political Science, Sociology, Anthropology or Human Geography A social, economic, psychological and spatial investigation of ethnic groups in U.S. cities. Emphasis will be on the development of ethnic consciousness and its implication for economic, political and cultural identity and residential-community maintenance.
URS 389-(1-3) Readings in Urban Studies
Prerequisites: 6-9 hours of Urban Studies plus permission of instructor and Department Chairperson Provides an opportunity for students with a background in Urban Studies to pursue study on a specific topic. Will require frequent meetings between student and instructor.
URS 400-(1-4) Urban Simulation/Game
Prerequisites: URS 100 or upper-division standing. Interdisciplinary simulations/games designed to give players experience in role-playing, problem-solving, and decision-making related to current urban problems. A variety of simulations/games will be offered.
URS 410-3 Urban Environmental Perception
Prerequisites: Course work in statistics or research design and 9 hours of Urban Studies or related fields.
A survey and application of selected techniques used in the geographic investigation of environmental perception and cognition. The images and perceptions of various publics will be studied and their value in the activity and travel patterns of urban residents will be discussed.
URS 450-3 Cities of the Future
The focus of this course will be to identify and evaluate alternate futures for cities. The course will explore the possible futures of urban politics, economics, employment, transportation and related areas.
URS 451-3 Community Involvement Methods
Prerequisites: 6 hours of Urban Studies or related Social Science or consent of instructor.
This course will examine the rationale for community neighborhood and citizen involvement in Federal, State and Local programs affecting the quality of urban life. The impact of partnership on physical and social planning efforts will be analyzed through case studies.
URS 471-3 The Urban Elderly: Prisoners of Space
Prerequisites: URS 100 plus any combination of 6 hours GEG 132, SOC 105 or SOC 205.
As age increases, transportation modes, distance travelled, housing, personal space, shopping patterns and economic situation tend to decrease. This course is an in-depth analysis of the urban elderly as they interact with their shrinking environment.
URS 489-4 Interdisciplinary Seminar
Prerequisites: 9 hours in Urban Studies plus upper-division standing.
Truly a team-taught course that will utilize the talents and expertise of several different professors addressing the same topic from their respective viewpoints. In viewing each concentration, three professors from such fields as psychology, land use, sociology, political science, urban studies or history will jointly teach the course. Each time the seminar is offered a different area of concentration will be stressed.
Womens Studies
The Womens Studies Department is organized on an interdisciplinary basis, utilizing the expertise of faculty members from many different departments. The courses offered are prepared especially for the program with the objectives of heightening womens awareness of themselves as human beings, permitting them to study closely the various historical and cultural patterns that have produced the social position in which they now find themselves, presenting to them the historical achievements of women in all fields, and exploring emerging needs and opportunities for women, with emphasis on the methods by which women can achieve success in these areas. These courses are of value to both women and men students and are especially recommended as a minor for students who are preparing for careers in Education, Guidance and Counseling, Law Enforcement, Human Services, Business Management, Advertising, Public Relations and Communications, Behavioral Science, Psychology, and many others. Men are welcome and are encouraged to take Womens Studies classes.
Minor in Womens Studies
This minor provides a stimulating option for the student who prefers to do this supporting study in an area not narrowly confined to a specific "subject but rather in one which is broader in scope and more meaningful and relevant to the students personal needs and major degree area.
For the woman student it is an ideal minor because, no matter what her major is, she is and will remain a woman and, as such, will discover a variety of problems in both the social and working worlds. Womens Studies helps in understanding these problems, why they exist, and what can be done to overcome them. In addition, these courses aid in self-development, raising the confidence-level and one's sense of personhood, as well as providing sympathetic supportiveness from other students and understanding counseling from our Womens Studies faculty.
50


School of Community and Human Services
For men students, these courses provide a needed expansion of view that will enable them to better understand, appreciate, and work with the rapidly emerging new world force of women.
Semester
Required Courses Hours
WMS 101 Introduction: Women in Transition............3
WMS 475 Seminar The New Woman in the World............3
Strongly Recommended
WMS 499 Internship in Womens Studies...................3
Electives
In addition to the core courses, twelve semester hours of electives acceptable to, or taught through the Department, will be required. These courses, many of which are interdisciplinary, will be selected in consultation with members of the Womens Studies staff and officially approved by the Department.
The Contract Major in Womens Studies
A contract major in Womens Studies may be arranged in consultation with the Chairperson of Womens Studies and formation of a faculty advisory committee in conjunction with The Office of Academic Affairs. The demand for such majors, to meet growing career opportunities in the community (managing Womens Centers and Abused Wife Shelters, community counseling and consulting, developing workshops and special programming for women in industry and government, affirmative action positions, as a secondary teaching area or as an undergraduate degree for students going on to the study of law, medicine, etc.), has led the Womens Studies department to begin developing a standard major which will be included in the departments offerings at a future date. If the B.A. is to be a terminal degree, the department strongly recommends a double major, in most instances, to create a tailor-made degree preparing the student specifically for a chosen career area. Such double majors might very effectively be combined with Management, Psychology, Education, Nursing, Human Services, Health Services, Law Enforcement, Advertising, Public Relations, Marketing, and many other areas, qualifying the student with a preparation uniquely oriented to working in numerous positions relating to women.
Following is a list of a number of standard courses, which are supplemented every semester by new offerings from Womens Studies, plus interdisciplinary offerings suitable for our students. Students should check their schedule for these other courses, or speak with the departmental staff.
WMS 101-3 Introduction: Woman in Transition (3+0)
Will examine patterns of female socialization, psychological and historical ramifications of the double standard, roles women play in the family, at school, and at work. Will explore the new societal structures that would enable women to find support for their new identity.
WMS 218-3 Rational Assertiveness Training (3+0)
To help people develop assertive behavior and learn the difference between assertiveness and aggressiveness. To teach people how to set, measure, and attain behavioral goals. These goals fall under the general heading of Awareness.
WMS 223-3 Our Bodies, Ourselves (3+0)
A physical self-improvement course for women, involving many areas such as exercise, birth control, nutrition, make-up, self-defense, and anatomy.
WMS 310-3 The Female Culture (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
A study of women from an anthropological perspective. Anthropological theories concerning gender universals vs. sex-linked traits, such as bonding, will be examined in detail and evaluated in terms of recent feminist theory.
WMS 331-3 Legal Rights for Women (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
Examination of women's legal rights under the American legal system and Colorado law, deals with family law, equal employment opportunity acts, housing, credit and finance, welfare, social security, abortion, prostitution, rape and the E.R.A.
WMS 333-3 Women and Crime (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
Women as criminals, victims, and accessories will be studied, with special attention to theories and myths about the female personality. Prisoners and personnel in women's correctional institutions will also be considered.
WMS 341-3 Rediscovered Women Writers (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
The works of previously unknown or neglected women writers of superior literary merit will be examined for their style, method of expression, roles of women characters, and cultural context, along with the discussion of critical issues.
WMS 343-3 Women Writers of the Seventies (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
An exploration, through recent poetry, fiction and journals, of the emerging themes of a growing womens consciousness, with attention to developing styles and new directions. Concentrates on developing a critical feminist perspective on literature.
WMS 351-3 Feminist Theories (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
A study of major social, economic, and political reformers especially concerned with the plight of women from the eighteenth century to the present. Analysis of these reforms and their impact upon society.
WMS 353-3 Concepts About Women in Western Civilization (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
Women in myth, philosophy, and religion from ancient Europe to contemporary America. Recurrent tales of woman as moon goddess, Mother Earth, merciful Virgin, and the principle of creation. Mythological symbols in modern psychology.
WMS 361-3 Women in the Fine Arts (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
An examination of womens contributions and achievements in the Fine Arts, with focus on three major areas (which may vary from semester to semester): dance, theater, music, painting, sculpture, and literature.
WMS 363-3 Feminist Creativity (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
Major emphasis will be on individual, guided experiences in creative work by the students in poetry, plays, journals, painting, photography and music, with readings related to feminist creativity.
WMS 365-3 Women and Films (3+0)
Prerequisite: WMS 101, or permission of instructor.
A study of the portrayal of women in films, an analysis of women as stars, actresses, directors, writers and filmmakers, and a historical overview of the development of American and European movements in filmmaking.
WMS 475-3 The New Women in the World Seminar (3+0)
Prerequisite: 6 hours of Women's Studies or permission of instructor.
A comprehensive research project relative to the students major area, if possible, but specifically linked to the subject of Women. As each project is tailor-made to the student, projects will take many different directions, but the resulting materials will be kept on file as a community and academic resource.
Interdisciplinary Electives (Offered as omnibus courses with variable credit except as indicated):
English
Communication Techniques for Women Executives
The Eve Image in Literature Women Depicted by 17th-20th c. American Writers
The Language of Women
The Feminine Mystique in American Literature
Psychology
Partnership and Life Style Alternatives Psychology of Women
51


School of Community and Human Services
Sociology
Sociology of Sex Roles
Afro-American Studies
The Black Woman
Human Services
Women and Psychotherapy
Chicano Studies
La Chicana
52




School of Education
Charles /.
Branch,
Bean
Academic
Departments:
Teacher
Education
Physical
Education,
Recreation
and Health
heading


School of Education
I ! i j j j | | | j | I j
School of Education
I [ I I i I I I I I I I t I I
The School is composed of the Department of Teacher Education; the Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health; the Department of Reading; the Office of Clinical Experiences; and a Child Development Center.
The Teacher Certification Program at Metropolitan State College is fully accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and the Colorado Department of Education.
The Department of Teacher Education offers majors in Early Childhood and Elementary Education, as well as minors in Early Childhood and Special Education. Professional courses leading to certification in the areas of Early Childhood Education, Secondary Education, and Special Education are also offered. The major in Elementary Education includes the courses needed for certification.
The School of Education, with the cooperation of the Modern Languages Department and the Chicano Studies Department, offers a minor in Bilingual-Bicultural Education.
The Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health offers a major in Physical Education with two emphasis areas and a major in Recreation with ten emphasis areas along with minors in Physical Education, Recreation, and Health and Safety.
An intramural program, administered by the PER Department provides competitive and noncompetitive activities and a variety of free or reduced rate recreational opportunities.
Intercollegiate sports for both men and/or women are conducted through the Department of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. Varsity sports for men include soccer, swimming, gymnastics, tennis, baseball, and track. Womens varsity teams include field hockey, volleyball, basketball, skiing, softball, and tennis. Students interested in these intercollegiate teams should register for the specific varsity sport under the PER 100 designation.
The Department of Reading offers one of the few undergraduate Reading minors in the area with numerous courses in the teaching of developmental and remedial reading. The Department also offers reading improvement courses. The well equipped Reading Laboratory offers an opportunity for the individualized work in a variety of materials which include development of vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and rate. It is open to all students whether or not they are enrolled in a reading course.
The Office of Clinical Experiences serves to integrate the laboratory experiences in the professional education programs. In addition to the student teaching programs, requests for observations, research projects and studies, and tutoring situations, utilizing off-campus laboratory settings are coordinated through this office.
The Child Development Center is a preschool laboratory which serves as a training facility for students enrolled in early childhood and other educational programs. The Center provides a setting for college students to observe, and participate in, an on-going educational program for young children.
Teacher Education Programs
The purpose of the programs in education is to provide systematic and comprehensive preparation for the teaching profession. Students under these programs must meet the general studies mini-mums and satisfy all other requirements for a Bachelors Degree stipulated earlier in this Bulletin.
Colorado law affecting teacher certification may be changed in the period during which this bulletin is in effect. Students should contact the Teacher Education Department for modifications.
The Department of Teacher Education accepts no course work older than 7 years as substitutes for required courses in the certification sequence and in certain instances may not accept more recent coursework if there have been significant changes in content in more recent years.
All students enrolled at Metropolitan State College who wish to prepare for teaching careers and be certified by the Colorado Department of Education will be required to pass examinations in Reading, Writing, and Arithmetic. These tests are in addition to other requirements for admission to the professional training, as listed in this Bulletin.
Freshman students enrolled in the Department of Teacher Education will write the examinations in connection with their beginning courses: Education 100; Assessment and Placement for early childhood students, and Education 110: The Elementary Child tor elementary students. Secondary students will take the exams in Education 221: Processes of Education in Urban Secondary Schools.
Students who fail one or more of the examinations will be notified so that appropriate remedial instruction can be recommended to them. They will also be provided with a list of remedial resources for each area in which remediation is needed. Students are expected to take the initiative to seek out these resources and bring their skills in the identified areas up to an acceptable level. Students will be given two additional opportunities to write the examinations they have failed. Those who fail any of the examinations a third time will not be admitted to the professional program of teacher education. They will need to seek degrees in other fields of study, or petition to take the exams again.
In addition, the following requirements must be met for formal admission to the teacher education programs:
1. Before being admitted to any 300-level course in education, certification students must present evidence that they
a. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all college work attempted.
b. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all course work in their major (or teaching) area, and
c. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all in education courses attempted to date (which may only be one introductory course).
Individual exceptions to the above requirements may be made through petition to and action by the respective area committees.
2. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester hours of college work.
3. Completion of a Declaration of Intention form, to be filed in the Teacher Education Department office. Normally, students would complete this form while enrolled in their first course in education.
4. For students seeking credit for courses taken at this or at another institution that might be equivalent to the required courses described in this section, completion of a formal evaluation for advanced standing in consultation with their advisor, with the results of this evaluation to be filed in the Teacher Education Department office.
5. Completion of 200 clock hours of volunteer service by the end of the sophomore year. This service may be with any youth groups, including Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Campfire Girls, Head Start, YMCA, YWCA, church groups, as well as other boys and girls clubs, camps, recreational programs, etc.
The following requirements must be met for admission to Student Teaching:
1. Completion of a minimum of 90 semester hours of college work; students transferring from other institutions, where more than 70 semester hours are being transferred into Metropolitan State College, or those who already hold degrees must complete a minimum of 20 semester hours and two semesters before they can be admitted to student teaching.
2. Students must present evidence that they
55


School of Education
a. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all college work attempted.
b. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 over all course work in their major (or teaching) area, and
c. have a minimum GPA of 2.75 in all education courses attempted to date.
(Individual exceptions to the above requirements may be made through petition to and action by the respective area committees. Under-graduate and post-graduate transfer students should check with their Teacher Education Department advisor concerning special GPA requirements.)
3. Completion of all professional courses required for certification.
4. Completion of all subject area courses in the students teaching area(s) required by North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools.
5. Completion of all items in the personal student teaching folder, to be obtained in the Department of Teacher Education.
6. Recommendations from two Metropolitan State College faculty members and/or evaluations from pre-student teaching field experiences.
7. A physical examination report including tuberculosis clearance, on file with the Student Health Services.
8. Approval by the appropriate screening committee when applicable.
9. Completion of formal application for student teaching, to be submitted to the Department of Teacher Education not later than the following dates:
For Fall Semester
student teaching....................February 28
For Spring Semester
student teaching....................September 30
Students who have completed student teaching requirements at another institution may request to take student teaching for six semester hours.
Early Childhood Education
The Department of Teacher Education offers the following programs in Early Childhood Education:
PER ART 258 310 Movement Education Art Instructional Methods for Elementary School 3 3
MUS 432 Music Methods for Early Childhood ....2
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School 2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math and Science in Elementary School 2
38-40
A student majoring in Early Childhood Education must complete the requirements for a minor or an approved area of emphasis which is the equivalent of a minor. Recommended minors include Reading, Bilingual-Bicultural, Speech Pathology, Special Education, Psychology, and Sociology; other minors must be approved by the Department. The areas of emphasis which are as equivalents of a minor are Language Arts, Science and Math, Urban Studies Education, Music Movement, and Human and Community Resources.
Requirements for Public School Teacher Certification
In addition to completing a major in Early Childhood Education, students wishing certification must satisfy the following requirements:
Smstr
Required in Education Hour*
EDU 260 Handwriting for the Teacher...................1
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education.......................2
EDU 315 Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education Lab...................2
EDU 316 Curriculum Development for
the Elementary School.........................3
EDU 317 Curriculum Development for
The Elementary School Lab.....................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Regular
Classroom.....................................3
EDU 435 Planning and Organizing the Early Childhood
Classroom.....................................4
EDU 439 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Early Childhood..............................12
Required in Reading
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary.......................................3
1. A major leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
2. A certification program meeting requirements for certification to teach early childhood in the public schools of Colorado (preschool through the second grade).
3. A minor in Early Childhood Education.
A list of courses recommended for the completion of basic studies requirements is available from the Department.
Areas of Emphasis Early Childhood Education
4. All the necessary courses to meet the education requirements set by the State Department of Social Services for the licensing of day care directors.
Early Childhood Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
EDU 100 Entry Level Assessment and Placement.........1
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education....................3
EDU 132 Lab in Early Childhood Education.............2
EDU 231 Child Development............................3
EDU 232 Lab in Child Development.....................3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity...................3
EDU 265 Human Relations..............................3
EDU 335 Assessment and Measurement in the
Early Childhood Classroom....................4
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive Development...........4
EDU 431 Parents as Partners in the Educational
Process......................................4
EDU 436 Cultural Influences on the Socialization
of Children..................................4
EDU 437 History and Theory of Early
Childhood Education..........................2
Language Arts Area of Emphasis
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary........................................3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate...................................3
Eng 346 Childrens Literature..........................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools................3
Electives......................................6
18
Electives
Six hours to be selected from the following list or in consultation
with faculty in ECE.
EDU 410 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and
Social Studies in the Elementary School......2
EDU 411 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language
Arts and Social Studies in the
Elementary School............................2
RDG 360 Practicum in Reading.........................3
RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials.............2
ENG 202 English Grammar..............................3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.........3
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation..............2
Choose one from the following:
56


School of Education
Human Community Resources Area of Emphasis hou
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography...................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology............................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.........................3
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban Multicultural Education.....2
EDU 315 Laboratory in Foundations of Urban and
Multicultural Education..........................2
Electives........................................5
18
Music and Movement Education Specialty
MUS 101 Fundamentals of Music Theory................3
MUS 432 Music Methods for Early Childhood...........2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation.............2
PER 258 Movement Education..........................3
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning...................3
Electives....................................5
18
Electives
Five hours to be selected from the following list or in consultation with the students faculty advisor in Early Childhood Education:
EDU 410 Language Arts & Social Studies................2
EDU 411 Language Arts & Social Studies Lab............2
GEG 360 Urban Geography..............................3
HIS 111 Colorado History..............................3
HIS 301 History of Denver.............................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest......3
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies.........3
HSW 101 Introduction to Human Services & Community
Resources Resources.........................4
PHI 203 Man and Society...............................2
PHI 207 Man and His Future............................2
PSY 241* Social Psychology............................3
HSW 202** Small Group Dynamics........................4
Electives
Five hours chosen from the following list or in consultation with
Early Childhood faculty.
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity......................3
MUS 161 Folk Guitar 1...................................1
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement........................1
PER 150 Modern Dance 1..................................1
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child..................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.....................2
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical Education
for Children...................................3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education.....................3
Minor in Early Childhood Education (Also fulfills requirements for State licensing of child care directors)
* SWF Social Welfare, School of Professional Studies
** HSW Human Services and Welfare, School of Professional Studies
Science and Mathematics Area of Emphasis
MTH 100 Survey of Mathematics 3
MTH 261 Mathematics for the Elementary School Teacher 4
EDU 412 Mathematics and Science in the Early Childhood Curriculum 2
BIO 100 Human Biology for Non Majors Electives 3 6 18
Electives
Six hours (with at least one course in physical science) from the
following list or in consultation with the faculty in ECE.
GEL 101 General Geology..............................4
GEG 123 Weather and Climate..........................3
GEG 124 Landforms....................................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy....................3
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Mathematics and
Science in the Elementary School.............2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math
and Science in the Elementary School..........2
Required Courses
EDU 100 Entry Level Assessment and Placement............1
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education.......................3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education.........2
EDU 231 Child Development...............................3
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development.................3
Choose two additional hours in Early Childhood curriculum courses in consultation with and
approved by an advisor in Early Childhood Education.........2
HES 204 Nutrition.......................................3
HES 220 Administration in Care-Providing
Organizations..................................4
Choose three or four hours from each or the following groups of courses (A & B) for a minimum of six hours:
A. Psychological Foundations:
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development.................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology..........................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology................................3
B. Sociological Foundations
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on the Socialization
of Children....................................4
SOC 315 Socialization of the Child......................3
26
Urban Studies Area of Emphasis AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studies AAS 315 Education of the Black Child 3 3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: Mexico an U.S. Periods 3
CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children 3
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural Education Electives 4 3 19
Electives
Three hours chosen from the following list or in consultation with
Early Childhood faculty.
AAS 330 The Black Community............................3
CHS 200 Living Culture and Language of the
Mexican and Chicano..........................2
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature...................3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials
for the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom........4
PER 465 Recreation Programs and Management
Problems in Urban Ghetto......................4
SOC 201 Social Problems................................3
Requirements for State Licensing of Child Care Directors
The education requirement for the State license is a minimum of 24 hours of college credit. A detailed list of the specific requirements may be obtained from the Department of Teacher Education. Majors in Early Childhood Education will fulfill these requirements
by including among their electives:
HES 204 Nutrition..........................................3
HES 220 Administration in Care-Providing
Organizations......................................4
Elementary Level
Certification and/or a Bachelor of Arts Degree at the elementary level requires completion of the following professional course program. Additional work must be taken in a discipline (Reading suggested) which will give the student the number of hours equivalent to those required for a minor. Substitutions for any of these requirements must be approved by the chairman of the Department of Teacher Education.
Special certification in Physical Education is available.
57


School of Education
All candidates for the certificate to teach in the elementary schools will declare their intentions at the earliest possible date.
They will make arrangements in EDU 110, Elementary Education in the United States, to satisfy the following requirements:
1. Two hundred clock hours of volunteer service by the end of the sophomore year. This service may be with any youth group, including Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church group, etc.
2. Evidence of proficiency in reading, handwriting, spelling, and new math concepts.
Elementary Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses (in recommended sequence)
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the United States....3
EDU 231 Child Development............................3
EDU 210 The Elementary School........................1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary School..............2
EDU 260 Handwriting for the Teacher..................1
EDU 265 Human Relations..............................3
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education................3
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Education........................................2
EDU 315 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Education Laboratory.............................2
EDU 316 Curriculum Development for the
Elementary School............................3
EDU 317 Curriculum Development for the
Elementary School Laboratory.................2
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom.......3
EDU 410 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and
Social Studies in the Elementary School......2
EDU 411 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language
Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary
School.......................................2
EDU 412 Methods of Teaching Math and Science
In the Elementary School.....................2
EDU 413 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math
and Science in the Elementary School.........2
EDU 415 Art Instructional Methods for Elementary
Schools......................................3
EDU 419 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Elementary (K-6)........................6 or 12
EDU 469 Professional Practicum.......................6
50 or 56
(Students lacking proficiency in any area may be required to take additional course work to remedy the lack of proficiency.)
When planning to teach in grades K-3, the following courses are
strongly recommended:
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education..................3
EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education....2
EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development............3
EDU 337 Language and Cognitive Development.........4
EDU 435 Planning and Organizing the Early
Childhood Classroom.........................4
Courses Required or Strongly Recommended in the Academic Areas *;
Humanities
SPE 101** Fundamentals of Speech Communications........3
ENG 346 Childrens Literature..........................3
MUS 431 Music Methods for Elementary School
Classroom Teachers............................2
RDG 312** Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Primary.......................................3
RDG 313* Teaching of Elementary Reading:
Intermediate..................................3
Career
ITS 381 Industrial Arts for the Elementary School......2
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts.....................2
PER 250* * Activities for the Young Child...............3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child....................2
PER 258 Movement Education.............................3
PER 300* School Health Programs........................3
PER 441 Environmental Education.........................2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning......................3
Social Science/Behavioral Science
HIS 100 American Civilization 1........................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology........................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology.........................3
Mathematics/Science
MTH 261 Mathematics for the Elementary School
Teacher........................................4
A minimum of one course from each of the following sciences is highly recommended:
Earth or Biological Science
BIO 100 Human Biology for Non Majors...................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy......................3
GEG 100 World Regional Geography.......................5
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography................3
GEL 101 General Geology................................4
Physical Science
PHY 108 Physical Science for Teachers..................3
Courses may count toward basic studies, but not more than six semester hours in any one department will qualify to meet those requirements.
* This course required.
Secondary Level
Students may be certified at the secondary level, being endorsed to teach in the following areas: Art, Business Education and Communication, English, Industrial Education, Mathematics, Modern Languages, Music, Physical Education, Science*, Social Studies**, Spanish and Speech.
Students should ask for advisors in the Department of Teacher Education as well as in the departments of their major and minor fields of study.
The student is cautioned to check with his advisor for changes mandated by new Colorado Law.
In addition to a major in the above areas, students must complete the following professional course program:
Semester
Required Courses Hour*
Social and Cultural Bases of Secondary Schools
A block of two courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary
Schools.......................................3
EDU 222 Field Experiences in Urban Secondary
Schools.......................................2
Psychological and Physiological Bases of Secondary Education
A block of three courses to be taken concurrently.
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner...................3
RDG 328 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas,
Secondary.....................................3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom........3
(In lieu of EDU 360, Physical Education Majors take:)
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education...................3
Processes of Teaching in the Secondary Schools
A block of three courses to be taken concurrently and not earlier
than two semesters before student teaching.
EDU 321 Materials and Techniques of Instruction
for Secondary School Teachers.................3
EDU 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials
Construction..................................2
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education.................3
58


School of Education
Teaching Practice
EDU 429 Student Teaching and Seminar:
Secondary.................................6 or 12
In addition to the field experiences included in the required courses, students must present evidence of having completed at least 200 hours of volunteer work with adolescents in the age bracket that they intend to teach. This may be accomplished through work with Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church groups, volunteer tutor programs, or similar activities.
Students should plan their volunteer work in consultation with their advisor, who will need to sign a form indicating his or her approval.
Students who seek Secondary Certification must pass a Public Speaking course with a grade of "C or better, or obtain a waiver. Students must also achieve satisfactory scores on the basic skills tests in reading, writing, and arithmetic, as described earlier.
Before enrolling for student teaching, students are directed to take a course in methods of teaching their major and minor field of study offered in the respective departments.
Student teaching normally is for twelve semester hours and involves ten weeks of full-time work. The remaining five-week block may be planned individually for each student through consultation with his advisor and may include an additional six semester-hour block of student teaching in a different school setting, or for additional certification purposes.
*See Science Certification Program requirements listed below.
**See Social Studies Certification Program requirements listed below.
Science Certification Program
The program includes a major in one area of science, an area of emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from additional areas of science and mathematics. The program satisfies both major and minor requirements, so no further minor is required.
Major
Students must complete an academic major at Metropolitan State College in one of the following areas:
Biology
Chemistry
Earth-Space Science Physics
Please consult with the department involved or with the Teacher Education Department for a list of approved and/or required courses.
Science Support Area
Students must complete one of the following teaching areas of emphasis other than that of the major.
Biology
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology...............4
BIO 210 General Botany................................5
BIO 220 General Zoology...............................5
BIO 355 Urban Ecology.................................4
or
BIO 364 General Genetics..............................3
Chemistry
CHE 120 General Chemistry 1...........................5
CHE 121 General Chemistry II..........................5
CHE 300 Quantitative Analysis.........................3
CHE 301 Quantitative Analysis Lab.....................2
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry 1...........................4
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry Lab.........................2
Earth Science
GEL 101 General Geology...............................4
GEL 103 Historical Geology............................4
GEG 100 World Regional Geography......................5
GEG 123 Weather and Climate...........................3
GEG 124 Landforms.....................................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy.....................3
Mathematics
MTH 141 Calculus I............................
MTH 310 Introduction to Mathematical Proofs
MTH 361 Methods of Teaching Mathematics...
10 additional hours to be selected from:
MTH 241 Calculus II........................
MTH 151 Computing I........................
MTH 311 Abstract Algebra I....................
MTH 321 Probability and Statistics............
MTH 360 History of Mathematics................
MTH 365 Foundations of Geometry...............
Physics
PHY 131 General Physics 1...............................4
PHY 132 General Physics II..............................4
PHY 171 General Physics Lab 1.........................1
PHY 172 General Physics Lab II........................1
Plus 8 additional hours in Physics
General Requirements
These may be fulfilled in the academic major or teaching area of emphasis.
Choose at least one course from each of the following areas:
Biology
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology.................4
Chemistry
CHE 110 Introduction to Chemistry.......................5
or
CHE 120 General Chemistry 1.............................5
Earth Science
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy.......................3
or
GEG 100 World Regional Geography........................5
or
GEL 101 General Geology.................................4
Physics
PHY 121 College Physics............................... 5
or
PHY 131 General Physics 1...............................4
Mathematics
MTH 111 College Algebra.................................4
or
MTH 112 College Trigonometry............................3
or
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics......................4
or
MTH 140 Pre-calculus Mathematics........................4
or
MTH 141 Calculus........................................4
or
MTH 151 Computing 1.....................................4
or
MTH 320 Biostatistics...................................3
or
MTH 360 History of Mathematics..........................3
Science
(This course is required)
SCI 395 Methods of Teaching Science.....................3
Notes
Physics majors should choose AST 104 and MTH 151 to meet certification requirements.
Students who elect the Earth Science or Physics teaching areas of emphasis must choose at least one upper-division course in addition to SCI 395.
Permission is being sought for mathematics to be included as an area of emphasis. Check with the Teacher Education Department.
59
co co ^ '1- co tj- co co


School of Education
Social Studies Certification Program
The program includes a major in one area of Social Science, an area of emphasis in a second area, and a sampling from every social/ behavioral science.
The program meets both major and minor requirements; so an additional minor is not required.
Major
Students must complete an academic major at Metropolitan State College in one of the following areas:
Afro-American Studies
Anthropology
Behavioral Science
Bilingual Chicano Studies
Economics
History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
Please consult with the department involved or with the Teacher Education Department for list of approved and/or required
courses.
Social Studies Area of Emphasis
Students must complete one of the following teaching areas of emphasis. History must be selected unless the academic major is
History.
History ((18 semester hours)
HIS 101 Western Civilization 1............................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization II...........................3
HIS 121 American History 1.................................3
HIS 122 American History II................................3
Six (6) additional upper-division History hours selected in consultation with the department. HIS 400-1 Research Techniques must be taken. Reading courses will not apply.
Afro-American Studies (12 semester hours)
AAS 101 Introduction to Afro-American Studios.........3
AAS 102 Survey of the Black Struggle......................3
Six (6) additional hours in Afro-American Studies; three (3) must be upper-division. Afro-American History suggested. Students are reminded to take Afro-American Studies and Chicano Studies courses as listed under general requirements.
Anthropology (12 semester hours)
ANT 101 Introduction to Physical Anthropology............3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology............3
ANT 163 Introduction to Archeology.......................3
Three (3) additional upper-division hours in Anthropology Chicano Studies (12 semester hours)
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies..................3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America..........................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest..........3
Three (3) additional upper-division hours in Chicano Studies.
Economics (18 semester hours)
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro..................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro..................3
Twelve (12) additional upper-division hours in Economics. Geography (12 semester hours)
GEG 123 Weather and Climate..............................3
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography..................3
GEG 140 World Resources..................................3
GEG 422 Climate and Land Use.............................3
Political Science (12 semester hours)
PSC 101 American National Government....................4
PSC 314 The American Congress and Legislative
Process.........................................3
PSC 300 American State and Local Government.............4
PSC 305 Political Theory................................3
Psychology (12 semester hours)
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology.........................3
PSY 211 Educational Psychology..........................3
Six (6) additional hours of electives. Suggested: PSY 216, 221,241, 295.
Sociology (12 semester hours)
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology...............................3
SOC 307 Sociological Research Methods...........................3
Six (6) additional hours of electives, three (3) of which must be
upper-division.
General Requirements.
(Some may be satisfied in academic major or support area.)
HIS 401 Methods of Teaching Social Science
Select one course from each of the following areas:
Afro-American Studies*
Anthropology Chicano Studies Economics Geography**
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
* Afro-American History or other course dealing with Afro-American experience in the United States.
* *GEG 100-5 World Regional or GEG 140-3 World Resources suggested. To be taken as part of General Studies.
Special Education Minor
The minor in Special Education is designed to prepare teachers, physical educators, recreation therapists, counselors, and professionals in human services to work effectively with exceptional children in any educational setting. The courses listed below provide classes totaling nineteen (19) semester hours for completion of the minor. Students who wish to gain endorsement for teaching the educable mentally handicapped (EMH) child must complete the minor and student teaching. The courses listed below are requirements for certification for students in the areas of Early Childhood, Elementary, or Secondary Education:
Core Course*:
EDU 340 Education and Training of the Mentally Retarded Child 4
EDU 343 Field Testing Remedial Techniques in Special Education 3
EDU 344 Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children 3
EDU 349 Education of the Learning Disabled Child 3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom 3
EDU 462 Adaptive Physical Education 3
19
Additional requirements for Early Childhood and Elementary Education Majors:
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional Children ..3 EDU 342 Curriculum Methods and Materials for Teaching the
Mentally Retarded..............................3
6
EDU 449 Seminar and Student Teaching:
Special Education.........................6 or 12
12 or 18
'Highly Recommended: HSW 104 Behavior Modification
60


School of Education
Additional Requirements for Secondary Education Majors:
EDU EDU 341 348 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional Children ..3 Curriculum Methods and Materials for Teaching the Mentally Retarded Adolescent and Adult 3
EDU 449 6 Seminar and Student Teaching: Special Education 6 or 12
12 or 18
Total hours required for Special Education
Minor.....................................................31 or 37
Highly Recommended: HSW 104 Behavior Modification Not a required course for either Minor or Certification
Bilingual-Bicultural Education Minor
The School of Education offers a minor in Bilingual-Bicultural Education. The minor is an interdisciplinary program sponsored by the Chicano Studies Department, the Education Department, the Department of Modern Languages, and the Reading Department. The principal objective of the Bilingual-Bicultural minor is to prepare future teachers who will be able to conduct all phases of classroom instruction in a bilingual and bicultural setting. In the developmental sequence, the minor will provide the potential teacher with a background of the Mexican heritage and with an understanding of present day Hispano/Chicano culture. Proficiency in the Spanish language is required of all students before they complete the minor. This proficiency will prepare the teacher to understand and further develop the native tongue of bilingual-bicultural children, while offering a second language to many other children. In addition, the minor will provide the teacher with sufficient field and academic experiences and resources in order to develop, implement, and evaluate curricular methods, techniques, and materials in the bilingual-bicultural classroom. For students who do not student teach in a bilingual-bicultural program, the Practicum in Bilingual-Bicultural Education will be required.
Bilingual-Bicultural Education Minor
Preparation Requirements:
Language Proficiency: Proficiency in oral and written Spanish will be determined by a committee composed of Spanish-speaking members of the Modern Language Department, Chicano Studies Department, and the Center for Education. Students who fail to achieve a satisfactory score on the proficiency examination will be required to take sufficient Spanish classes to enable them to pass the proficiency examination. The following courses are designed to help students meet the proficiency requirements before the com-
pletion of the Bilingual-Bicultural minor:
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish 1.............................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II............................5
SPA 211 Spanish Reading and Conversation 1...............3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation II..............3
EDU 100-1 Entry Level Assessment and Placement (1+0)
Purpose of this course is to assess and advise students according to their prior learning and needs. Content includes assessment of basic skills, cognitive level functioning, interests, prior learning and present competence in relation to MSCs expectations; individual and group advisement. Required entry level course for students seeking early childhood certification, major, or minor.
EDU 110-3 Elementary Education in the United States (3+0)
An introductory course in early childhood and elementary education, designed to acquaint future teachers, parents, and community members with the cognitive, affective, social, and cultural development of the child.
EDU 131-3 Early Childhood Education (3+0)
An introduction to the social context of early childhood education, types of early childhood settings, and professional opportunities. Emphasis is on the understandings and competencies essential as a basis for future academic work and field experience.
EDU 132-2 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education (0+4)
Guided observation and participation in a variety of early childhood settings: public school, Head Start, and day care. Emphasizes relationship of theory to practice in beginning development of teacher competency. To be taken concurrently with EDU 131.
Required Courses and Recommended Sequence:
S*mstr
Hours
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the American
Southwest: Mexican and U.S. Periods...............3
EDU 351 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural
Education.........................................4
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers...........2
SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual
Classroom.........................................2
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom......3
EDU 451 Development of Methods and Materials
for the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom............4
*CHS Electives..........................................3
*SPA Electives..........................................3
Total........................................................24
Must be advanced courses and taken with the approval of the bilingual advisor.
Courses Strongly Recommended in Chicano Studies and Spanish
CHS 310 Chicano Community Organization.....................2
CHS 330 Education of the Chicano Child.....................3
CHS 410 Seminar: Mexican and Chicano Art...................3
SPA 322 Culture and Folklore of the Mexican
Southwest........................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation..............................3
SPA 312 Spanish Phonetics and Diction......................3
Required when student teaching in a bilingual-bicultural program is not completed:
EDU 452 Practicum in Bilingual-Bicultural Education........3
EDU 133-2 CDA Competency A: Safe, Healthy Learning Environment (2+0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
Course is designed to provide learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in setting up and maintaining a safe, healthy learning environment for young children. Major portion of learners time will be spent in early childhood classroom.
EDU 134-4 CDA Competency B: Advancement of Physical and Intellectual Abilities (4+0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
Course is designed to provide learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable her or him to demonstrate competency in advancing the physical and intellectual abilities of young children. Major portion of learner's time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
EDU 135-3 CDA Competency C: Positive Self-Concept and Individual Strentgh (4+0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
Course is designed to provide the learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable her or him to demonstrate competency in building positive self-concepts and individual strength in young children. Major portion of learner's time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
EDU 136-3 CDA Competency D: Positive Functioning of Children and Adults in a Group Environment
(4+0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
Course provides learner with knowledge, skills and field support to enable him to demonstrate competency in maintaining the positive functioning of children and adults in a group environment. Major portion of learner's time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
EDU 137-3 CDA Competency E: Coordination of Home and Center Child-Rearing Practices and Expectations (0+6)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
This course is designed to provide learner with the knowledge, skills, and field support to enable her or him to demonstrate
61


School of Education
competency in coordinating Home and Center Child-rearing practices and expectations. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
EDU 138-3 CDA Competency F: Supplementary
Responsibilities Related to Childrens Program (3+0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
This course is designed to provide knowledge, skills and field support to enable learners to demonstrate competency in the supplementary responsibilities related to childrens programs. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
EDU 139-3 Bilingual-Bicultural CDA: Variable Topics (3+0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
Overview of specific issues and topics related to the early childhood educators work with young children and their families in a bilingual community. Course content will vary and the course may be repeated for credit for different topics.
EDU 210-1 The Elementary School (1+0)
Prerequisite: EDU 110; Corequisite: EDU 211.
All classes will be held at public school where the student will be exposed to the classroom environment. Curriculum and instructional patterns, individual learning styles, and practical application of learning theories will be covered.
EDU 211-2 Laboratory in Elementary School (0+4)
Prerequisite: EDU 110; Corequisite: EDU 210.
Guided observation and participation in a preselected elementary school setting. Designed to provide students with experiences relating to theories presented in EDU 210.
EDU 221-3 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary Schools (3+0)
Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in EDU 222.
An analytical assessment of teaching-learning processes with special emphasis on urban secondary schools and on the roles teachers must play in such schools to meet the needs of adolescents from diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds. Includes a series of self-evaluative experiences.
EDU 222-2 Field Experiences in Urban Secondary Schools (1+4)
Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in EDU 221.
Gives the prospective teacher an opportunity to translate theoretical information from course work to practical settings in urban secondary schools and to gain better understanding of the social and cultural issues in such schools. A weekly seminar promotes discussion of experiences.
EDU 231-3 Child Development (3+0)
Designed to give students an understanding of the patterns of development of normal children. Students will study current research and developmental theories as they apply to educating young children.
EDU 232-3 Laboratory in Child Development (1 +5)
Students apply techniques of child study to a variety of real-life settings, integrating theoretical constructs with practical considerations. Parent-child, child-child, child-group, and child-material interactions are studied. To be taken concurrently with EDU 231.
EDU 233-3 Facilitation of Creativity (3+0)
Facilitating children's creative expression and problem solving in music, art, drama, literature, and other forms are considered. Emphasis is on ways to create and maintain a classroom atmosphere and environment that allows creative expression.
EDU 239-2 CDA Assessment (2 + 0)
Prerequisite: Must have permission of instructor.
Final course in CDA sequence. Preparation for assessment in all eight competency areas. Learner will complete a portfolio documenting her or his competence in all CDA compentency areas. Major portion of learners time will be spent in an early childhood classroom.
EDU 260-1 Handwriting for the Teacher (1 + 0)
Prerequisite: None.
A detailed consideration of content, methods, instructional materials, and evaluation in the area of handwriting. The student demonstrates competency in manuscript and cursive handwriting.
EDU 265-3 Human Relations (3+0)
The purpose of this course is to help future teachers gain a systematic understanding of her or himself as a person. Group dynamics will be stressed because of the need for teachers to be able to work in groups.
EDU 314-2 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Education (2+0)
Prerequisite: EDU 110 or EDU 131; EDU 231. Corequisite: EDU 315 Designed as an interdisciplinary course to acquaint the student with issues involved in education in a changing technological society. Class sessions include lectures, audio-visual material, and seminars. Must be taken concurrently with EDU 315.
EDU 315-2 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Laboratory (0+4)
Prerequisite: EDU 110 or EDU 132; EDU 231. Corequisite: EDU 314 Must be taken concurrently with EDU 314. Gives the prospective teacher the opportunity to apply theoretical work to field experience involving social workers, school psychologists, counselors, or teachers in core city schools.
EDU 316-3 Curriculum Development for the Elementary School (3+0)
Corequisiste: EDU 317.
A curriculum course dealing with major aspects of early childhood and elementary level teaching. The study of curriculum development through implementation of the cognitive, affective, and psychomotor, domains is stressed.
EDU 317-2 Laboratory in Curriculum Development for the Elementary School (0+4)
Prerequisite: EDU 211. Corequisite: EDU 316.
Participation in an elementary school setting. The student will be assigned as an instructional aide for from four to six clock hours a week.
EDU 320-3 The Adolescent as a Learner (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 221 or permission of the instructor; to be taken concurrently with EDU 360 or an equivalent course approved to satisfy the special education requirement.
A course in applied educational psychology with special emphasis on adolescents. Allows the beginning teacher at the secondary level to formulate a set of useful classroom practices based on sound psychological principles and consistent with current secondary school practices.
EDU 321-3 Materials and Techniques of Instruction for Secondary School Teachers (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 221; EDU 222; EDU 320; EDU 360 (or PER 462);
concurrent enrollment in EDU 322 and EDU 361. Provides opportunity for prospective teachers to convert theoretical instruction in teaching methods into practical applications in both real and simulated classroom environments. Requires the integration of skills and theories learned in prerequisite courses.
EDU 322-2 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials Construction (1+4)
Prerequisite: Must be taken concurrently with EDU 321 and EDU 361.
Field experiences in tutoring and materials construction to integrate the content, theory, and conceptual aspects of academic and professional teacher education with concrete experiences in secondary schools. A weekly seminar is held to discuss each students experiences.
EDU 335-4 Assessment and Measurement of Children in the Early Childhood Classroom (4+0)
Prerequisite: EDU 131, EDU 132, EDU 231 and EDU 232.
Basic foundations for assessing and measuring student growth and learning in the early childhood classroom, with emphasis on techniques and procedures appropriate for use with pre-reading children. lnforn>al and observational methods of assessment will be stressed, along with more traditional teacher-made and standardized tests. Offered Fall semester.
EDU 337-4 Language and Cognitive Development (3+2)
Prerequisites: EDU 131 and EDU 231.
Understanding of language, normal language and cognitive development in young children, and environmental influences, is considered. Special emphasis is given to methods and materials for facilitating that development in home and school. Offered Fall semester.
62


School of Education
EDU 340-4 Education and Training of the Mentally Retarded Child (3+4)
Prerequisite: EDU 360.
To acquaint the student with the history, philosophy, care and education of the mentally retarded child.
EDU 341-3 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional Children (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 340, or permission of instructor.
Selection, use, and intepretation of formal and informal instruments for assessment of handicapped students abilities.
EDU 342-3 Curriculum Methods and Materials for Teaching the Mentally Retarded (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341, or permission of the instructor. An intensive study of the curriculum sequence and content for mildly and moderately retarded children based on instructional or performance objectives.
EDU 343-3 Field Testing Remedial Techniques in Special Education (2+4)
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341, EDU 342, or permission of the instructor.
Provides a four-hour-per-week field experience in public or private schools and/or institutional settings. Students also meet for two hours per week at the college.
EDU 344-3 Counseling Parents of Exceptional Children (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341, EDU 342, EDU 343, or permission of the instructor.
Techniques in counseling, group therapy, and transactional analysis will be taught as methods for promoting adjustment within the structure of the family with an exceptional child.
EDU 347-3 Methods and Materials for Teaching the Trainable Mentally Retarded Child (3+0)
A study of characteristics, classification, and development of the trainable mentally retarded child.
EDU 348-3 Curriculum Methods and Materials for Teaching the Mentally Retarded Adolescent and Adult
(3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 340, EDU 341 and EDU 343.
An intensive study of curriculum methods, materials and delivery systems on the pre-vocational and vocational level in special education.
EDU 349-3 Education of the Learning Disabled Child (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 340 and EDU 360.
An introductory class to the education of the learning disabled child. Characteristics, identification, and educational implications are explored.
EDU 351-4 Perspectives in Bilingual-Bicultural Education (4+0)
An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with local, state, and national bilingual-bicultural education programs. Time will be spent in structured observation and interaction in a bilingual classroom.
EDU 360-3 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom (3+0) Emphasis in the course will be the development of educational strategies for the child in the regular classroom based on interpretation of data from diagnostic instruments.
EDU 361-3 The Use of Media in Education (2+2)
A course designed to acquaint prospective teachers and other interested persons with the role of audio-visual media in education. Students become proficient in the operation of audio-visual equipment and in creating effective materials for classroom use. Secondary students should take this course concurrently with EDU 321 and EDU 322.
EDU 363-4 Family Life Education (4+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 231, EDU 232, EDU 235
This course provides a basis for teaching family life education in the schools. Emphasis is given to working with adolescents, their parents, to strengthening family relationships, and to providing information on resources for family life.
EDU 410-2 Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School (2+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 110,210, 231, 314, 316, MTH 261 or consent of instructor.
Emphasis on current and experimental programs in the elementary school in Language Arts and Social Studies, K-6. The objectives of
the course are to develop the concepts, methods, techniques, and materials pertinent to the teaching of language arts and social studies.
EDU 411-2 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Language Arts and Social Studies in the Elementary School (0+4)
Prerequisites: EDU 211, 315, 317 or consent of instructor.
Eight hours of guided observation and participation in the elementary schools in the subjects of social studies and language arts is required.
EDU 412-2 Methods of Teaching Math and Science in the Elementary School (2+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 110,210,231,314,316, MTH 261 or consent of instructor.
Emphasis on current and experimental programs in the Elementary School in Mathematics and Science, K-6. The objectives of the course are to develop the concepts, methods, techniques, and materials pertinent to the teaching of mathematics and science. ECE majors may use EDU 412 and EDU 413 for their science specialty area. EDU 412 will make special arrangements for ECE majors.
EDU 413-2 Laboratory in Methods of Teaching Math and Science in Elementary School (0+4)
Prerequisites: EDU 211,315 and 317 or consent of instructor. Guided observation and participation in the elementary schools in the subjects of mathematics and science. The course is designed to provide students with the opporutnity to convert methods and techniques discussed in EDU 412 into practical application in the actual classroom environment.
EDU 415-3 Art Instructional Methods for Elementary School
(2 + 4)
Prerequisites: EDU 316 and 317
Lecture-Studio course for Elementary Education Majors. Art Education theory and philosophy for classroom teaching of art to children is coupled with practical learning of art media and materials.
EDU 419-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary (K-6) (1+20 or 40)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Elementary Teacher Education major and approval of the Chairperson, Department of Teacher Education.
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private elementary schools providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners (Kindergarten to 6th Grade). A weekly seminar is a part of the field experience requirement.
EDU 425-3 Art Instructional Methods for Secondary School (3+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 321 and 322
For the secondary art teacher. A thorough study of adolescent development in the visual arts; evaluation of methods and processes to motivate and stimulate junior and senior high school students.
EDU 429-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary (6-12) (1+20 or 40)
Prerequisites: Successful completion of the Secondary education requirements, teaching major, and approval of the chairperson, Department of Teacher Education.
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private secondary schools providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners (7th to 12th Grade). A weekly seminar is a part of the field experience requirement.
EDU 431-4 Parents as Partners in the Educational Process (4+0)
Prerequisite: EDU 231.
This course, designed for parents and human service providers who work with parents, emphasizes current concepts of parent education and involvement. Practical planning and implementation approaches and strategies are learned and put into practice, stressing successful interaction and education of parents and the professionals who work with them.
EDU 435-4 Planning and Organizing the Early Childhood Classroom (4+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 337 and EDU 316.
Students learn how to organize, schedule, sequence, and integrate available resources to plan and implement an early childhood program responsive to childrens needs. Content areas include
63


School of Education
planning, classroom organization and management, and securing and implementing resources to achieve child and program outcomes. Offered Spring Semester.
EDU 436-4 Cultural Influence on the Socialization of Children (4+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 231 or permission of instructor.
Studies the socialization of children using a multi-disciplinary approach; anthropology, psychology, sociology, biology and education. Emphasis is on the study of human attachment, modeling and social learning theory. From this base the student analyzes the effects that cultural and socialization patterns have on the family and individuals development.
EDU 437-2 History and Theory of Early Childhood Education (2+0)
Prerequisites: EDU 131 and EDU 231.
Analysis of key theories, practices, trends and problems in the development of early education. Critical consideration is given to the contributions of Montessori, Dewey, Piaget and others. Current research and programs are examined and their historical roots identified. Students are encouraged to clarify their own philosophy of education.
EDU 439-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Early
Childhood (Preschool to 2nd Grade). (1+20 or 40)
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the Early Childhood Education major and approval of the chairperson, Department of Teacher Education.
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private schools (Preschool to 2nd Grade) providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners. A weekly seminar is part of the field experience requirement.
EDU 449-6 or 12 Student Teaching and Seminar: Special Education (EMH) (1 + 20 or 40)
Prerequisites: Successful completion of the Special Education minor, the certification program for regular classroom, and approval of the chairperson, Department of Teacher Education.
A supervised 10-week field experience in accredited public or private schools (EMH program) providing increasing responsibility for the teaching, supervision, and direction of an identified group of learners. A weekly seminar is part of the field experience requirement.
EDU 451-4 Development of Methods and Materials for the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom (4+0)
Prerequisite: EDU 351 and proficiency in Spanish.
Emphasis in planning curriculum for the linguistically and culturally diverse student with emphasis on alternatives in approach and methodology. Time will be spent in structured observation and interaction in a bilingual classroom.
EDU 452-3 Practicum in Bilingual-Bicultural Education (1+6)
Prerequisites: EDU 451 and proficiency in Spanish.
The course will consider bilingual-bicultural techniques and developing and implementing them in a bilingual-bicultural classroom. Six hours per week in a bilingual school or community setting is required.
EDU 465-3 Current Issues in Education: Variable Topics (3+0)
Prerequisite: Advanced students in Education.
In-depth examination of selected current topics and issues in education. Topics will vary, but all will be of current importance, requiring study of recent writings, research, legislation, etc. May be repeated for credit under a different topic.
EDU 469-1-6 Professional Practicum (0 + 40)
Prerequisites: Completion of student teaching and permission of college supervisor of student teaching.
A 5-week field experience designed cooperatively by the student and his college supervisor. Required for Elementary majors and optional for other certification programs. Experiences may range from remedial work to internships in education related organizations. Elementary majors must enroll for six credits. Other majors may elect variable credit in consultation with their advisor.
Physical Education
The major in Physical Education is designed to provide certification in elementary, secondary or K-12 levels. For the student who does not seek teacher certification or who wishes to complete a major or minor in a more specialized area, a non-teaching major or minor in Physical Education or a contract major or minor is suggested. There also is a major in Physical Education with an emphasis in Athletic Training, and for students majoring in Physical Education, there is an Athletic Training Emphasis in the Physical Education minor. Details concerning contract programs may be obtained from the Academic Advising and Resource Center.
Possible areas in which a contract major or minor might be developed could include the following: Sports area of emphasis, adaptive physical education, athletic administration, research in exercise and movement, sports journalism, sports facility and equipment maintenance, media and public relations in sports, or any other related and approved areas. Majors in Physical Education may utilize the option of completing a minor in a contract area of emphasis or selecting a minor from another discipline.
Students seeking teaching credentials in Physical Education must satisfy the Teacher Education Program at MSC in addition to all of the requirements of the Department of Physical Education. Requirements for formal admission to the education programs as listed under the Teacher Education Programs section of this Bulletin must also be met. Colorado law affecting teacher certification may be changed in the period during which this Bulletin is in effect. Students should contact the Teacher Education Department for modifications.
Physical Education Major for Bachelor of Arts.
A. Elementary Area of Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (PER 150)
(Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
a. Basic Skills (All of the following)
Fundamentals of Movement..........................1
Physical Fitness..................................2
Tumbling..........................................1
b. Tearn Sports (4 of the following)
Volleyball........................................2
Basketball........................................2
Soccer............................................2
Football..........................................2
Softball..........................................2
Field Hockey......................................2
c. Miscellaneous (2 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance.............................2
Track and Field...................................2
Wrestling.........................................2
Livesaving........................................1
Racquetball and Handball..........................1
Total Credits...............................................15
2. Additional Elementary Activity Courses
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child...................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child......................2
PER 258 Movement Education...............................3
Total Credits................................................8
3. Theory Classes (must take all of the following)
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education...............1
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology...........................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise...........................3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical Education
for Children....................................3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement in Physical
Education.......................................2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning........................3
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum
Development in Physical Education...............3
Approved electives..............................3
Total Credits...............................................20
64


School of Education
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Cards from the American Red Cross.
Total minimum hours for major.............................43
To obtain certification by the State of Colorado, all Elementary Physical Education teachers must also complete the following courses:
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the United States.......3
EDU 210 The Elementary School...........................1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary School.................2
EDU 314 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural
Education......................................2
EDU 315 Foundations of Urban and Multicultural Education
Laboratory.....................................2
EDU 361 Use of Media in Education.......................3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education.....................3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading
Intermediate...................................3
Total Credits..............................................19
Highly recommended, but not required:
EDU 231 Child Development...............................3
EDU 265 Human Relations.................................3
B. Secondary Area of Emphasis
1. Professional Activity Courses (PER 150)
(Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
Secondary Physical Education majors must present proof of proficiency in fifteen different activities. A total of 23 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by (1) receiving a passing grade in the course; or (2) obtaining the approval of the PER Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the PER office.
Semester
Hours
a. Basic Skills (All of the following)
Swimming.........................................1
Fundamentals of Movement.........................1
Physical Fitness.................................2
Tumbling.........................................1
b. Tearn Sports (3 of the following)
Volleyball.......................................2
Flag Football....................................2
Field Hockey.....................................2
Soccer...........................................2
Softball.........................................2
Basketball.......................................2
c. Individual Sports (5 of the following)
Lifesaving.......................................1
Gymnastics.......................................2
Track and Field..................................2
Tennis...........................................2
Badminton and Archery............................2
Golf.............................................2
Racquetball and Handball.........................1
Personal Defense.................................2
d. Miscellaneous (3 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance............................2
Ballroom Dance...................................2
Wrestling........................................2
Modern Dance (creative movement).................2
Weight Training..................................2
Total Credits..............................................23
2. Theory Courses (Must take all of the following):
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education.............1
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.........................2
PER 332 Biomechanics...................................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.........................3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary
Physical Education............................3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement in Physical
Education.....................................2
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum
Development in Physical Education.............3
Approved electives............................3
Total Credits............................................20
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Cards from the American Red Cross.
Total Minimum Hours for Major............................43
To obtain a certificate from the State of Colorado, all Secondary Physical Education Majors must also complete the courses required by the Department of Teacher Education for Secondary level certification as listed under Secondary Level In the Education section of the catalog. The only exception to that listing is that Secondary Physical Education Majors must substitute PER 462, Adaptive Physical Education, for EDU 360.
C. K-12 Area of Emphasis in Physical Education Major
1. Professional Activities (PER 150)
(Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
Students desiring K-12 Certification must be proficient in 16 different activities, selected from the categories below. A maximum of 25 credits will be counted toward completion of the major requirements. Students must present proof of proficiency by (1) receiving a passing grade in the course; or (2) obtaining the approval of the PER Proficiency Screening Committee for those activities in which they can present adequate verification of proficiency. Proficiency application forms may be obtained at the PER office.
a. Basic Skills (must take all of the following)
Swimming..........................................1
Fundamentals of Movement..........................1
Physical Fitness..................................2
Tumbling..........................................1
b. Tearn Sports (must take 4 of the following)
Volleyball........................................2
Flag Football.....................................2
Field Hockey......................................2
Soccer............................................2
Softball..........................................2
Basketball........................................2
c. Individual Sports (must take 5 of the following)
Lifesaving........................................1
Gymnastics........................................2
Track and Field...................................2
Tennis............................................2
Badminton and Archery.............................2
Golf..............................................2
Racquetball and Handball..........................1
Personal Defense..................................2
d. Miscellaneous (must take 3 of the following)
Square and Folk Dance.............................2
Ballroom Dance....................................2
Wrestling.........................................2
Modern Dance (creative movement)..................2
Modern Dance (improvisation, technique,
composition)......................................2
Weight Training...................................2
2. Theory Classes
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education..............1
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child..................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.....................2
65


School of Education
PER 258 Movement Education.............................3
PER 306 Care and Prevention of Sports Injuries.........2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.........................2
PER 332 Biomechanics...................................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.........................3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary
Physical Education............................3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical Education
for Children..................................3
PER 440 Evaluation and Measurement in Physical
Education.....................................2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning......................3
PER 460 Organization and Curriculum Development in
Physical Education............................3
PER 399 Field Experience (K-12)........................2
35
Total Required for K-12...................................60
Field Experience K-12 (399) must be taken during senior year, in a secondary school at the level in which the student does not do student teaching.
Student teaching must be taken for 18 credits in a combination of elementary and secondary. In that this program enables a person to gain certification to teach physical education in both Secondary and Elementary School Programs, the minor requirements are considered fulfilled.
3. The following Teacher Education Classes are required for K-12 Certification
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the United States...3
EDU 210 The Elementary School.......................1
EDU 211 Laboratory in Elementary School.............2
EDU 221 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary
Schools......................................3
EDU 222 Field Experience in Urban Secondary Schools.2
EDU 231 Child Development...........................3
EDU 320 The Adolescent as a Learner.................3
PER 462 Adaptive P.E. (In lieu of EDU 360)..........3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading
Intermediate.................................3
or
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading Content Areas:
Secondary....................................3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication........3
25-26
D. Non-Teaching Area of Emphasis
PER PER 150 160 Professional Activities (Skills and/or Methods of Teaching) (Select any 12) Introduction to Physical Education ...12 1
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (or valid American Red Cross Card) 2
PER PER 330 332 Anatomical Kinesiology Biomehcanics 2 3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise 3
PER 362 History of Physical Education 2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society 2
Approved electives:
Selected in accordance with student's intended career objectives. Must be pre-planned with an advisor in PER
Department........................................13
Total Minimum Hours for Major.....................40
E. Athletic Training Area of Emphasis
The major emphasis area is designed for those primarily interested in athletic training at the college or professional level and is complimentary to allied fields, e.g., Biology.
PER 150 Physical Fitness/or..............................2
PER 150 Weight Training..................................2
PER 206 First Aid and CPR................................2
PER 300 School Health Programs...........................3
PER 306 Care and Prevention of
Athletic Injuries................................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.........................2
PER 332 Biomechanics...................................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.........................3
PER 370 Psychology of Coaching.........................2
PER 462 Adaptive P.E...................................3
PER 489 Advanced Athletic Training
Internship....................................10
HES 204 Nutrition......................................3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment.....................3
BIO 231 Human Anatomy..................................4
BIO 232 Human Physiology...............................4
Total Hours................................................46
Requirements to enter and complete program:
1. Application to be made between completion of 60 and 90 Semester Hours (20 Semester Hours minimum at MSC).
2. 2.75 cumulative GPA minimum requirement upon acceptance and to be maintained through graduation. Junior standing.
3. 1800 additional volunteer hours of work with a certified athletic trainer.
4. Pass successfully the N.A.T.A. Certification exam and all other requirements of N.A.T.A.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Sports
Sponsored by the Department of Physical Education and Recreation
This area of emphasis is offered through the Cooperative Program for Careers in Communication. It is imperative that an area of emphasis advisor be consulted. Sports Communication Multi-Majors are expected to engage in practical experiential situations in either Sports Broadcasting or Sport Journalism. At least one three-semester-hour internship in these areas must be considered the minimum. (It is recommended that at least 50 percent of all major course work be completed prior to the internships in Journalism.)
Required Core............................................6
COM 272 Introduction to Communication
Theories......................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication/or...............3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.....................3
Required Area of Emphasis Courses
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and TV
Broadcasting..................................3
SPE 345 Radio and TV Production and
Announcing....................................3
SPE 348 Radio and TV Production Workshop.............3
COM 378 Communication and the Law....................3
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism...................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and
Newswriting...................................3
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement.....................1
PER 150 (Select one two-hour PER 150 Course).........2
PER 370 Psychology of Coaching.......................2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American
Society.......................................2
PER 498* Independent Study Sports Commmunication (Must develop and research sports topics related to specific minor sports, e.g.,
Skiing, Hang Gliding, Fencing, Tae Kwon Do, Racquetball, Snowmobiling, Ice Skating,
etc.).................................................*2
Total Hours..........................................................27
*(2 one-hour courses related to the minor" sports will be offered)
66


School of Education
Recommended Electives
(Student must take electives in 3 different areas; 3 hours must be in
PER)
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft.........................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice
and Diction...................................3
SPE 347 Evolution and Cinematics and Art...................3
SPE 448 Seminar: Practicum in Broadcasting.............3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio and TV on Contemporary
Life..........................................3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and
Copyreading...................................3
JRN 286 Intermediate Reporting and News
Writing.......................................3
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing.........................3
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines..........3
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public
Opinion.......................................3
PER 210 Officiating....................................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology.........................3
PER 332 Biomechanics...................................3
PER 334 Exercise Physiology............................3
PER 362 History of Physical Education..................2
PER 372 Art and Science of Coaching and
Administration................................2
COM 274 Continuity for Radio...........................3
COM 374 Script Writing (Film/TV).......................3
JRN 499 Omnibus Courses (Related to Sports
Communication, i.e., Sports Writing, Photojournalism) Select Three.................9
Total.....................................................42
Physical Education Minor
A. Elementary Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities........................4
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation (or valid American Red
Cross Card)...................................2
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child.................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child....................2
PER 258 Movement Education.............................3
PER 350 Methods of Teaching Physical Education
for Children..................................3
PER 460 Organization, Administration and Curriculum
Development in Physical Education.............3
Total Credits.............................................20
B. Secondary Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement.......................1
PER 150 Professional Activities (Skills and/or Methods
for Teaching).................................8
PER 206 First Aid and C.P.R. (or valid American Red
Cross cards or card)..........................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.........................3
PER 340 Methods of Teaching Secondary P.E..............3
Approved electives (150 or above).............3
Total Credits.............................................20
C. Non-Teaching Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Professional Activities........................6
PER 160 Introduction to Physical Education.............1
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation (or valid American Red
Cross Card)...................................2
PER 362 History of Physical Education..................2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society.....2
Approved electives: Selected in accordance with students intended career objectives. Must be pre-planned with an advisor in PER Department.............................................7
Total Credits.............................................20
D. Coaching Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement..........................1
PER 150 Weight Training...................................2
PER 150 Physical Fitness..................................2
PER 150 Select from: Volleyball, Soccer, Basketball,
Softball.........................................2
PER 150 Select from: Gymnastics, Track & Field, Tennis,
Golf, and Aquatics...............................2
PER 306 Care and Prevention of Sports Injuries
(Prerequisite PER 206-2).........................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kineseiology
(Prerequisite BIO 231)...........................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise
(Prerequisite BIO 232)...........................3
PER 370* Psychology of Coaching...........................2
PER 372* Science and Art of Coaching and Athletic
Administration...................................2
PER 473* Sociology of Athletics in American Society.......2
Total Credits...............................................20
'Majors in Physical Education must take all 3 courses; majors outside of Physical Education must take a minimum of 2 out of 3.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT:
3 semesters of involvement in athletic participation or involvement; little league through college.
PER 332-3 is suggested as an additional course for coaching preparation.
Substitutions for Coaching Area of Emphasis if Majoring in Physical Education
Coaching minor courses that duplicate the physical education major are to have substitutions made. The following courses would
serve as substitutes:
PER 210 Officiating..................................2-4
PER 316 Water Safety Instruction.......................3
PER 371 Administration of Intramural Sports
and Student Recreation........................2
EDU 265 Human Relations................................2
EDU 320 Adolescent as a Learner (Elementary
Physical Education Majors only)...............3
AAS 270 Philosophy of Black Consciousness..............3
AAS 315 Education of the Black Child...................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Prejudice.............3
CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children..................3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing & Strategies..........3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking.......................3
SPE 382 Fundamentals of Speech
Communication.................................3
All substitutions are subject to approval of minor advisor.
E. Dance Area of Emphasis
PER 150 Ballet.........................................1
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement.......................1
PER 150 Modern Dance (Technique, Improvisation,
Composition)..................................2
PER 252 *Rhyihms for the Young Child or
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft...................2-3
PER 322 Movement for Stage.............................3
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology)Prereq.: BIO 231).......2
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning......................3
Select 2 of the following courses:
PER 150 Modern Dance (Creative Movement)...............2
PER 150 Square and Folk Dance..........................2
PER 150 Ballroom Dance.................................2
PER 150 Beginning Jazz.................................1
Select 1-4 hours of electives as listed below:**
PER 150 Dance Activities for the Handicapped...........1
PER 150 Afro/Afro-American Ethnic Dance................1
PER 150 Mexican/Mexican-American Ethnic Dance..........1
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation................2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child or
PER 306 Care and Prevention of Sports Injuries.........2
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft...................2-3
SPE 325 Introduction to Scenic Design
and Theatre Lighting..........................3
67


School of Education
MUS 101 Fundamentals of Music Theory..........................3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity............................3
Total Credits.............................................20-22
"Those with teaching interest select PER 252; those with performing interest select SPE 224.
*These courses also serve as substitutes for PE majors who have course duplication between major and minor.
F. Athletic Training Area of Emphasis for P.E. Majors.
The minor emphasis area is designed for the elementary, secondary, and K-12 Physical Education emphasis major. The minor is basically an extension of the major emphasis designed to provide certification in athletic training and pair with certification in teacher
education.
HES 204 Nutrition........................................3
PSY 21$ Personality and Adjustment.......................3
PER 300 School Health Programs...........................3
PER 306- Care and Prevention of
Athletic Injuries...............................2
PER 370 Psychology of Coaching...........................2
PER 462 Adaptive P.E.....................................3
PER 489 Advanced Athletic Training
Internship.....................................10
Total Credits..............................................26
Requirements to enter and complete program:
1. Completion of major in Physical Education Teacher Education Certification Program. (Elementary emphasis Physical Education majors must take PER 332 Biomechanics.)
2. Application to be made between completion of 60 and 90 Semester Hours (20 Semester Hours minimum at MSC).
3. 2.75 cumulative GPA minimum requirement upon acceptance and to be maintained through graduation.
4. 1800 additional volunteer hours work with a certified athletic trainer.
5. Pass successfully the N.A.T.A. Certification exam and all other requirements of N.A.T.A.
Recreation
The major in Recreation is intended to prepare students to enter recreation-related jobs that are available at both local and national levels. The major consists of a common core of courses deemed essential for all recreation personnel and emphasizes field work with various types of recreation, parks, conservation, and other social service agencies.
In conjunction with the core course selections, the student will select one or more areas of emphasis. The areas of emphasis provide the student with specialized knowledge and skills related to particular job functions provided by the various recreation-related service agencies. The areas of emphasis from which the student may select one or more are:
A. Therapeutic Recreation Services
B. Aquatic and Waterfront Activities
C. Arts and Crafts
D. Inner-City Program Specialist
E. Sports and Athletics
F. Performing and Cultural Arts Specialist
(Music-Drama-Dance)
G. Recreation and Park Administration
H. Camping
I. Outdoor Recreation
J. Gerontology
In summary, Recreation majors have the following degree requirements or options:
Core Courses...................................13 hours
Emphasis Area..................................27 hours
40 hours
Recreation Internship (Recommended for
State Registration).................................10 hours
Each Recreation major will have the option to complete an existing catalog minor or to select a second area of emphasis from the list above for equivalent minor (24 hours minimum).
The selection of course work will be approved by the Chairman of the Department or her or his designers).
NOTE: Demonstrated proficiencies or credit by exam for course content are acceptable in meeting requirements in the Recreation major or minor. Contact the Director of Professional Preparation in Recreation for details.
For students seeking a baccalaureate degree in Recreation, the following courses are highly recommended for basic studies:
MTH 100 Survey of Mathematics...........................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology.......................3
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology......................3
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication............3
Sciences (Human-Animal-Plant-Earth)
obtain advisor approval......................6-8
Recreation Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses for All Students
A. Core Courses (13 hours)
PER 211 Recreation Leadership and Leisure
Service Systems.................................4
PER 215 Recreation Facility and Equipment
Maintenance.....................................2
PER 235 Recreation for Special
Populations.....................................2
PER 411 Recreation Program Construction and
Control Processes...............................3
PER 413 Administration and Organization
of Recreation...................................2
Total Credits...............................................13
NOTE: Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation are required. Students may take PER 206 or obtain valid First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation cards from the American Red Cross.
B. Emphasis Area (27 hours)
Students will be required to select one of ten areas of special emphasis courses designed to provide the student with high degree of specialization in a chosen area of interest. These emphasis areas consist of 27 hours of course work offered by the Department and other disciplines within the College.
C. Internship
PER 489 Recreation Internship......................10 hours
This practical learning experience is designed primarily to help students make the transition from the classroom to the practical situation. Opportunity is provided for students to assume normal responsibilities involved in the delivery of services commensurate with their degree emphasis(es). This experience is also recommended for State registration.
Areas of Emphasis
A. Therapeutic Recreation Services (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses.....................6
Select six hours from the skills and/or methods classes listed below or other PER 480 Workshop activity classes as approved by advisor.
Select six hours from the skills and/or methods classes listed below.
Fundamentals of Movement Physical Fitness (Required)
Activities for Physical Handicapped
Activities for Mental Handicapped
Sports Programs for physical and mental handicapped
Activities for aged and infirmed
Dance Activities for handicapped
68


School of Education
Camping and outing programs for aged Fitness programs for aged Wheelchair Activities
Semester
Hours
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment 3 ) Select
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development 3 ( One
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology........................ 2
PER 333 Introduction to Therapeutic
Recreation Services.............................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise.........................3
PER 437 Techniques in Therapeutic
Recreation......................................3
PER 450 Perceptual Motor Learning......................3
PER 462 Adaptive Physical Education....................3
PER 463 Recreation Programs for Aged...................2
NOTE: Areas of study recommended for equivalency of minor for therapeutic area of emphasis are identified below: Minimum of 2I-24 hours as required by department.
Special Education
EDU 110 Elementary Education in the United States......3
EDU 210 The Elementary School..........................1
EDU 211 The Elementary School Laboratory...............2
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community......................4
HSW 311 Human Services for Handicapped Persons.........4
EDU 340 Education & Training of the Mentally
Retarded Child.................................3
EDU 341 Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional
Children.......................................3
EDU 342 Curriculum Methods and Materials for
Teaching the Mentally Retarded.................3
EDU 344 Counseling the Parents of Exceptional
Children ......................................3
EDU 347 Methods and Materials for Teaching the
Trainable Mentally Retarded Child..............3
EDU 348 Curriculum Methods & Materials for
Teaching the Mentally Retarded
Adolescent & Adult.............................3
EDU 360 The Exceptional Child in the Classroom.........3
Mental Retardation
HSW 104
HSW 111
HSW 301
HSW 311
PSY 340
EDU 340
EDU 341
Behavior Modification....................
Introduction to Mental Retardation.......
The Therapeutic Community................
Human Services for Handicapped Persons
Psychology of Exceptional Children.......
Education & Training of the Mentally
Retarded Child...........................
Diagnosis and Evaluation of Exceptional Children.................................
Youth Corrections
CJC 140
HSW 301
CJC 320
PSY 325
PSY 326
CJC 328
CJC 335
HSW 345
SOC 351
CJC 441
Drug Abuse: Legal Issues and
Treatment........................
The Therapeutic Community........
Criminal Justice Organization
and Administration...............
Child Psychology.................
The Psychology of Adolescence....
Classification and Treatment
of the Offender..................
Seminar in Causation,
Prevention and Control...........
Crisis Intervention and
Legal Issues.....................
Juvenile Delinquency.............
Special Topics in Law Enforcement
Psychiatric Services
HSW 202
HSW 204
PSY 241
HSW 301
PSY 321
PSY 326
PSY 327
PSY 342
PSY 400
HSW 432
PSY 469
Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experience..............................
Family Functions, Dysfunction, and Therapy
Social Psychology.......................
The Therapeutic Community...............
Abnormal Psychology I...................
The Psychology of Adolescence...........
Adulthood and Senescence................
Issues in Community-Social Psychology...
Theories of Personality.................
Psychopathology and Mental Health
Clinician...............................
Survey of Psychotherapies...............
Drug and Alcohol
HSW 104 BIO 106 CJC 140 SOC 201 HSW 202
HSW 203
HSW 204 HSW 301 HSW 345 HSW 347 SOC 467
Behavior Modification....................
Pharmacology of Drug and Alcohol.........
Drug Abuse:Legal Issues and Treatment....
Social Problems..........................
Small Group Dynamics: Theory and
Experience...............................
Introduction to Theory and Techniques in
Interviewing and Psychotherapy...........
Family Functions, Dysfunction, and Therapy
The Therapeutic Community................
Crisis Intervention & Legal Issues.......
Counseling the Substance Abuser..........
Contemporary Sociological Trends (Interviewing Techniques)................
Early Childhood Education
EDU 131 Early Childhood Education......................3
.4 EDU 132 Laboratory in Early Childhood Education........2
4 EDU 231 Child Development..............................3
4 EDU 232 Laboratory in Child Development.................3
.4 EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity.....................3
3 PER 250 Activities for the Young Child.................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child....................2
4 PSY 295 Contemporary Issues: (Child Rearing)............3
HSW 301 The Therapeutic Community......................4
.3 EDU 335 Assessment and Measurement in Early
Childhood Classroom............................4
EDU 436 Cultural Influence on Socialization
of Children....................................4
.3
.4
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
.4
.3
.3
.4
.4
.3
.4
.3
.3
.3
.3
.3
.4
.3
.4
.3
.3
.3
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
B. Aquatic and Waterfront Activities (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses
Skills and/or Methods of Teaching.....(11 hours)
Gymnastics.....................................2
Swimming.......................................1
Diving.........................................1
Advanced Lifesaving............................1
Canoeing.....................Select)
Sailing......................2 out)............2
Power Boating................of 3)
Water Polo...................
Synchronized Select)
Swimming.....................3 out)............3
Competitive of 4)
Swimming.....................
Scuba Diving.................
Techniques of Officiating Aquatic Activities...2
Water Safety Instructor Certification..........3
Anatomical
Kinesiology..................Select)
Biomechanics.................2 out)..........5-6
Physiology of of 3)
Exercise.....................
Waterfront, Marina and Boating Operations......2
Teaching the Handicapped to Swim...............2
Swimming Pool Operation and Management.........4
Introduction to Wood.............................4
Basic Drawing Methods............................3
Introduction to Plastics.........................4
Basic Design and Crafts Methods..................3
General Metals...................................4
Introduction to Craft Materials
and Processes....................................4
General Graphic Arts.............................4
Recreation Arts and Crafts.......................2
Art Metal, Silversmith, Lapidary.................2
Introduction to Photography......................3
Industrial Arts for Elementary School............2
PER 210
PER 316
PER 330
PER 332
PER 334
PER 353
PER 359
PER 455
C. Arts anc
ITS 101
ART 101
ITS 111
ART 102
ITS 121
ITS 131
ITS 342
PER 217
ITS 231
ITS 241
ITS 381
.3
69


School of Education
D. Inner City Program Specialist (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activities Skills
and/or Methods of Teaching....................4
SOC 213 Urban Sociology..............................3
PSC 300 American State and Local
Government....................................4
HSW 345 Crisis Intervention and
Legal Issues..................................4
GEG 360 Urban Geography..............................3
SOC 415 Sociology of Urban Poor......................3
PER 463 Recreation Program for Aged..................2
PER 465 Recreation Programs and Management
Problems in Urban Ghetto......................4
SOC 467 Contemporary Sociological
Trends........................................3
E. Sports and Athletics (Select 27 hours)
PER 150 Fundamentals of Movement (Required).............1
PER 150 Physical Fitness (Required).....................2
Additional (13) hours of PER 150 courses.
Student to select any thirteen (13) hours:
PER 210 Officiating.....................................2
PER 250 Activities for Young Child......................3
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child.....................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology (Required)...............2
PER 332 Biomechanics....................................3
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise..........................3
PER 371 Administration of Intramural Sports and
Student Recreation..............................2
PER 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society......2
F. Performing and Cultural Arts (select 27 hours)
Students are to select one of the following areas: (1) Music, (2) Drama, or (3) Dance for their major emphasis area. It is also recommended that a second area be taken to represent the equivalency of a minor, (minimum of 24 hours).
Music (select 27 hours)
MUS 100 MUS 101 MUS 161 MUS 162 MUS 171 PER 219 PER 252 MUS 281 MUS 282 MUS 431
MUS 381 MUS 382 MUS 421
Introduction to Music.........................3
Fundamentals of Music Theory..................3
Class Instruction I and
Class Instruction II..............Select 8 Hours
Private Instruction
Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation...............2
Rhythms for the Young Child...................2
Large Ensemble................Select 1...1 or 2
Small Ensemble................
Music Methods for Elementary
School/Classroom Teacher......................2
Large Ensemble................Select 1...1 or 2
Small Ensemble................
Choral Literature........................... 2
Drama (select 27 hours)
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation................2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child....................2
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre........................3
SPE 222 Techniques of Acting 1.........................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft.....................3
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity.....................2
SPE 322 Movement for Stage.............................2
SPE 325 Introduction to Scenic Design and
Theatre Lighting...............................3
SPE 328 Stage Directing................................3
SPE 426 Theatre: Practicum 1...........................1
SPE 427 Theatre: Practicum II..........................2
Elective:
SPE 3 hours selected in consultation with Speech Department Advisor.
Dance (select 27 hours)
PER 150 Professional Activity: Skills and/or
Methods of Teaching
Square & Folk Dance............................2
Ballroom Dance.................................2
Modern Dance (Technique,
Improvisation, composition)....................2
Modern Dance (Creative movement)..............2
Tap Dance.....................................1
Ballet........................................1
Afro/Afro-American Ethnic Dance...............1
Mexican/Mexican-American Ethnic Dance.........1
Dance Activities for Handicapped..............1
Beginning Jazz................................1
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation...............2
EDU 233 Facilitation of Creativity....................3
PER 252 Rhythms fo the Young Child....................2
SPE 322 Movement for Stage............................2
PER 330 Anatomical Kinesiology........................2
PER 334 Physiology of Exercise........................3
G. Recreation and Park Administration (select 27 hours)
GEG 360 Urban Geography...............................3
GEG 464 Land Use Recreation.........................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 330 Marketing for Non-Profit
Organizations.................................3
MGT 353 Personnel Management..........................3
MGT 461 Employee Training and
Supervision...................................3
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and
Boating Operations............................2
PER 383 Urban Park and Recreation
Planning......................................3
PER 455 Swimming Pool Operation
and Management................................4
PER 465 Recreation Programs and
Management Problems in
Urban Ghetto..................................4
PER 481 Federal Grant and Aid
Programs......................................2
PER 483 Park and Recreation
Management....................................3
H. Camping (Select 27 hours)
Per 150 Professional Activity Courses: Skills and/or
Methods of Teaching..........................12
Swimming
Advanced Lifesaving Select 2 out of 3:
Canoeing
Sailing
Power Boating Camp Craft Skills Advanced Camp Craft Skill Triperafting Trip Leader
Vehicular Travel Activities Game & Fish Activities I Game & Fish Activities II Western Horsemanship I
ITS 131 Introduction to Craft Materials and Processes.4
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts...................2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation..............2
PER 250 Activities for the Young Child...............2
PER 252 Rhythms for the Young Child..................2
PER 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation...............2
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating Operations....2
PER 441 Environmental Education......................2
PER 445 Camp Management and Counseling...............4
I. Outdoor Recreation (select 27 hours)
GEG 123 Weather and Climate..........................3
GEG 124 Landforms....................................3
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses: Skills and/or
Methods of Teaching..........................11
Group I (Select 8 Hours)
Swimming Camp Craft Skills Advanced Camp Craft Skills Trip Crafting
Game and Fish Activities I Western Horsemanship I White Water Boating I Fly, Bait, Spin Casting Canoeing Sailing
Power Boating
70


School of Education
Group II (Select 3 Hours)
Trip Leader
Mountaineering (Rock Climbing) White Water Boating II Western Horsemanship II Game and Fish Activities II Vehicular Travel Activities
Industrial Skills (Select 8 Hours)
ITS 101 Introduction to Wood...........................4
ITS 161 Introduction to Power..........................4
ITS 320 Welding Technology.............................4
PER 341 Camping and Outdoor Recreation.................2
PER 353 Waterfront, Marina and Boating Operations......2
PER 441 Environmental Education........................2
PER 445 Camp Management and Counseling.................4
J. Gerontology Activity Specialist. (Select 27 hours)
Semester
Required Courses Hours
PER Professional Activity Courses: Skill and/or Methods
PER 150 Activities for Aged and Infirmed...............1
PER 150 Fitness Programs for Aged......................1
PER 150 Camping and Outing Programs for Aged...........1
PER 150 Wheelchair Activities..........................1
PER 150 Dance Activities for Handicapped...............1
PER 217 Recreation, Arts and Crafts....................2
PER 219 Music, Drama, Dance in Recreation..............2
PER 233 Advocacy and Social Actions Programs for
the Aged......................................3
PER 307 Health Problems in Aging.......................2
PER 436 Movement Problems in Gerontology...............2
PER 437 Techniques in Therapeutic Recreation...........3
PER 463 Recreation Programs for the Aged...............2
Specified Electives
(Approved in consultation with Program Coordinator) Six hours must be selected from the following courses:
SOC 105 Introduction to Gerontology....................3
SOC 205 Sociology of Aging.............................3
HES 204 Nutrition......................................3
PSY 327 Adulthood and Senescence.......................3
NOTE: Areas of gerontological study recommended for a contract minor for Therapeutic and/or Gerontology emphasis areas are identified under Health Care Management, Sociology, and Psychology Departments. For additional information contact Gerontology emphasis area program coordinator in each area.
Recreation Minor
PER 150 Professional Activity Courses........................5
Elect any five (5) hours from the PER 150 listings of Professional Activity Courses.
Contact PER Department for complete listing of course selections available.
PER 211 Recreation Leadership and Leisure Service
Systems........................................4
PER 217 Recreation Arts and Crafts....................2
PER 219 Music-Drama-Dance in Recreation...............2
PER 235 Recreation for Special Populations............2
PER 341 Camp and Outdoor Recreation...................2
PER 411 Recreation Program Construction and
Control Processes..............................3
PER 413 Administration and Organization of
Recreation.....................................2
Total Credits............................................22
Health and Safety Education
Minor in Health and Safety
The emphasis in Health Education is intended to prepare students to teach Health Education at either the secondary or elementary level or both levels. This is an excellent area of emphasis for the student who is obtaining a teaching major in another area or for those nurses who are interested in the area of School Health Nurse.
Selection of the emphasis in Drivers Education & Safety will enable the student who obtains Teacher Education Certification to teach at the secondary level in Drivers and/or Motorcycle Education.
A. Health Education Area of Emphasis
CJC 140 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues
and Treatment................................3
PER 202 Community Health..............................3
HES 204 Nutrition.....................................3
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation................................2
PER 300 School Health Programs........................3
PER 391 Safety Education..............................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology or
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence.....................3
Total Credits............................................20
B. Driver and Traffic Safety Education Area of Emphasis
CJC 140 Drug Abuse: Legal Issues
and Treatment................................3
PER 206 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary
Resuscitation................................2
EDU 361 The Use of Media in Education.................3
PER 391 Safety Education..............................3
PER 392 Driver Education (Basic and Advanced).........4
PER 394 Simulators, Ranges and Behind-the-Wheel
Techniques...................................3
PER 396 Motorcycle Safety Education...................2
Total Credits............................................19
PER 100-1 Physical Education Activities (1 +1)
A wide variety of one credit activity classes designed for the interests of the general student body. These classes do not serve the needs of physical education/recreation majors. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
PER 150-1-2 Professional Activity Courses (1 + 1) or (2+2) (Skills and/or Methods of Teaching)
Courses which physical education and recreation majors and minors must take to meet departmental skills requirements in various physical activities. These courses will also cover methods of teaching and field experience assignments. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
PER 160-1 Introduction to Physical Education (1 + 1)
For physical education majors. A survey course designed to orient prospective teachers to the field of physical education. Lecture, discussion and field experience.
PER 202-3 Community Health (3+0)
Designed to provide an in-depth study into health matters involving virtually all citizens for teachers of Health Education. Emphasis is in promoting community health, preventing disorders and disabilities, environmental health and health services.
PER 206-2 Standard First Aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (2+0)
Designed for use by the general public to prepare people, through providing them with knowledge and skills, to meet the needs of most situations when emergency first aid care is needed. Cardio-Pulmonary respiration is covered.
PER 210-1-2 Officiating (1+1) (1+2)
Prerequisite: PER 150 in appropriate sport.
Courses designed for students who wish to acquire or perfect officiating skills. Field experience assignments will be a required part of the classes. May be repeated for credit as the course title changes.
PER 211-4 Recreation Leadership and Leisure Service Systems (4+1)
Study of development and scope of leisure service systems and principles and practices in recreation leadership services.
PER 215-2 Recreation Facility and Equipment Maintenance
(2+0)
Prerequisite: PER 211.
A study of the design and maintenance problems identified in use of recreation and park facilities and equipment. Emphasis will be directed toward community centers, swimming pools, playfields, building and park designs.
71


School of Education
PER 217-2 Recreation Arte and Crafte (2+0)
Course relates to myriad forms of recreational art and craft programs conducted in schools, youth-serving agencies, camps, public and private recreation agencies. Emphasis will be directed toward nature and meaning of crafts, graphic and manipulative arts and instruction methods.
PER 219-2 Mueic-Drama-Dance in Recreation (2+1)
Prerequisite: MUS 101, or permission of instructor.
Exploration of the skills and techniques of performing arts programs in areas of music, drama, and dance in recreation services.
PER 233-3 Advocacy and Social Action Programs for Aged (3+1)
An exploratory study of advocacy and social action programs representing and providing services for the aged. The course will provide an opportunity for students to become assocl-ated/lnvolved with advocacy and social action programs at the local, state and national level.
PER 235-2 Recreation for Special Populations (2+0)
Study related to providing recreation services and activities to those persons who are restricted because of mental, physical, social, cultural, aged, or economic conditions.
PER 250-3 Activities for the Young Child (2+2)
Course is designed to acquaint the student with appropriate sports, games, gymnastics, and tumbling skills for the young child. Teaching progressions, safety factors, items of equipment, spotting techniques, and leadership experiences are included.
PER 252-2 Rhythms for the Young Child (2+2)
Participation and instruction in the fundamental movements, forms, and patterns of creative dance, rhythms, and singing games for children.
PER 258-3 Movement Education (3+1)
Participation and instruction in the problem-solving method of teaching movement exploration. Designed for teachers of preschool and elementary children. Field experience assignments will be a required part of the class.
PER 300-3 School Health Programs (3+0)
A course designed to give the prospective early childhood, elementary, and secondary teacher a foundation in school health and safety education, including content for health and safety instruction, promotion of healthful living, and an understanding of the health services program.
PER 306-2 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries (2+0)
Prerequisites: PER 206 or current Standard First Aid and Personal Safety Card.
Recognition, cause, prevention, treatment, and various physical therapeutic procedures for sports injuries.
PER 307-2 Health Problems in Aging (2+1)
Prerequisites: (MSC BIO 232) (CCD-A BIO 112)
Designed to acquaint students with current scientific findings and theories regarding the health problems encountered by older adults in the aging process. Course includes opportunity for observation and involvement in Recreation and Health Care Facilities.
PER 316-3 Water Safety Instructor Certification (3+1)
Prerequisite: Advanced Livesaving Certificate.
Methods of teaching water safety, skill analysis, and correction. Course leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor Certification. Field experience assignments will be a required part of the class.
PER 330-2 Anatomical Kinesiology (2+0)
Prerequisite: BIO 231, or acceptable human anatomy course.
A study of the musculature of the human body. Analysis of joint movement and muscular involvement in various physical activities.
PER 332-3 Biomechanics (2+2)
Prerequisite: PER 330, or permission of instructor.
Application of the principles of mechanics, physics, and mathematics to the analysis of sport activities. Cinematography, motion analysis, and prediction of performance will be essential aspects of this class.
PER 333-2 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services
(2 + 1)
Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.
Study of the therapeutic recreation services provided for special populations administered by Federal, state, and local health care and treatment facilities. Course includes involvement with various health care facilities in the Denver area.
PER 334-3 Physiology of Exercise (2+2)
Prerequisite: BIO 232, or acceptable human physiology course and PER 150 Physical Fitness
Effect of exercise on the various systems and organs of the body.
PER 340-3 Methods of Teaching Secondary Physical Education (3+0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
Course is designed to present alternative instructional strategies on a practical application level to potential teachers of physical education at the secondary level. A cumulative strategies course established to reach those who shortly will go into their student teaching learning experience.
PER 341-2 Camping and Outdoor Recreation (2+1)
Prerequisites: PER 150 (Camp Craft Skills; Advanced Camp Craft Skills); and PER 211.
History, trends, objectives, programs, skills and techniques common to camp and outdoor recreation programs.
PER 350-3 Methods of Teaching Physical Education for Children (3+0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
Methods of teaching (traditional, exploratory, combined), techniques of class control and management, program planning, and organization will be covered in this course. Also included will be teacher responsibilities in the total elementary school program.
PER 353-2 Waterfront, Marina and Boating Operations
(2+0)
Prerequisites: Canoeing (PER 150), Sailing (PER 150), Powerboating (PER 150); Two of three.
Emphasis will be on development of marinas, boating and waterfront programs and facilities, nomenclature in boating, sanitation, marketing (hard and soft goods), use of Federal and state water resources, and existing agency programs.
PER 359-2 Teaching the Handicapped to Swim (2+1)
Prerequisite: PER 316.
Methods of teaching swimming to students with disabilities including: Orthopedic, learning disabilities, mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed, sight and hearing difficulties, etc. Course leads to Red Cross Handicapped Swimming Certificate.
PER 362-2 History of Physical Education (1850 to present)
(2+0)
A study and analysis of the history of physical education from the mid-1800's to the present.
PER 370-2 Psychology of Coaching (2+0)
Psychology of coaching various sports. An in-depth study of motivation of the athlete and how the athlete responds under given conditions.
PER 371-2 Administration of Intramural Sports and Student Recreation (2+0)
Study of problems and techniques of organization and administration for intramural and recreation programs in schools and colleges.
PER 372-2 Science & Art of Coaching and Athletic Administration (2+0)
Designed to acquaint the athletic coach with everyday administrative aspects of the various sport activities in the school system and recreational setting.
PER 383-3 Urban Park and Recreation Planning (3+0)
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 215, or permission of instructor. Course of study directed toward the administrative planning and directing the developmental aspects of an urban park and recreation agency. Development of agency objectives, capital improvement, and systems analysis.
PER 391-3 Safety Education (3+0)
Provides the student with knowledge about accident prevention in many areas: home, school, physical and recreational activities, traffic and community.
PER 392-4 Driver Education (Basic and Advanced) (4+0)
A study of the secondary school driver and traffic safety program. Emphasis on methods, materials, and resources for teaching, including discussion, demonstrations and techniques basic to classroom, on-the-street instruction, instructional aid, evaluation and research.
72


School of Education
PER 394-3 Simulators, Ranges, and Behind-the-Wheel Techniques (3+0)
Prerequisite: PER 392.
Designed to give the teacher a foundation in the use of multiple car driving ranges, behind-the-wheel techniques, and electro-mechanical devices. Emphasizes the use of electro-mechanical devices, films, lesson plans, and their use in curriculum planning and teaching.
PER 396-2 Motorcycle Safety Education (2+0)
Prerequisite: PER 392.
Designed to give the teacher the foundation and skills in the organization and conduct of programs for novice motorcycle riders in secondary schools and at the community level. Emphasizes organization, course content, lessons, and development of skills in motorcycle riding.
PER 399-1-2 Field Experience (0+3) or (0+6)
Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
Provides opportunities for students to gain practical experience assisting in the conduct of sports-type and recreation activities with community agencies, schools, and the College. (Includes K-12 certification)
PER 411-3 Recreation Program Construction and Control Processes (3+0)
Prerequisites: PER 235 and PER 211.
Designed to prepare students for effective program development and budget control processes in various types of leisure service programs. Special attention will be given to programs for public playgrounds, community centers, and regional facilities.
PER 413-2 Administration and Organization of Recreation (2+0)
Prerequisites: PER 211, PER 215, PER 235.
Programs in organizing and establishing public recreation and park services. Consideration of legislation, budgeting, staffing, and control processes in providing leisure and park services.
PER 436-2 Movement Problems in Gerontology (2+1)
Prerequisites: PER 330 and 334.
Designed to acquaint students with the anatomical and physiological correlates of the human body to the aging process. A study utilizing physical activity as an intervention to adverse conditions associated with aging, course will include opportunity for observation and involvement with recreation and health care facilities.
PER 437-3 Techniques in Therapeutic Recreation (3+1)
Prerequisite: PER 333.
A study of procedures and techniques used in a systems approach to client-centered program planning and management concerns in therapeutic recreation.
PER 440-2 Evaluation and Measurement in Physical Education (2+0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
An approach to measurement and evaluation in physical education for the student. She or he will have the opportunity to apply measurement and evaluation in practical situations including administration of fitness tests and interpretation of results. Field experience assignments will be required.
PER 441-2 Environmental Education (2+1)
A study of the development of outdoor education and school camping. Principles of programming, administration, and organization of outdoor education programs will be stressed.
PER 445-4 Camp Management and Counseling (4+1)
Prerequisite: PER 341.
Study of recent trends and philosophies in camp management and counseling related to resident and day-camping programs. Particular attention will be directed to management, leadership, and counseling functions of personnel in the camp environment.
PER 450-3 Perceptual Motor Learning (3+0)
Survey of perceptual motor theories including historical background, researchers and their work, and assessment techniques.
PER 455-4 Swimming Pool Operation and Management (4 + 0)
Prerequisite: PER 316.
Study of the types of swimming facilities; how they are operated and maintained to provide optimum public use. Emphasis on staffing, supervision, program development, maintenance, and management policies.
PER 460-3 Organization, Administration and Curriculum Development in Physical Education (3+0)
Prerequisites: Junior standing, PER 160.
The organizational and administrative policies and procedures for curriculum development and conducting and administering physical education programs.
PER 462-3 Adaptive Physical Education (3+0)
Physical education as adapted to the physically and mentally inconvenienced in public schools for recreation/physical education majors/minors, special education, and early childhood students.
PER 463-2 Recreation Programs for the Aged (2+1)
Prerequisite: PER 211, PER 235, or permission of instructor.
The role of recreation service as it relates to understanding the needs and providing programs of services to the elderly. Emphasis will be on program planning for the older adult through recreation programs, and health care facilities.
PER 465-4 Recreation Programs and Management Problems in Urban Ghetto (4+1)
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 235.
The growth and development of recreation programs related to inner city neighborhoods. Emphasis will be directed to urban program planning, advocacy involvement, political influences, management procedures, and community involvement.
PER 473-2 Sociology of Athletics in American Society (2+0)
To examine and utilize basic sociological concepts and demonstrate their manifestations in areas of recreation and athletics. To analyze the relationship of sports to society.
PER 461-2 Federal Grant and Aid Programs (2+0)
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 215.
To acquaint the student with the categorical Federal grants-in-aid programs and their impact on state and local governments. Emphasis will be placed on resource agencies in recreation, education, conservation, environment, and beautification.
PER 483-3 Park and Recreation Management (3+0)
Prerequisites: PER 211 and PER 215.
Study of the principles, practices, and programs involved in managing municipal park and recreation systems at the administrative level. Emphasis is on finance, planning, systems, personnel practices, legal liabilities, and legislative practices.
PER 469-10 Recreation, Physical Education, Athletic Training Internship 'Variable Title
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
'Variable title: Course offering may be under Recreation Internship, Physical Education Internship, or Athletic Training Internship. This experience is designed for those majors who need a practical experience in their major.
Reading
The Reading Department offers reading improvement courses for ail students and a reading minor for early childhood, elementary and secondary education majors.
The reading improvement courses emphasize development of vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and rate. A well-equipped Reading Laboratory is used to reinforce classroom instruction. The Reading Laboratory contains materials for use in improving comprehension, vocabulary, and study skills as well as machines for improving reading speed. Any student may use the Laboratory. Students enrolled in the reading improvement courses work on areas identified by a diagnostic reading test administered in each class at the beginning of the semester. Many colleges and universities have used the MSC Laboratory as a model in establishing their reading programs.
The reading minor is designed to produce well-trained classroom teachers. In the sophomore and junior years, students take course work in methods and techniques of teaching reading and supervise a reading group for a semester in a school classroom setting.
In the senior year, students learn to administer a complete reading diagnosis, write a comprehensive case report based on the study of current remedial theory, develop materials for students with reading difficulties, and work on a one-to-one basis with students with severe reading problems. Field experience in metropolitan area schools is an important part of the reading minor.
73


School of Education
Reading Minor
Semester
Required Courses Houra
RDG 312 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Primary.......3
RDG 313 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Intermediate..3
RDG 360 Practicum in Teaching Reading.................3
RDG 425 Remedial Reading Theories and Diagnosis.......4
RDG 434 Development of Reading Materials..............2
RDG 460 Practicum in Teaching Remedial Reading........3
Total...................................................18
Highly Recommended
RDG 328 Reading in the Content Areas..................3
RDG 339 Reading Laboratory Experience.................2
RDG 353 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers......2
RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom.3
(competency in Spanish required)
RDG 100-1 or 2 or 3 Elements of Reading (1+0, or 2+0, or 3+0)
Offered under a variety of topics, each 1-credit module covers a basic skill or competency: comprehension, memory and testtaking, note-taking, rate, spelling, and vocabulary.
RDG 102-2 Study Techniques (2+0)
Provides instruction and practice in study skills (i.e., note-taking, studying for tests). Includes lectures, discussions, individualized instruction, and practice sessions. Students encouraged to work individually on specific study problems.
RDG 103-3 Communication Skills (3+0)
Designed to help students improve their communication skills by providing them with information and practice in study skills, reading comprehension and rate, writing mechanics, organization and style, and speaking.
RDG 104-3 Improvement of Reading I (2+2)
Improvement of reading comprehension, speed, vocabulary, and general performance in all college courses. Individual work in the Reading Laboratory required.
RDG 205-1 Advanced Reading: Various Topics (1+0)
Offered under a variety of topics. Each one-credit module covers an advanced reading skill or competency, such as critical reading and advanced speed reading.
RDG 312-3 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Primary (3+0) Includes reading process, scope and sequence of skill development, techniques of teaching beginning reading, reading materials and terminology, basal reading programs, research and issues related to teaching reading with emphasis on the primary (K-3) level.
RDG 313-3 Teaching of Elementary Reading: Intermediate (3+0)
Prerequisite: RDG 312 (may be taken concurrently) or permission of instructor.
Includes content area reading, individualized reading, planning lessons and units, and use of the informal reading inventory with emphasis on the intermediate (4-6) level.
RDG 328-3 Teaching of Reading in the Content Areas: Secondary (3+0)
Approaches to teaching developmental reading at the secondary (Junior-Senior High School) level and to teaching of reading skills in the content areas. Special attention given to preparing lesson plans in various subject matter areas which emphasize teaching reading skills.
RDG 335-3 Methods of Tutoring (3+0)
Prerequisites: Junior standing with a 3.00 GPA in major.
Requires students to complete a ten-module program, Methods of Tutoring. Thirty hours of tutoring in the students area(s) of expertise are also required, either in the Skills Reinforcement Center or the Reading Department.
RDG 339-2 Reading Laboratory Experience (0+4)
Prerequisite: 6 hours of 300-level reading courses.
Provides reading minors with experience supervising the Reading Laboratory and the Materials Center, acting as teaching assistants in lower-division courses, developing course materials, or tutoring.
RDG 353-2 Teaching Reading to Non-English Speakers
(2+1)
Prerequisite: RDG 312.
Covers theories, methods, and techniques for teaching language and reading to the non-English speaker. A minimum of 25 hours of tutoring with a non-English speaker is required.
RDG 358-3 Reading in the Bilingual-Bicultural Classroom
(3+0)
Prerequisites: RDG 312 and proficency in Spanish.
Emphasizes the teaching of Spanish reading skills in the bilingual-bicultural classroom, pre-school through third grade. Studies methods and techniques for systematically teaching the primary child to speak and read the Spanish language.
RDG 360-3 Practicum in Teaching Reading (1 +4)
Prerequisite: RDG 313 or permission of instructor.
Encompasses the planning, preparing, and presenting of lesson plans for a group of students in developmental reading programs. This course is designed to acquaint prospective teachers with the practical application of theoretical concepts of teaching. Forty-eight clock hours of experience in the school are required.
RDG 425-4 Remedial Reading Theories and Diagnosis
(4+0)
Prerequisites: RDG 360 (may be taken concurrently), or permission of instructor.
Incorporates study of the factors which may contribute to reading disability, the means by which these may be diagnosed or determined, the extent to which they are related, and the corrective procedures to be followed in eliminating or mitigating these factors.
RDG 434-2 Development of Reading Materials (2+0)
Prerequisite: RDG 360 (may be taken concurrently), or permission of instructor.
Consists of analysis and construction of reading games and materials for use in developmental, remedial, and corrective reading programs.
RDG 449-2 Current Reading Issues: Variable Topics (2+0)
Prerequisite: 6 hours of 300 level reading courses or permission of instructor.
Examines reading topics of current interest in dept. This course may be repeated for credit if different topics are covered.
RDG 460-3-5 Practicum in Teaching Remedial Reading (1+4),
(1+6), (1+8)
Prerequisite: RDG 425 or permission of instructor.
Covers administration of diagnostic reading tests to students with reading disabilities. Includes planning and implementation of remediation procedures based on diagnosis. Forty-eight clock hours of tutoring are required for 3 credits; 72 hours for 4 credits; 96 hours for 5 credits.
74




t....T~..t.....
Technology
: !' \ j j
Harold J.
Bestervelt,
Dean
Academic Departments:
Civil and
Environmental Engineering chno/ogy
Electronics Engineering Technology
Mechanical
Engineering
Technology
Special
Programs:
Meteorology
Surveying


School of Engineering Technology
School of Engineering Technology
The School of Engineering Technology provides technical education to prepare graduates for employment in a wide variety of technological fields. Engineering Technology is that part of the Engineering field which requires the application of scientific knowledge and engineering methods, combined with the necessary technical skills to carry out and support engineering activities. The program includes courses in Humanities and Social Sciences to broaden the students general education. The various fields of Engineering Technology offer great opportunities for women, due to their demonstrated ability in technical areas and the demands on the part of industry for women with technological skills.
The School of Engineering Technology offers programs in civil, electronic, and mechanical engineering technology with a number of areas of specialization which allow the student to concentrate in certain interest areas. In addition to the Engineering Technology programs, degrees are granted in Meteorology, Surveying, Technical Management and Industrial Marketing.
The Bachelor of Science in Engineering Technology
The Engineering Technology program provides the student with the opportunity to receive a Bachelor of Science degree in a designated program area. In these programs, students are required to take courses in Science, Mathematics, and the application of Engineering principles that prepare them to become strong members of technological teams required by industry and government. A student may combine business with technology and receive a Bachelor of Science degree in Technical Management or Industrial Marketing. The four-year trained Engineering Technologist fills the gap created by increased emphasis on the development of scientifically oriented engineers, and more efficient utilization of engineering manpower has created a large demand for the technologist. The four-year baccalaureate programs are designed to prepare students for greater technical and managerial responsibilities.
Civil Engineering Technology
The specialized fields within the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology include programs in Civil Engineering Technology, Drafting, Meteorology, and Surveying. The Meteorology program and the Surveying program are separate, specialized four-year programs. Their individual curriculum requirements are listed separately.
Civil Engineering Technology graduates apply engineering principles in performing many of the tasks necessary for the planning and construction of highways, buildings, railroads, bridges, reservoirs, dams, irrigation works, water systems, airports, and other structures. In planning for a construction project, they may participate in estimating costs, preparing specifications for materials, and participate in surveying, drafting, and design work. During the construction phase, they work closely with the contractor and the superintendent in scheduling field layout, construction activities and the inspection of the work for conformity to specifications. In recent years, a major work area for Civil and Environmental Engineering Technology relates to environmental considerations with particular emphasis on the preparation of environmental impact studies.
Following are the curriculum requirements for the various degrees, minors, and areas of emphasis.
Civil Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
The 4-year Bachelor of Science is awarded upon the completion of the required courses and either a structures or environmental area of emphasis or approved catalogue college minor.
This program is accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) which was formerly the Engineers Council for Professional Development (ECPD).
Semester
Required Technical Studies Hour*
CEN 110 Civil Technology..............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II..........................3
CEN 210 Structural Drawing............................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics.........................3
CEN 216 Mechanics II Strength of Materials..........4
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry..........................2
SUR 251 Surveying 1...................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II..................................3
CEN 310 Construction Methods..........................3
CEN 312 Engineering Economy...........................3
CEN 316 Mechanics III Dynamics.....................3
CEN 317 Mechanics IV Structural Analysis...........3
CEN 318 Fluid Mechanics 1............................3
CEN 319 Fluid Mechanics II...........................3
CEN 400 Senior Seminar...............................3
COM 271 Technical Writing............................3
MET 311 Thermodynamics 1..............................3
MTH 151 Computing I...................................4
Approved Technical Elective................................3
Subtotal..................................................61
Additional Course Requirements
Chemistry..................................................5
ENG 101 & 102 English Composition..........................6
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro...............3
or
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro
MTH 111 College Algebra..............................4
MTH 112 College Trigonometry.........................3
MTH 141 Calculus I...................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II..................................4
PHY 231/232 General Physics l/General Physics Lab 1........5
or
PHY 201 College Physics I
PHY 233/234 General Physics ll/General Physics Lab II......5
or
PHY 202 College Physics II
Social/Behavioral Elective....................6
Humanities Electives..........................9
Subtotal..................................................54
Minor or Area of Emphasis 18 (Minimum)....................18
Total..........................................................133
Structures Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
CEN 410 Structural Design............................3
CEN 411 Steel Design.................................3
CEN 412 Concrete Design 1............................3
CEN 413 Soils Mechanics..............................3
CEN 414 Concrete Design II...........................3
CEN 330 Water Supply and Treatment...................3
or
CEN 331 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal............3
or
CEN 430 Environmental Technology.....................3
Total...................................................18
Environmental Area of Emphasis Required Technical Studies
CEN 330 Water Supply and Treatment...................3
CEN 331 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal............3
CEN 332 Environmental Impact Statements..............3
CEN 430 Environmental Technology.....................3
CEN 431 Environmental Technology Practices...........3
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology..................3
Total...................................................18
77


School of Engineering Technology
Minor in Civil Engineering Technology
Required Technical Studies
CEN 110 Civil Technology..............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...........................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Statics.........................3
CEN 251 Surveying 1...................................3
CEN 310 Construction Methods..........................3
Approved Lower-Division Technical Elective.....3
Approved Upper-Division Technical Elective.....3
Total......................................................21
Minor in Drafting Engineering Technology
Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...........................3
CEN 121 Technical Drawing II..........................3
CEN 123 Architectural Drawing.........................3
CEN 220 Descriptive Geometry..........................2
CEN 320 Advanced Technical Drawing....................3
Approved Lower-Division Technical Elective.....3
Approved Upper-Division Technical Elective.....3
20
Meteorology
The Meteorologist represents the liaison between meteorological information and the public. She or he collects, analyzes and, subsequently, translates the information for public use. The public includes such varied groups as large general contractors, public and private utilities, heavy manufacturing, chemical processing plants, agriculture, transportation (including aviation services), government (such as the military and federal agencies), and research organizations.
The Meteorologist studies fundamental meteorological theory and analysis practices as well as instrumentation, data processing, and communications concepts. The program is designed to provide the student with the concepts of meteorology while emphasizing one or two chosen areas of public need.
Meteorology Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Technical Studies
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology...................3
MTR 141 Aerospace Meteorology.........................2
MTR 241 Meteorological Instrumentation................3
MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorology..........................3
MTR 341 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory...............4
MTR 343 Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology...........3
MTR 344 Dynamic Meteorology: Atmospheric
Processes......................................3
MTR 345 Dynamic Meteorology: Kinematics and
Dynamics.......................................3
MTR 441 Meteorological Numerical Products.............2
MTR 442 Urban and Industrial Meteorology..............3
MTR 444 Climatology...................................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.............3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics....................4
Subtotal...................................................42
Technical Electives
Must include a Technology area of concentration or
College Minor of not less than eighteen (18)
semester hours, as approved by the Department............35
Subtotal.................................................77
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101 & 102 English Composition........................6
MTH 111 College Algebra...............................4
MTH 112 College Trigonometry..........................3
MTH 141 Calculus I.....................................4
MTH 241 Calculus II....................................4
PHY 201 College Physics 1...............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II..............................5
Humanities.....................................8
Social and Behavioral Science..................8
Subtotal...................................................47
Total..................................................124
Minor in Meteorology
Required Technical Studies
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology..................3
MTR 242 Use of Radar and Satellites in Meteorology...3
MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorology.........................3
MTR 341 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory..............4
MTR 444 Climatology..................................3
Approved Technical Electives..................4
20
Surveying
The Bachelor of Science in Surveying is designed to provide basic theoretical training with practical applications for a career as a surveying professional. The intent of this curriculum is to familiarize the student with modern field and computational procedures used in routine and specialized surveying services. The program is flexible, allowing a course of study that fulfills the objectives of the student, while insuring a sound surveying education.
Surveying Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Technical Studies
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I............................3
SUR 212 Survey Drafting................................3
SUR 251 Surveying 1...................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II..................................3
SUR 351 Engineering Surveying..........................3
SUR 353 Surveying Computations........................3
SUR 354 Cadastral Surveying...........................3
SUR 356 Cartographic Surveying.........................3
SUR 451 Geodetic Surveys...............................3
SUR 452 Introduction to Photogrammetry.................3
SUR 453 Land Law for Surveyors.........................3
SUR 454 Public Land Surveys............................3
SUR 455 Applied Astronomy for Surveyors................2
SUR 456 Surveying Data Adjustments.....................3
SUR 499 Surveying Internship......................(min) 3
GEL 101 General Geology................................4
Subtotal..................................................48
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101, 102 Freshman Composition..........................6
MTH 111 College Algebra................................4
MTH 112 College Trigonometry...........................3
PHY 231/232 General Physics l/General Physics
Lab 1.........................................5
PHY 233/234 General Physics ll/General Physics
Lab II........................................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication...........3
COM 271 Technical Writing..............................3
Social/Behavioral Electives................................9
Humanities Electives.......................................6
Subtotal..................................................44
Approved Electives................................(min.) 16
Required Math Minor
MTH 141 Calculus 1.....................................4
MTH 151 Computing 1....................................4
MTH 214 Matrix Algebra.................................2
MTH 241 Calculus II....................................4
MTH 321 Statistics.....................................4
MTH Approved Elective.....................(min.) 2
Subtotal..................................................20
Total.........................................................128
78


School of Engineering Technology
Minor in Surveying Required Technical Studies
SUR 212 Survey Drafting...............................3
SUR 251 Surveying 1...................................3
SUR 252 Surveying II..................................3
SUR 351 Engineering Surveys...........................3
SUR 353 Surveying Computations........................3
SUR 354 Cadastral Surveying...........................3
SUR 356 Cartographic Surveying........................3
Total...........................................................21
Civil Engineering Technology
CEN 110-3 Civil Technology (3+0)
A broad cross section of topics in contemporary engineering disciplines with emphasis on the tools of engineering problem solving; the problem, the influencing factor, the analysis and the creative design process itself.
CEN 120-3 Technical Drawing (2+4)
An introductory course in technical drawing. Covers the use of instruments, lettering, geometric construction, sketching, and orthographies.
CEN 121-3 Technical Drawing II (2+4)
Prerequisite: CEN 120.
Continuation of CEN 120 to include advanced study in orthographic projection, dimensioning and sectioning.
CEN 123-3 Architectural Drawing (2+4)
Prerequisite: CEN 121.
Introduction to architectural working drawings. Development of plans, sections, elevations, and details.
CEN 210-3 Structural Drawing (2+4)
Prerequisite: CEN 121.
Study and preparation of necessary drawings of structural members and connections including engineering layout and detail drawing.
CEN 211-3 Computing and Estimating (2+4)
Prerequisite: CEN 210.
Methods of taking off quantities from plans; methods of arriving at lump sum and unit prices, and estimating total costs from quantities.
CEN 215-3 Mechanics I Statics (3+0)
Prerequisite: MTH 141 (may be taken concurrently).
Principles of Statics. Study of vectors, their resolution and composition; forces and couples, force systems and their resultants. Force systems in equilibrium, static friction, centroids, moments of inertia, and radii of gyration of areas. Shear and moment diagrams.
CEN 216-4 Mechanics II Strength of Materials (3+3)
Prerequisite: CEN 215.
Theory of strength of materials; stresses and strains in members subjected to tension, compression, and shear; flexural and shearing stresses in beams; deflection of beams; column analysis; principal stresses, and introduction to intermediate structures.
CEN 220-2 Descriptive Geometry (1 +3)
Prerequisite: CEN 121.
A graphic study of relative position of points, lines, and planes in space.
CEN 310-3 Construction Methods (3+0)
Prerequisite: Junior Standing.
Application of engineering fundamentals and analyses to methods of improving the quality, while at the same time reducing costs, of construction.
CEN 312-3 Engineering Economy (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
To use the Time Value of Money as a basis for evaluating alternatives in engineering decision-making.
CEN 313-3 Materials Engineering (3+0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing.
Covers materials used in industry, their properties and how they are measured, characterization of materials, and processing of materials. Includes metals, plastics, and ceramics.
CEN 316-3 Mechanics III Dynamics (3+0)
Prerequisites: CEN 215 and MTH 241 (MTH 241 may be taken concurrently).
Principles of Dynamics. Kinematics, the study of the geometry motion of a body without reference to the forces which cause the resulting motion; and kinetics, the study of the relation existing between the forces acting on the body, the mass of the body, and the motion of the body.
CEN 317-3 Mechanics IV (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 216.
First principles of structural analysis applied to statically determinate and indeterminate structures.
CEN 318-3 Fluid Mechanics I (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 316.
Covers physical properties of fluids, hydrostatics, kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow, flow measurements, flow in pipes and open channels, dynamic force and momentum.
CEN 319-3 Fluid Mechanics II (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 318.
Includes the study of the hydrologic cycle, rainfall and runoff, water losses, snowmelt, ground water, unit hydrograph, floods and flood routing, streamflow records, frequency and duration, and water resources planning.
CEN 320-3 Advanced Technical Drawing (2+4)
Prerequisite: CEN 220.
Students develop advanced skills in technical drawing.
CEN 330-3 Water Supply and Treatment (2+3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
A study of water and sewerage to include water supply, sources, potability, quantity estimates, distribution, treatment, and usage.
CEN 331-3 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal (2+3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
A continuation of studies in sanitation with emphasis on liquid and solid waste disposal. Fundamentals of treatment, plant design, and plant operation.
CEN 332-3 Environmental Impact Statements (3+0)
Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of instructor.
A study of the physical and legal requirements of the Environmental Impact Assessment Process. Includes information research and preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement.
CEN 400-3 Senior Seminar (3+0)
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
Study of selected technological topics and analysis of the interrelationship of engineering technology fields. Each student prepares and presents papers and or projects on suitable subjects on an individual or team basis.
CEN 410-3 Structural Design (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 317.
The analysis and application of timber and steel structures including stresses in members, selection of members, and selection and application of connectors.
CEN 411-3 Steel Design (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 410.
A continuation of the fundamentals introduced in Structural Design, with the emphasis placed on the analysis and design of steel structural members based on the latest editions of the various codes required in the design of steel.
CEN 412-3 Concrete Design I (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 317.
A basic course introducing the fundamental principles of reinforced concrete design.
CEN 413-3 Soils Mechanics (2 + 4)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Soil properties are studied and soil characteristics introduced; methods of sampling and analysis are treated. Variations, in behavior under different loading conditions are analyzed.
CEN 414-3 Concrete Design II (3+0)
Prerequisite: CEN 412.
A continuation of the fundamentals introduced in Concrete Design I, with the emphasis placed on the analysis and design of concrete
79


School of Engineering Technology
structural members based on the latest editions of the American Concrete Institute Building Code requirements for reinforced concrete.
CEN 430-3 Environmental Technology (2+3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Covers the fundamentals of environmental sanitation, to include an overview of disease transmission and control; strategic methods in chemistry and separation systems to deal with domestic and industrial pollution control. Field trips to control facilities and agencies.
CEN 431-3 Environmental Technology Practices (2+3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Studies in sanitation technology covering regulatory and control measures. Planning, public relations, and other aspects. Regulatory statutes, bodies, regulations, reports, and possible new control arrangements are reviewed and discussed.
Meteorology
MTR 130-1 Elements of Weather (1+0)
An introductory course in meteorology for non-science majors. Physical relationships which product weather are explained in a non-mathematical manner. Wind systems, air masses, fronts, storms, clouds, precipitation, air pollution, weather maps and forecasting are studied.
MTR 140-3 Introduction to Meterology (3+0)
Introductory course in composition, structure and behavior of the atmosphere. Includies high and low pressure systems, air masses, fronts, clouds and precipitation, local wind systems and tropical storms.
MTR 141-2 Aerospace Meteorology (2+0)
Basic Meteorological concepts as applied to aerospace are developed. Emphasis on the use of National Weather Service reports and forecasts which support aviation. Prepares students for FAA private and commercial pilots written examination.
MTR 241-3 Meterological Instrumentation (2+2) Prerequisites: MTR 140 and EET 200.
Acquaints the student with various types and nature of meteorological instrumentation in operations and research field work. Instruments are examined in class and in the field with emphasis upon operation and maintenance.
MTR 242-3 Use of Radar and Satellites in Meterology (2+2)
Prerequisite: MTR 241 or permission of instructor.
The uses of radar in meteorological observation, analysis, and forecasting. Various types of radars and analysis techniques used with each radar are discussed.
MTR 250-2 Air Pollution (2+0)
A non-mathematical treatment of the meteorological aspects of air pollution. The sources and behavior of pollution in the atmosphere. Special emphasis on the Denver air pollution problem.
MTR 340-3 Synoptic Meteorology (3+0)
Prerequisite: MTR 140 or 141.
An advanced course in meteorological phenomena. Emphasis on understanding atmospheric stability and the interpretation of surface and upper air patterns. Analysis of synoptic scale weather systems to understand the clouds, precipitation, winds and temperature ranges produced by the systems.
MTR 341-4 Synoptic Meteorology Laboratory (2+4)
Prerequisite or Corequisite: MTR 340.
This course is designed to familiarize the student with map analysis and forecasting techniques. Various methods will be examined by application. Operational techniques will be simulated within the laboratory.
MTR 343-3 Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology (3+0)
Prerequisites: MTR 340 and MTH 141.
The basic laws and concepts as related to the behavior of the atmosphere. The relationship between meteorology, thermodynamics and hydrodynamics is examined. Atmospheric phenomena explained in terms of theory developed.
MTR 344-3 Dynamic Meteorology: Atmospheric Processes (3+0)
Prerequisites: MTR 343 and MTH 241.
The study of physical processes: atmospheric optics, radiation processes in the atmosphere, formation and development of clouds and precipitation, and weather modification by cloud seeding.
MTR 345-3 Dynamic Meteorology: Kinematics and Dynamics (3+0)
Prerequisites: MTR 343 and MTH 241.
The study of kinematics, the equations of motion, circulation, vorticity, divergence, atmospheric long waves, and energy relationships.
MTR 346-3 Meteorology and Flight Operations (3+0)
Prerequisite: MTR 141 and Junior status or permission of instructor.
The application of meteorological principles to aviation operations. Concentrates upon stability and turbulence, clear-air turbulence, aircraft icing problems, jet-stream weather and airborne radar.
MTR 371-3-6 Meteorological Cooperative Education I (0+9-18)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor, and be employed in cooperative education position in meteorology.
Education work experience with a consulting meteorologist, meteorological firm or government agency. The learning process is under supervision of meteorology faculty and the meteorologist at the firm or agency.
MTR 372-3-6 Meteorological Cooperative Education II (0+9-19)
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor, employment in a meteorological cooperative education position, and MTR
371.
A continuation of MTR 371, educational work experience with a consulting meteorologist, meteorological firm or government agency.
MTR 373-3 Meteorological Cooperation Education III (0+9)
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor, employment in a meteorological cooperative education position, and MTR
372.
A continuation of MTR 372, educational work experience with a consulting meteorologist, meteorological firm or government agency.
MTR 421-1 Forecasting Laboratory I (0+2)
Prerequisite: MTR 340.
A laboratory course in which students prepare daily weather forecasts.
MTR 422-1 Forecasting Laboratory II (0+2
Prerequisite: MTR 421.
A continuation of MTR 421, a laboratory course in which students prepare daily weather forecasts.
MTR 423-1 Forecasting Laboratory III (0+2)
Prerequisite: MTR 422.
A continuation of MTR 422, a laboratory course in which students prepare daily weather forecasts.
MTR 424-2 Forecasting Laboratory IV (0+2)
Prerequisite: MTR 423.
A continuation of MTR 423, a laboratory course in which students prepare daily weather forecasts.
MTR 441-2 Meteorological Numerical Products (2+1)
Prerequisite: MTR 345.
An examination of the various numerical products that have been developed and are utilized on an operational basis. Included in discussions and barotropic and baroclinic models, data process techniques, and display and presentation methods.
MTR 422-3 Urban and Industrial Meteorology (3+0)
Prerequisite: MTR 345.
Interaction between urban and industrial complexes and the atmosphere. Emphasizes composition and behavior of industrial air pollution sources, effects of air pollution and control techniques.
MTR 443-2 Meteorology and Media (0+4)
Prerequisite: MTR 341.
The student will develop analysis and forecast products for daily briefings, newspaper reports, radio and television presentations. Included are public needs and problems associated with each type of media presentation.
MTR 444-3 Climatology (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: MTR 340.
Physical climatology with special emphasis on the global energy and water balance regimes of the earth and atmosphere. Understanding the role of the meteorological processes that produce climate and climatic change.
80


School of Engineering Technology
Surveying
SUR 212-3 Survey Drafting (2+4)
Prerequisites: CEN 120, SUR 251
A study of map symbols, contours, sources for map data, and methods used in map plotting. Students prepare survey plats and topographic maps.
SUR2S1-3 Surveying I (2+3)
Prerequisite: MTH 112
Introduces the basic operations of surveying: measurement, recording and reducing of angles, distances, and elevation.
SUR 252-3 Surveying II (2+3)
Prerequisite: SUR 251
Covers theories and procedures more advanced than those in SUR 251 including precise levels, field astronomy, control surveys, and photogrammetry.
Research and Development
Technical activities in research and development are primarily directed towards obtaining new information and new knowledge of the field. The engineering technologist is a member of the research team, along with scientists and engineers. This specific work may involve the development and construction of prototypes, test and evaluation of equipment, or other activities necessary to render technical support to a research project.
Electronic Manufacturing
A graduate employed in a manufacturing facility might be involved in actual manufacturing, fabrication, test, prototype development, calibration, quality control, maintenance, or field service. She or he may also in come cases become heavily involved in sales engineering.
SUR 351-3 Engineering Surveys (2+3)
Prerequisite: SUR 252
A course that introduces EDM, automatic levels, and theodolites to precise traverse procedures, and construction surveys, including extensive work with curves and earthwork.
SUR 353-3 Surveying Computations (3+0)
Prerequisites: SUR 252 and MTH 214
A course that covers advanced computational procedures encountered in plain surveying including coordinate geometry, astronomical calculations, theory of errors, and computer applications.
SUR 354-3 Cadastral Surveying (3+0)
Prerequisite: SUR 252
A study of the subdivision of public lands, resurvey, subdivision survey, and methods of describing real property.
SUR 356-3 Cartographic Surveys (2+3)
Prerequisite: SUR 351
A course that covers cartographic surveying, including mapping control and plane table mapping, and property surveys.
SUR 451-3 Geodetic Surveys (2+3)
Prerequisites: SUR 356 and MTH 241
An advanced course in surveying measurement and theory. Coverage includes second-order horizontal and vertical control systems, and the special requirements for geodetic computation of length, azimuth, and elevation.
SUR 452-3 Introduction to Photogrammetry (2+3)
Prerequisites: MTH 141, SUR 356
An introductory course in photogrammetry covering aerial cameras, the geometry of vertical and tilted photographs, flight planning, ground control, and stereo plotters.
SUR 453-3 Land Law for Surveyors (3+0)
Prerequisite: SUR 354
A study of the total body of law as it applies to the practice of land surveying. Both statute and common law are covered.
SUR 454-3 Public Land Surveys (3+0)
Prerequisite: SUR 354
As in depth study of the U.S. Public Land Survey System. Covers the history and theory of original surveys, retracements, and special surveys.
SUR 455-2 Applied Astronomy for Surveying (2+0)
Prerequisite: SUR 356
A course in spherical geometry, spherical trigonometry, and the study of the celestial sphere with solutions involving direction, time, latitude, and longitude.
SUR 456-3 Surveying Data Adjustments (3+0)
Prerequisites: SUR 451, SUR 353, MTH 321 A course that covers adjustments of control data using least squares and error theory.
Electronics Engineering Technology
Electronics Engineering Technology graduates act as a liaison between the electronic engineer and the skilled worker. They possess some of the know-why of the engineer and some of the know-how of the craftsman.
Graduates are employed in a variety of positions as engineering technicians or technologists working with engineers and scientists in some of the following functional areas:
Manufacturing Plants
In all other areas of industry, the rapid advancement of sophisticated electronic instrumentation is opening vast fields for the engineering technology graduates. Practically all "on line" control processes are electronically directed. In this area, maintenance, calibration, installation, as well as personnel supervisory positions are available to the engineering technologist.
Services
Service engineering has become a field of its own. This involves extensive activities in the field of computers, communications, instrumentation, new product development, and numerous other activities involving electrical and electronic systems.
The EET curriculum provides a strong foundation in mathematics and science as well as a thorough treatment of the characteristics of electric circuits and electronic devices. In the four-year program, specialization may be achieved by selection of individual programs or areas of emphasis included within the scope of the department offerings.
Electronics Engineering Technology Major for Bachelor of Science
This program is accredited by the Technology Accreditation commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) which was formerly the Engineers Council for Professional Development (ECPD).
The Bachelor of Science Degree is awarded upon completion of the courses listed below.
Smter
Required Technical Courses Houra
EET 110 Circuits 1.......................................4
EET 111 Circuits Lab I...................................1
EET 112 Circuits II......................................3
EET 113 Circuits Lab II..................................2
EET 210 Electronics 1....................................4
EET 211 Electronics Lab 1................................1
EET 212 Electronics II...................................3
EET 213 Electronics Lab II...............................2
EET 232 Digital Circuits I...............................3
EET 234 Technical Programming Applications...............2
EET 311 Advanced Electrical and
Electronic Circuits I............................4
EET 312 Advanced Electrical and
Electronic Circuits II...........................4
EET 333 Digital Circuits II..............................3
EET 366 Electrical Measurements..........................3
EET 410 Senior Project 1.................................1
EET 411 Senior Project II................................2
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing
Technology.......................................3
Upper-Division EET Electives..................................6
Sub Total....................................................51
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101 and
ENG 201 Freshman Composition.............................6
MTH 111 College Algebra..................................4
MTH 112 College Trigonometry.............................3
MTH 141 Calculus I.......................................4
81


School of Engineering Technology
MTH 241 Calculus II...................................4
PHY 201 College Physics 1.............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II............................5
CHE 110 Introduction to Chemistry/or..................5
CHE 120 General Chemistry 1...........................5
COM 271 Introduction to Technical
Writing......................................3
Humanities Electives......................................9
Social/Behavioral Science Electives.......................9
Electives (Preferably in Math, Science, Technology
or Business).................................2
Sub Total................................................59
Minor or EET Area of Emphasis..................(minimum)
Sub Total................................................18
Total..........................................(minimum)128
Communications Area of Emphasis
Required EET Courses..................................Hour*
EET 331 Pulse Circuits................................3
EET 362 Communication I...............................3
EET 363 Communication II..............................3
EET 365 Avionics II...................................3
EET 367 Measurements for Communications Systems......3
EET 368 Principles of Radar...........................2
EET 446 Servomechanisms and Control Circuits..........4
21
Avionics Area of Emphasis Required Courses
EET 331 Pulse Circuits..................................3
EET 364 Avionics I......................................3
EET 365 Avionics II.....................................3
EET 368 Principles of Radar.............................2
EET 446 Servomechanisms and Control Circuits............4
Approved upper-division EET or AES electives................6
...............................................21
Control Systems Area of Emphasis Required EET courses
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and Operation ....4
EET 435 Minicomputer Applications..................3
EET 446 Servomechanisms and Control Circuits.......4
EET 447 Servomechanisms Laboratory.................1
EET 451 Circuit Analysis with Operational Math.....3
EET 453 Applications of Operational Amplifiers.....3
18
Computer Technology Area of Emphasis Required EET Courses
EET 331 Pulse Circuits...............................3
EET 334 Minicomputer Programming and Operation.......4
EET 435 Minicomputer Applications....................3
EET 436 Introduction to Microprocessors..............3
EET 453 Applications of Operational Amplifiers.......3
Upper-Division EET Elective to be chosen
from EET 362 or EET 446.......................3
19
Minor in Electronics Engineering Technology Required EET Courses
EET 110 Circuits 1.........................................4
EET 111 Circuits I Lab.....................................1
EET 112 Circuits II........................................3
EET 113 Circuits II Lab....................................2
EET 301 Principles of Electronics and Electrical
Circuits 1..........................................4
EET 302 Principles of Electronics and Electrical
Circuits II.........................................4
Upper-Division EET Electives........................4
Total............................................................22
82
Technical Management
Technical Management is an Interdisciplinary program training students to become technically proficient in order to handle their own jobs effectively and to communicate with and manage technical specialists. Because of the skills, insight, knowledge, and maturity of judgment demanded in the field, the program is on a high level and the 130 semester hour minimum requirement exceeds the traditional 120 hours that most programs demand. Graduates are needed for positions in value engineering, logistics engineering, quality control, maintenance engineering, systems analysis or management, operations research, and field engineering. This program has been coordinated with several industrial management representatives and is administered jointly through the Schools of Business and Engineering Technology.
Students completing the Technical Management Program requirements are not required to complete a separate minor.
Technical Management Major for Bachelor of Science General Course Requirements
ENG 101-102 Freshman Composition............................6
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication............3
Humanities Electives...........................6
ECO 201 Principles of Economics- Macro..................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics- Micro..................3
Soc/Behavioral Science Elective................3
MTH 141* Essentials of Calculus.........................4
PHY 201 College Physicsl................................5
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing...............3
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications.......3
Subtotal.................................................393
Note: MTH 141 requires prerequisite of MTH 112 or MTH 140. Technology Courses
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Tech..............3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance...............3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis........................4
CEN 110 Civil Technology..............................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...........................3
EET 110 and 111 Circuits I and Laboratory..................5
EET 112 and 113 Circuits II and Laboratory.................5
Electives
A minimum of 20 semester hours of technology courses must be selected in consultation with and approved by the Electronics Technology Department. At least 15 of these hours must be
upper-division..............................................3
Subtotal....................................................46
Business Course Studies
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1......................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.....................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing............3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...............3
CMS 231 Fundamentals of Business Statistics.............3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision-Making....................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance I............................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1..................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management........................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.........................3
Electives
A minimum of fifteen (15) additional semester hours must be selected from courses offered by the Management or the Computer and Management Science Departments. These electives must be approved by either the Department of Computer and Management Science or the Electronics Engineering Technology Department
and at least 7 of these hours must be upper-division..........15
Subtotal......................................................45
Total........................................................130


School of Engineering Technology
Industrial Marketing
The Industrial Marketing Program links sales and manufacturing. Specialists are trained to become familiar with designing, manufacturing, branding, packaging, transporting, labeling, pricing, selling, and servicing products. In addition, the curriculum develops an awareness of the policies and practices of manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, and users of technical goods. Graduates may expect to find positions in retail and wholesale industrial sales positions, in the areas of advertising and promotion, and in the field of marketing planning. Administration of the program is handled jointly through the Department of Electronics Technology and Marketing. Students completing the Industrial Marketing Program are not required to complete a separate minor.
Semester
General Course Requirements Hours
ENG 101,102 Freshman Composition..........................6
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.........3
Humanities Electives..........................6
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology......................3
Soc/Behavioral Science Elective...............3
MTH 103 Triangle Trig................................1
MTH 131 Finite Math for the Management and
Social Sclencies..............................4
PHY 125 Physics of Tech, 1...........................5
BEC 200 Business and Interpersonal Communications....3
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing............3
Subtotal.................................................40
Technology Courses
MET 100 Materials and Mfg. Tech......................3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance..............3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis.......................4
CEN 110 Civil Tech...................................3
CEN 120 Tech. Drawing 1..............................3
EET 110 and 111 Circuits I and Laboratory.................5
EET 112 and 113 Circuits II and Laboratory................5
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours of technology courses must be selected in consultation with the Electronics Technology
Department. 12 of these hours must be upper-division.........15
Subtotal.....................................................41
Business Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1....................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II...................3
BEC 301 Business Research and Report Writing..........3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.............3
CMS 231 Fundamental Business Statistics...............3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance............................3
MGT 221 Business Law 1................................3
MGT 300 Principles of Management......................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................3
MKT 301 Marketing Research............................3
MKT 311 Advertising...................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior.............................3
MKT 445 Seminar in Marketing Management...............3
Subtotal.................................................39
Total....................................................120
Electronics Engineering Technology
EET 100-2 Survey of Electricity and Electronics for Non-Technology Majors (2+0)
This survey course explains the basic principles of electricity and electronics in non-mathematical terms. It also provides general information on the operation of devices and equipment of general interest.
EET 106-3 Applied Technical Mathematics (3+0)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Designed to assist the student majoring in technology by providing background and understanding in applied mathematics.
EET 110-4 Circuits I (4+0)
Corequisites: MTH 111 and EET 111.
A study of the concepts of electricity and analysis of resistive circuits, single time constant circuits, magnetic circuits, phasors, vectors and reactance.
EET 111-1 Circuits I Laboratory (0+2)
Corequisite: EET 110
An electrical laboratory course which will supplement theoretical studies and aid in the understanding of basic electrical principles. Provides practical experience in measurements of current, voltage, power, and time voltage and current measurements.
EET 112-3 Circuits II (3+0)
Prerequisite: EET 110 Corequisite: MTH 112 and EET 113.
This course is a continuation of EET 110 with studies of AC circuits, impendance concepts, network theorems, electrical measurements and transformers.
EET 113-2 Circuits II Laboratory (0+4)
Corequisite: EET 112
A laboratory course designed to aid student understanding of alternating current circuits with various combinations of resistance, inductance and capacitance.
EET 200-3 Electric Circuits and Machines (3+0)
Corequisite: MTH 112.
An introductory course in electric circuits for non-EET majors, covers D.C. and A.C. circuits, generators, motors, and transformers. Introduces elementary electronic devices and circuits.
EET 202-2 Electronic Drafting (1+2)
A drafting course that treats the main areas of electronics including automation, microelectronics, electric power, and integrated circuits. Includies learning the use of diagrammatic standardized symbols and assembling them into circuit diagrams.
EET 210-4 Electronics I (4+0)
Prerequisite: EET 112.
Study of electronic devices with emphasis on transistors. Includes device construction, biasing, equivalent circuits, and the analysis of single stage amplifiers.
EET 211-1 Electronics Laboratory (0+2)
Companion laboratory course to be taken with EET 210.
EET 212-3 Electronics II (3+0)
Prerequisite: EET 210.
Continuation of EET 210 with emphasis on various circuits including amplifiers (small signal and large signal), difference amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, mixers, and voltage regulation. Convepts of feedback, frequency effects, and distortion are also covered.
EET 213-2 Electronics Laboratory II (0+4)
Companion Laboratory course to be taken with EET 212.
EET 230-5 Introduction to Logic and Computer Operations
(4+2)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.
Course for non-EET majors including computer structure, number systems, combinatorial logic and flip-flop utilization, arithmetic and logical processes, BASIC programming using a minicomputer, Laboratory includes logic experiments and programming.
EET 232-3 Digital Circuits I (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 210 or 301 or permission of Instructor.
Logic functions, Boolean Algebra, integrated circuits, asynchronous logic, flip-flops and circuit simplification by Karnaugh maps and Quine-McCluskey method.
EET 234-2 Technical Programming Applications (2+0)
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, MTH 112 or permission of instructor.
An introductory course designed to introduce the student to digital computers and their usefulness for solution of technology problems using high level languages. Emphasis is given to problems from the field of Technology.
EET 280-3 Cooperative Education (1+0)
Prerequisites: Formal Admission to Co-op Education Program and permission of department chairperson.
A seminar course allowing working student to share work experience and to report upon particular projects.
83


School of Engineering Technology
EET 301-4 Principles of Electronics and Electronics Circuits I (3+2)
Prerequisites: EET 112 or 200 and MTH 141.
Analysis of the principles, characteristics and operation of electron devices. Study includes vacuum and gas tubes, and photo-electricity. Fundamentals of semi-conductors and transistors, and their application in elementary circuits.
EET 302-4 Principles of Electronics and Electronic Circuits II (3+2)
Prerequisites: MTH 141 and EET 211 or EET 301, or permission of instructor.
Continuation of EET 301 with emphasis on circuit applications such as amplifiers, detectors, oscillators, modulators, and control systems.
EET 311-4 Advanced Electrical and Electronic Circuits (4+0)
Prerequisites: MTH 241 and EET 212 or EET 302, or permission of instructor.
An advanced course which requires previous knowledge of basic electrical circuits. Study includes analysis of nonlinear circuit elements within circuits.
EET 312-4 Advanced Electrical and Electronic Circuits II (3+2)
Prerequisite: EET 311, or permission of instructor.
Continuation of EET 311.
EET 331-3 Pulse Circuits (2+2)
Prerequisite.EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
Analysis or static and regenerative circuits including shaping circuits, multi-vibrators, blocking oscillators, pulse amplifiers, and transmitter circuits.
EET 333-3 Digital Circuits II (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 232 or permission of instructor.
Continuation of EET 232. Shift registers and counters, binary arithmetic circuits, memories, multiple mapping and demapping, state variable diagrams and J-K flip-flop programming.
EET 334-4 Minicomputer Programming and Operation
(3+2)
Prerequisites: EET232, EET234, or junior standing and permission of instructor.
An introductory course designed to teach students how to operate and program a minicomputer. Students will learn the assembler language for a minicomputer.
EET 341-3 Electric Power Generation (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
Study of electric power generation systems. Primarily includes A.C. and D.C. dynamo construction and operation.
EET 342-3 Electric Power Distribution (3+0)
Prerequisite: EET 341, or permission of instructor.
Continuation of EET 341. Study of distribution techniques and equipment employed in electric power distribution and control.
EET 362-3 Communication 1(2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
A study of communications systems, including such topics as Modulation, Noice, Receivers, Pulse Systems, Wave Propagation, and Information Theory. Also covers transmission line characteristics, matching sections, and filters.
EET 363-3 Communication II (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 362.
Continuation of Communication I. Covers additional subjects of antennas, VLF propagation, wave-guides, microwave measurements, and filters.
EET 364-3 Avionics I (3+0)
Prerequisite: EET 212, or the equivalent.
Provides the student with basic understanding of the operating principles of radio and electronic equipment used in modern aircraft, including the relationships between airborne and ground equipment. Covers the theory of operation and block diagrams of complete systems.
EET 365-3 Avionics II (3+0)
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302.
Covers the information required for General Class TELEPHONE OPERATORS LICENSE. Includes laws and regulations, radio fundamentals, radio/telephone operation, voice communication procedures, and review of sample examinations. Radar endorsement required.
EET 366-3 Electrical Measurements (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET212 or 302 or permission of instructor.
Advanced theory and applications of electrical and electronic instruments and instrumentation devices used in measurements of both physical and electrical quantities.
EET 367-3 Measurements for Communications Systems
(2+2)
Prerequisites: EET 362, EET 366.
A continuation of EET 366, with emphasis on measurements for communications circuits including SNR, Noise Figure, Impedance, Admittance, Phase, Power, Frequency, Spectrum Analysis, Fields at high frequencies.
EET 368-2 Principles of Radar (2+0)
Prerequisite: EET 212 or 302, or permission of instructor.
A course that presents the mathematical explanation of what radar is and how it works. A unified approach to the systems aspects of various types of radars is given in terms of complete block diagrams. Types studies include monostatic and bistatic pulse radar, CW, Doppler, FM-CW Doppler, Pulsed-Doppler, and MTI.
EET 380-3 Cooperative Education II (1 +0)
Prerequisites: Formal admission to Co-op Education Program and permission of department chairperson and EET 280.
A continuation of EET 280.
EET 410-1 Senior Project I (1 +0)
Prerequisite: Senior Standing.
Extensive design project to be planned in consultation with faculty advisor(s). Interface with industry and governmental agencies is encouraged.
EET 411-2 Senior Project II (2+0)
Prerequisite: EET 410.
A continuation of Senior Project I. Students complete design and construction of selected projects. Oral and written reports are required.
EET 435-3 Minicomputer Applications (2+2)
Prerequisites: Previous Minicomputer programming knowledge, or EET 333 and EET 334, or permission of instructor. Advanced minicomputer course in which students will define interfacing projects and develop the required hardware and software.
EET 436-3 Introduction of Microprocessors (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 334 or permission of instructor.
Student will work with 6800 microprocessors. A background in assembly level programming is required. Software programming will be followed by an interface project.
EET 446-4 Servomechanisms and Control Circuits (3+2)
Prerequisite: EET 451, or permission of instructor.
Theory of linear closed loop control systems. Analysis of servomechanisms containing electronic, magnetic, and mechanical devices. Study includes feedback control techniques.
EET 447-1 Servomechanisms and Control Laboratory
(0+2)
Prerequisite: EET 311.
A laboratory course designed to utilize the principles of feedbakc control in experimentation with and study of elementary control systems such as temperature and position control.
EET 451-3 Circuit Analysis with Operational Math (3+0)
Prerequisite: EET 311, or permission of instructor.
Advanced theory in methods of circuit analysis and network synthesis. Study includes matrices, Laplace transform, and advanced operational methods.
EET 453-3 Applications of Operational Amplifiers (2+2)
Prerequisite: EET 212, or 302, or permission of instructor. Introduction to Applications of Integrated Circuit Op Amps. Applications to include inverters, summers, integrators, differentiators, oscillators, active filters, comparators, and multi-vibrators. Special projects to be selected.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
The program has been developed considering the needs of industry. An eleven-member group of technical people from various engineering companies and consulting firms in the greater Denver area serve the Mechanical Engineering Technology Department in
84


School of Engineering Technology
an advising capacity. This meaningful relationship assures that the four-year graduate is capable of handling a variety of challenging tasks that assist the professional engineer.
The Mechanical Engineering Technology Department offers the Bachelor of Science Degree in MET. It is structured with two distinct areas of emphasis during the final year of study. The student may select to follow: (1) a series of courses with an emphasis on manufacturing; or (2) a group of design and energy-related courses under the designated mechanical emphasis.
The Mechanical Engineering Technologist, as a specialist in applied engineering, takes creative ideas and concepts and translates them into practical applications in new machines, products, or manufacturing processes.
Bachelor of Science/Mechanical Engineering Technology
Required Technical Courses
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Technology........3
MET 101 Manufacturing Processes.......................3
MET 220 Mechanics of Materials........................3
MET 221 Mechanical Drawing............................3
MET 301 Fluid Flow 1..................................3
CEN 120 Technical Drawing I...........................3
CEN 215 Mechanics I Staticss........................3
CEN 316 Mechanics III Dynamics......................3
EET 200 Electric Circuits and Machines................3
EET 301 Principles of Electronics/Electronic
Circuits 1.....................................4
Subtotal...................................................31
Additional Course Requirements
ENG 101, 102................................................6
MTH 111, 112, 141, 151,241.................................19
Humanities Elective.........................................2
Social/Behavioral Science Electives.........................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication..........3
PHI 205 Scientific Reasoning..........................3
Upper-Division Elective.....................................3
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro...............3
COM 271 Technical Writing.............................3
CHE 110 Introduction to Chemistry.....................5
or
CHE 120 General Chemistry.............................5
PHY 201 College Physics 1.............................5
PHY 202 College Physics II............................5
Subtotal...................................................62
The student then selects from either of the following sequences I or II:
I. Manufacturing Area of Emphasis:
MET 240 Fundamentals of Welding.....................3
MET 300 Manufacturing Analysis......................4
MET 310 N/C Computer Programming....................3
MET 325 Tool Design and Production Tooling..........4
MET 330 Quality Assurance...........................4
MET 341 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing......4
MET 404 Plant Layout................................4
MET 408 Computer Aided Manufacturing................3
MET 424 Cost Estimating for Manufacturing...........4
Subtotal...............................................33
Total..................................................126
II. Mechanical Area of Emphasis:
MET 302 Fluid Flow II................................3
MET 307 Machine Design I.............................3
MET 311 Thermodynamics 1.............................3
MET 312 Heat Transfer................................3
MET 331 Thermodynamics II............................3
MET 332 Instrumentation Laboratory...................3
MET 407 Machine Design II............................3
MET 428 Energy Technology............................3
CEN 216 Mechanics IIStrength of Materials...........4
Upper-Division Technical Elective.............................3
Subtotal.....................................................31
Total.......................................................124
The MET Department has structured the following sequence of courses for those wishing to minor in Mechanical Engineering Technology.
Minor/Mechnical Engineering Technology
MET 100 Materials and Manufacturing Technology........3
MET 101 Manufacturing Processes.......................3
MET 131 Principles of Quality Assurance...............3
MET 220 Mechanics of Materials........................3
MET 310 N/C Computer Programming......................3
MET 400 Project Engineering...........................3
Total....................................................18
Mechanical Engineering Technology
MET 100-3 Materials and Manufacturing Technology (3+0)
Introductory survey course in manufacturing production processes including a study of primary materials and manufacturing processes in the fabrication of industrial products. It relates these to current national, social, industrial, and international issues and problems.
MET 101-3 Manufacturing Processes (2+2)
Basic fundamentals in the operation of machine tools are introduced. This includes measuring tools, benchwork and layout, and tool grinding. The student performs various machining operations using the engine lathe, milling machine, drills and surface grinders.
MET 131-3 Principles of Quality Assurance (3+0)
Prerequisite: MTH 110.
Defines the scope and function of quality assurance, including basic definitions, quality policy and objectives, manuals and procedures, concept of variation, inspection techniques, metrology, acceptance sampling, process control, customer relations, and product audit.
MET 220-3 Mechanics of Materials (2+2)
Prerequisites: PHY 201, MTH 112.
This classroom and laboratory course deals with the basic understanding of the design properties of metals and non-metals. Stress-strain diagrams are developed and non-destructive and destructive techniques to determine physical properties are used. Heat treatment of metals is studied.
MET 221-3 Mechanical Drawing (2+2)
Prerequisite: CEN 120.
Representation of mechanical components, dimensioning and tolerancing are worked. The student is also introduced to fluid power diagrams, piping and electrical and electronic diagrams.
MET 231-3 Quality Assurance Stat Methods (3+0)
Prerequisites: MET 131 and MTH 121.
An emphasis on statistical analysis using fundamental statistical concepts, the use of the theory of probability, the aspects of specifications and tolerances, the concepts of sampling aspects of life testing, and some cost aspects of quality decisions.
MET 232-3 Quality Assurance: Reliability (3 + 0)
Prerequisite.MET 231.
A basic course encompassing the field of reliability engineering, emphasizing the concept and definition of reliability. Useful life and product wearout, effect of chance and wearout failures, series and parallel systems, confidence limits, and reliability testing. Study of consumerism and liability.
MET 240-3 Fundamentals of Welding (2 + 2)
Prerequisites: MET 101,220.
A basic course to acquaint students with the common welding processes. These include fusion welding with the oxacetylene and arc processes, brazing of ferrous and non-ferrous metals, oxacetylene cutting, and introduction to inert gas welding. Provides a technological understanding of advanced welding techniques used in industry.
85


School of Engineering Technology
MET 300-4 Manufacturing Analysis (3+2)
Prerequisites: MET 100, 101 and 325.
Introduction to the organizational and functional requirements for effective production, tolerance charts, work piece control, planning the sequence of manufacturing and selection of manufacturing equipment.
MET 301-3 Fluid Flow I (2+2)
Prerequisites: PHY 201 and MTH 112.
It is an introduction to fluid mechanics with basic definitions developed. Fluid statistics using Pascals principle are treated. The continuity equation is used for steady and unsteady flow with emphasis given to one-dimensional, incompressible flow applications. Laboratory work includes measuring pressure drop, flow profiles, flowrates, etc., using hydraulic systems.
MET 302-3 Fluid Flow II (2+2)
Prerequisites: MET 301 and MET 311.
Compressible flow is studied for convergent-divergent nozzles and pipe flow. Fluidics is introduced and dimensional analysis is treated with regard to geometric and kinematic similarity. The laboratory work supports the classroom studies using various gas flow systems.
MET 307-3 Machine Design I (2+2)
Prerequisites: CEN 216,316 and MET 220, 221.
The art of planning and devising new or improved machines to accomplish specific purposes is studied. The student is introduced to the fundamental principles required to correctly design the separate elements which compose the machine. The economics of design are stressed along with strength and safety considerations.
MET 310-3 N/C Computer Programming (2+2)
Prerequisites: MET 101, 221 and MTH 112.
Theory and application of computer aided N/C language with programming emphasis on APT, Compact II and suitable post processors.
MET 311-2 Thermodynamics I (3+0)
Prerequisites: MTH 141 and PHY 201.
The fundamental laws of thermodynamics are studied. Basic concepts of energy, the thermodynamic system, dimensions and units, and the ideal-gas equation of state are treated. Closed and open systems are studied. Heat engines are introduced. Reversible and irreversible processes are investigated.
MET 312-3 Heat Transfer (2+2)
Prerequisites: MET 311 and MTH 151.
The three basic mechanisms of heat transmission are studied analytically and experimentally. Heat conduction and convection (free and forced) plus radiant (solar) are treated for both steady-state and transient understandings. The transient study is aided by computer solutions.
MET 325-4 Tool Design and Production Tooling (3+2)
Prerequisites: MET 101, 220, 221 and MTH 112.
Drawing analysis for tooling requirements and tooling cost estimates. Design of tooling for turret lathes, automatic screw machines, multiple spindle lathes and production milling machines.
MET 330-4 Quality Assurance (4+0)
Prerequisites: MET 232 and 300.
Basic functions of quality control in manufacturing organizations: quality control methods as applied to process control, sampling, metrology, reliability, product liability and QC audits.
MET 331-3 Thermodynamics II (2+2)
Prerequisites: MET 311 and MTH 241.
This, the second course in thermodynamics, deals with the conse-
quence of the Second Law. The T dS equations are studied as is entropy and efficiencies of some heat power engines. Standard gas and vapor cycles are investigated. The laboratory work includes various calorimetry, gravimetric and volumetric analyses, nozzles and internal combusion engine tests.
MET 332-3 Instrumentation Laboratory (2+2)
Prerequisite: MET 301.
The student is introduced to standard mechanical tests and measurement techniques, e.g., installing thermocouples, strain gages, positioning static and total probes. ASME and ASTM test codes are studies, as are OSHA standards. Various physical property and system performance tests are set up, conducted and analyzed.
MET 341-4 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerance (3+2)
Prerequisites: MET 221, 300 and 325.
Dimensioning practices used by major U.S. Metal Product Design Agencies are studied. Tolerance of form, tolerances of position, datums, concentricity, symmetry and functional gaging concepts are also treated.

MET 400-3 Project Engineering (3+0)
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
The student is introduced to the project or team effort. The need for planning, control and communication is stressed. Critical path methods are used to develop schedules. Figure-of-merit methods are used to select preferred approaches/designs. Technical writing is stressed with an introduction to competitive proposal writing.
MET 404-4 Plant Layout (3+2)
Prerequisites: MET 221, 300, 310 and 330.
Basic principles of plant layout to meet production needs. Application of materials handling devices to the process. Selection and arrangement of production machinery, product and process layout schemes, techniques of making layouts, and balance and flexibility of operations. Managements role is discussed.
MET 407-3 Machine Design II (2+2)
Prerequisites: MET 307 and MTH 151.
The student studies combined stresses, gearing, brakes, curved beams, etc., and undertakes the design of a complete machine. This is the second in the two-course machine design series, the Analysis includes computer solutions.
MET 408-3 Computer Aided Manufacturing (2+2)
Prerequisites: MET 300, 310, 330 MTH 151.
Computer applications in configuration control, purchasing, vendor ratings, production control, inventory control and final product acceptance documentation are treated.
MET 424-4 Cost Estimating for Manufacturing (4+0)
Prerequisites: MET 300, 325, 330 and MTH 151.
Manufacturing costs, types of estimates, computer applications to cost estimating, cost estimating controls and cost estimating procedures are studied.
MET 428-3 Energy Technology (2+2)
Prerequisite: MET 331.
Global energy flows, sources and uses of energy are studied. Biological energy and ecosystems are introduced from the viewpoint of the engineering technologist. Energy-related environment problems including air and thermal pollution plus radioactivity are treated.
MET 448-3 Air Conditioning/Refrigeration (3+0)
Prerequisite: MET 312.
Refrigeration cycles are studied. Operation and rating of system components are evaluated with heat flow in condensers, evaporators and cooling towers treated. Control of temperature and humidity along with air handling equipment, ducting, etc., are studied.
86




School ot Liberal Arts
h Phillip Boxer,
Dean
Academic Departments:
Art
English History
i Modern Languages
Music
Philosophy
Political Science
Psychology Sociology/ Anthropology


School of Liberal Arts
I I I I j I j I I
School of Liberal Arts
"1iir r 1!r r
The School of Liberal Arts offers flexible programs in the social sciences and humanities directed toward personal, occupational, and professional goals in a rapidly changing world.
Each Liberal Arts department (Art, English, History, Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology-Anthropology, Speech) provides a comprehensive academic program with many options to fulfill the multiple needs of a diverse urban college population.
The Liberal Arts curriculum amplifies the programs of every other academic area of the College by offering the wide range of courses generally included in the total educational mission of an accredited institution.
Liberal Arts studies aim toward the development of perspective and intellectual strength for the endeavors of a lifetime. The School of Liberal Arts is fully engaged in expanding career programs that combine the preparations and broad background elements essential for educational sufficiency in todays urban community.
In harmony with the basic philosophy and goals of Metropolitan State College, the School of Liberal Arts assumes a major role in encouraging and preparing students to participate fully in the challenges and opportunities of modern life. School of Liberal Arts departmental majors and minors, as shown below, lead to the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree.
Art
The Department of Art offers a full range of studio art courses in the areas of: FINE ARTS (drawing, painting, printmaking, photography and sculpture); APPLIED ARTS (advertising design and product and industrial design); CRAFTS (ceramics, metalwork and jewelry making, and design in wood); and ART HISTORY (studies which include an emphasis in contemporary and modern art courses).
Art Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
Semester
Core Requirements For AM Art Majors Hour>
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts 1..............3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II.............3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1...............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II..............3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960.....3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present...3
18
Student may choose one of four areas of emphasis: Art History, Fine Arts, Applied Arts, or Crafts.
Art History Area of Emphasis
Art History (upper division)..................................18
Fine Arts......................................................6
Applied Arts...................................................6
Crafts ........................................................6
Electives .....................................................6
42
Fine Arts Area of Emphasis
Fine Arts.................................................18
Applied Arts...............................................9
Crafts.....................................................9
Art History (upper division) ..............................6
~42
Applied Arts Area of Emphasis
Applied Arts..............................................18
Crafts ....................................................9
Fine Arts..................................................9
Art History (upper division) ..............................6
~42
Crafts Area of Emphasis
Crafts....................................................18
Applied Arts ..............................................9
Fine Arts..............j...................................9
Art History (upper division) ..............................6
"42
Total ....................................................60
(A minimum of 27 upper division hours required.) Minor requirements for Art Majors is optional.
Art Education
Teacher certification for art majors is available through the Department of Education.
Communications Multi-Major for Bachelor of Arts
Communications: Visual Sponsored by the Department of Art
The Visual Communications area of concentration offers students a sequence of art courses in graphic communications, including drawing and design as well as a broad acquaintance with the visual arts in contemporary and historical perspective.
To become knowledgeable in the arts as related to present day communications media, students have the opportunity to pursue graphic courses in the Fine Arts of Drawing, Painting and Printmaking, or in the Applied Art fields of Graphic communications and Advertising Design, Photography and Video.
Required Core............................................6
Required Lower-Division Courses
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts 1.............3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II............3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1..............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II.............3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960
.............................................3
Required Art History (Select 3 Hours)
ART 303 History of Art Between the World Wars................3
or
ART 401 Modern Art History: Theory and Criticism.........3
Required Studio Courses Fine Arts (select 6 hours)
ART 210 Beginning Life Drawing........................3
ART 215 Beginning Painting............................3
ART 225 Beginning Printmaking.........................3
ART 220 Beginning Photography.........................3
Applied Arts (6 hours)
ART 240 Beginning Advertising Design........................3
ART 340 Intermediate Advertising Design.....................3
Electives
Six hours elected from
Upper-Division Art Courses..................................6
.42
Total
89


School of Liberal Arts
Minor in Art Required Courses
ART 110 Drawing Processes and Concepts 1.............3
ART 111 Drawing Processes and Concepts II............3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1..............3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II.............3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism
to 1960......................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present...3
18
Electives.................................................9
Minimum One Upper Division Studio Course Minimum One Upper Division Art History Course
Total...................................................T27
The following Art courses are listed numerically by Area of Emphasis.
Beginning Art Courses
ART 100-3 Art Appreciation (3+0)
A lecture course primarily for people who are not art majors, but who are interested in acquiring information about the various periods of art as a basis for broadening their knowledge and appreciation of the subject.
ART 101-3 Basic Drawing Methods (0 + 6)
A studio course for the non-art major which introduces basic drawing media and materials. Principles of graphic control are taught with an emphasis toward developing creativity and a personal fine art expression.
ART 102-3 Basic Design and Crafts Methods (0+6)
A studio art course oriented to the study of design and craft through working with a variety of craft media; paper, clay, metal, plastic, and fibers. Oriented to non-art majors.
ART 103-3 Basic Photography Methods (0 + 6)
Students will learn black and white film development and printing, basic photographic problem solving dealing with technical and aesthetic concerns. Oriented to non-art major.
ART 110-3 Drawing Processes and Concepts I (0+6)
Introduction to media and materials customarily used in drawing and graphics, stressing development of skills, vocabulary, and sensibilities necessary in visual communication.
ART 111-3 Drawing Processes and Concepts II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 110
Continuation of ART 110 with emphasis on the figure, and challenge of color media, and the elasticity of ideas.
ART 120-3 Design Processes and Concepts I (0+6)
Introductory course in the study of the elements and principles of design. Emphasis is on line, shape, color, and space graphically organized.
ART 121-3 Design Processes and Concepts II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 120.
A continuation of ART 120 with design emphasis including three dimensional form, space, and concept.
Art History
ART 201-3 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960 (3 + 0)
A survey of modern art that traces the roots of contemporary art theory and techniques back to Impressionism, showing a development of these ideas through Abstract Expressionism.
ART 202-3 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present
(3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ART201.
A survey of contemporary art that traces the development of contemporary art from the period following Abstract Expressionism to the present with emphasis on art in America.
ART 300-3 Art Nouveau (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: ART202.
A study of the first modern theories of design as they developed out of the concepts of Art for Arts Sake./ These ideas are traced through an in-depth study of furniture, painting, sculpture, pottery, and architecture from the period 1880-1916.
ART 301-3 Art of the Decade (3+0)
Prerequisite: ART 202.
Art of the Decade traces specific thematic trends of the present to their roots in the immediate past. Emphasis is placed on current art theory.
ART 303-3 History of Art Between World Wars (3+0)
Prerequisite: ART201
An in-depth study of art, architecture, and design in the transitional period between World War I and World War II.
ART 305-3 West African Visual Traditions (3+0)
The different institutions of traditional African society (economic, social, political, religious, and aesthetic) were well integrated. The visual manifestations of these institutions will be studied by examining specific art objects.
ART 306-3 African-American Visual Traditions (3+0)
This second course in the visual chronology of African-American traditions is a look at images of and about black humanity in the unique American context. This study begins with the Colonial period and the cotton kingdom and continues through the 200 years of American history.
ART 307-3 History of Photography (3+0)
Prerequisite: ART202.
Study of the development of the photographic process and the history of the photographic image from the earliest experiments through contemporary photographic concerns.
ART 308-3 Hispanic-American Visual Traditions (3+0)
Prerequisite: ART201.
This course is the visual chronology of Hispanic-American traditions. It is a look at the images of and about the Hispanic humanity in the unique American context. This study goes through 200 years of Hispanic influence up to the present time.
ART 401-3 Modern Art History: Theory and Criticism (3+0)
Prerequisites: Grade of A or B in ART 201 and 202.
A seminar for advanced students involving the reading and discussion of modern writing about the visual arts. Extensive use of library facilities will be required.
Fine Arts
ART 210-3 Beginning Life Drawing (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 111.
Literal and interpretive investigations of the human figure including basic anatomy, with a variety of media and application.
ART 212-3 Human Anatomy for Artists (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111 and 210.
A comprehensive study of human anatomy as a studio drawing experience.
ART 215-3 Beginning Painting (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111, 121,201, and Corequisite ART 202.
A study of materials and techniques necessary for painting. Control of form and space will be approached through the use of color and design.
ART 220-3 Beginning Photography (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111, 121.
Introduction to photography: materials, techniques, and concepts of picturing. Exploration and usage of basic light-sensitive materials and introduction to ideas about the art of picture making in relation to special course projects.
ART 225-3 Beginning Printmaking (0 + 6)
Prerequisites: ART 111, 121 and 202.
A beginning printmaking class introducing the student to collo-graphy, art blueprint, silk screen, and intaglio.
ART 230-3 Beginning Sculpture (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111, 121.
A foundation course to introduce the knowledge and skills needed for personal expression, communication of ideas, and creation of utilitarian objects. Materials, hand and power tools, and techniques for manipulation of three dimensional form and space are utilized.
90


School of Liberal Arts
ART 310-3 Intermediate Drawing (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111,121, 202.
Drawing skills development is coupled with a greater emphasis on ideation.
ART 315-3 Intermediate Painting (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 202 and 215.
Painting procedure emphasizing methods, processes and techniques. The development of personal forms and images.
ART 320-3 Intermediate Photography (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 202 and 220.
Introduction to the extended personally directed project. Problems given to broaden technical skills. Aesthetic and historical issues introduced.
ART 323-3 Color Photography (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART220.
Basic color photography course: Students will have introduction to color materials. Film and print development will be taught. Students will work to produce a body of color photographs.
ART 325-3 Intermediate Printmaking (Lithograph) (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART202 and 225
Black and white and colored lithographic prints are developed through traditional and contemporary techniques.
ART 326-3 Intermediate Printmaking (Intaglio) (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART202 and 225
Various intaglio techniques are explored to allow the student to develop a unique personal expression.
ART 327-3 Intermediate Printmaking (Silkscreen) (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 202 and 225.
Silk-screen printing in which students are taught to use silk-screen as a means to search for a personal and unique aesthetic image.
ART 330-3 Intermediate Sculpture (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 101 and 230.
Creative approach to the problems of three dimensional design in sculpture. Construction in metals, wood, and plastics.
ART 410-3 Advanced Drawing I (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 310.
A concentrated studio approach to drawing that explores diverse media and image within the context of contemporary idioms.
ART 411-3 Advanced Drawing II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART410.
Continued experimentation with the contemporary idioms of ART 410; designed to encourage individual probing and development.
ART 412-3 Advanced Drawing III (0 + 6)
Prerequisite: ART411.
Continued experimentation with the contemporary idioms of ART 411; designed to encourage the student to explore visual ideas and systems creatively. A supportive climate for individual directions.
ART 415-3 Advanced Painting I (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 315.
Continuation of ART 315, with emphasis on personal expression.
ART 416-3 Advanced Painting II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 416.
A continuation of ART 415.
ART 417-3 Advanced Painting III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 416.
A continuation of ART 416
ART 420-3 Advanced Photography I (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 320.
Advanced Photography: Extended projects emphasizing personal vision and approach to photographic media. Technical problems will be solved.
ART 421-3 Advanced Photography II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 420.
Advanced photography course dealing with archival processing. Production of a cohesive body of work with writing about concepts and ideas involved in the work. Research project about photographers specific work or a photography monograph.
ART 422-3 Advanced Photography III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 421.
Advanced photography course: Production of a portfolio or book of original photographs. Production of slide sets of original work. Presentation and conceptual ideas stressed.
ART 423-3 Advanced Color Photography (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 323.
Continuation of Color Photography 323.
ART 425-3 Advanced Printmaking 1(0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 325, or 326, or 327.
Advanced work in silk-screen, lithography, and/or intaglio in which the student is directed toward unique individual expression.
ART 426-3 Advanced Printmaking II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 425.
A further opportunity for the advanced student to develop a unique individual expression in printmaking, with professional control in his chosen area of emphasis.
ART 427-3 Advanced Printmaking III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 426.
A course for art majors emphasizing printmaking which allows students to develop their individual printmaking aesthetic and hone their craftsmanship.
ART 430-3 Advanced Scuulpture I (0 + 6)
Prerequisite: ART 330.
Further development of knowledge and skills acquired in ART 330. Addition of techniques of casting in various metals.
ART 431-3 Advanced Sculpture II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 430.
This course is designed to develop the individual's ability to express her or his ideas and concepts in various sculptural media.
ART 432-3 Advanced Sculpture III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 431 A continuation of ART 431.
Applied Arts
ART 240-3 Beginning Advertising Design (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 112 and 122
An introduction to the utilization of the letter form as a compositional element. Offers specific instruction relating to the rendering of Roman, Sans-Serif and Calligraphic alphabets.
ART 245-3 Beginning Product and Industrial Design (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111,121
In a studio and shop environment, fundamental design principles are applied to three dimensional forms and structures. Materials, tools, techniques, human factors, and visual aesthetics are related to the products and their function, with emphasis upon creative project solutions.
ART 340-3 Intermediate Advertising Design (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 202, 240 or permission of instructor.
An introductory course in advertising design, illustration, and visual communication. Includes instruction relating to the preparation of art work for reproduction.
ART 345-3 Intermediate Product and Industrial Design
(0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 202, 245.
Aesthetic designing of utilitarian products for the consumer market, relating appearance and functional design to such materials as metal, plastics, and wood.
ART 348-3 Film Animation (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 210 and 240
A basic course in the exploration of animation techniques. Students have the opportunity to produce a live-action or drawing-image animated film during the semester.
ART 440-3 Advanced Advertising Design I (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 340.
Continuation of ART 340 with emphasis on the production of finished work for the preparation of a graduate portfolio.
ART 441-3 Advanced Advertising Design II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 440.
A continuation of ART 440.
ART 442-3 Advanced Advertising Design III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 441.
A continuation of ART 441.
ART 445-3 Advanced Product and Industrial Design I (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 345.
A continuation of ART 345, extending industrial designing into corporate image, product packaging, and display.
91


School of Liberal Arts
ART 446-3 Advanced Product and Industrial Design II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 445.
Advanced industrial design study with opportunity for students to design furniture and contract interiors as well as consumer products.
ART 447-3 Advanced Product and Industrial Design III
(0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 446.
A continuation of ART 446, permitting students to individually elect an area of industrial design: Consumer products, furniture and appliances, interiors and furnishings, or corporate image design.
Crafts
ART 260-3 Beginning Ceramics (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111,121.
Introducing clay as a working medium. The instruction includes: Exploration of a variety of handbuilding methods, introduction to ceramic technology and preparing ware for glazing and firing.
ART 265-3 Beginning Metalwork and Jewelry Making (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111,121.
Design quality as a fundamental part of good craftsmanship is emphasized through the basic techniques involved in working nonferrous and precious metals. Course includes basic fabricating techniques, simple stone setting, and lost wax casting.
ART 270-3 Beginning Design in Wood (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART 111,121.
A course intended to introduce wood as a media to the artist-craftsman with the intent of creating objects, functional or nonfunctional, of superb expressive aesthetic quality. Emphasis will be placed on understanding the inherent potentials of the various exotic hardwoods.
ART 360-3 Intermediate Ceramics (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART202,260.
A continued study of ceramic art and technique with emphasis upon competent use of the potter's wheel and extention of handbuilding processes. Exploration of ceramic processes at low and high temperature with emphasis on glaze testing, formulation, and usage.
ART 365-3 Intermediate Metalwork and Jewelry Making
(0 + 6)
Prerequisites: ART 202, 265.
A continuation of ART 265, extending the content to include a variety of basic metal forming techniques: Repousse, raising, block forming, forging, matting, and die forming.
ART 370-3 Intermediate Design in Wood (0+6)
Prerequisites: ART202,270.
A continuation of ART 270, extending the content to include machine woodworking as it applies to sculptural and ornamental forms.
ART 460-3 Advanced Ceramics I (0 + 6)
Prerequisite: ART360.
Offers an opportunity to extend the students knowledge of ceramic processes including further experience with varieties of wheel-thrown forms and with combinations of wheel-thrown and hand-built forms.
ART 461-3 Advanced Ceramics II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 460.
To promote awareness of the technical and aesthetic possibilities inherent in ceramic processes and to develop a sense of responsibility toward the material. The problems to be approached will be formulated by students in consultation with the instructor.
ART 462-3 Advanced Ceramics III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 461.
Advanced studio work in ceramics with emphasis on refining the student's individual skills and extending the range of expression available through better technical understanding.
ART 465-3 Advanced Metalwork and Jewelry Making I
(0 + 6)
Prerequisite: ART 365.
A continuation of ART 365, extending the content to include advanced jointery processes through which inherent aesthetic and structural potential are recognized. Students aesthetic growth and professionalism to be stressed.
ART 466-3 Advanced Metalwork and Jewelry Making II
(0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 465.
A continuation of ART 465, extending the content to include photo etching and various advanced surface embellishment techniques. Student aesthetic growth and professional maturity considered essential at this level.
ART 467-3 Advanced Metalwork and Jewelry Making III
(0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 466.
It will be a continuation of ART 466. A further opportunity for the advanced jewelry student to develop a unique expression and professional control. Portfolio preparation for post-graduate opportunities will be emphasized.
ART 470-3 Advanced Design in Wood I (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART370.
A continuation of ART 370, extending the content to include advanced pneumatic hand tool techniques as they apply to sculptural and functional forms. Students aesthetic growth and development to be stressed.
ART 471-3 Advanced Design in Wood II (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART 470.
A continuation of ART 470, extending the content to include advanced jointery processes through which inherent aesthetic and structural potential are recognized. Students aesthetic growth and professionalism to be stressed.
ART 472-3 Advanced Design in Wood III (0+6)
Prerequisite: ART471.
It will be a continuation of ART 471. A further opportunity for the advanced wood student to develop a unique expression and professional control. Portfolio preparation for post-graduate opportunities will be emphasized.
Economics (See School of Business)
English
The Department of English offers comprehensive and varied programs in literature, language, and writing. A number of the courses in these programs are intended to appeal to students in every school of the College who wish to read and understand the major works of literature, to acquire the ability to express themselves accurately, lucidly, and forcefully, and to develop their intellectural and imaginative powers. More advanced courses are designed for students who are especially interested in one or more of the subjects encompassed by the Department. Among these are courses in journalism and communications. These courses provide students with the opportunity to study and to practice using the modes of expression, verbal and nonverbal, employed by newspapers, television and radio, commercial and industrial firms, and governmental agencies.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts
General Emphasis
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
Semester Hours Required...................................9
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language ENG 202 English Grammar
Semester Hours Required...................................3
III. Two of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sartre
ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike
ENG 232 English Literature: Donne to Johnson
ENG 233 English Literature: Blake to Beckett
Semester Hours Required............................................6
92


School of Liberal Arts
IV. One of the following courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition* *
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction, Poetry, or Drama)*
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing*
Semester Hours Required.....................................3
V. One of the following general courses:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature
ENG 331 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques
ENG 332 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd
ENG 333 English Novel: Defoe to Austen
ENG 334 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature
ENG 343 Classical Mythology
ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester Hours Required.....................................3
VI. Four electives from 300-400 level courses including at least one of from the following:
ENG 401 Linguistic Studies (Variable Topics)
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature
ENG 413 Major Authors
ENG 414 Modern Continental, English and American
Drama
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories and
Sonnets
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical-Problem
Plays
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing
ENG 461 Literary Criticism
Semester Hours Required.....................................12
Total Semester Hours Required........................36
Prerequisite: Corresponding lower-division course or pass department examination. Lower-division prerequisite does not count toward major.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts
Secondary School Teaching Area of Emphasis*
In compliance with the Colorado State Teacher Certification Act of 1975, this English Education program applies to all students beginning their course work for certification in English after September 1, 1977.
Semester
Required Courses for Certification Hour*
I. ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes........3
ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson....3
ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike.......3
ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare....3
Lower-Division Literature: Semester Hours Required...12
II. ENG 201 Nature of Language.........................3
ENG 202 English Grammar .........................,,3
Lower-Division Language: Semester Hours Required......6
III. ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies............3
ENG 303 Semantics..................................3
or ENG 302, History of the English Language...........3
Upper-Division Language: Semester Hours Required......6
IV. ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents.................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.......................3
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools.....**
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary
Schools.....................................3
ENG 328 Methods and Techniques of Teaching
Reading: Secondary.........................**
COM 376 Instructional Communication...................3
English Education Core Courses: ___
Semester Hours Required..............................12
V. English Electives:
Three upper-division English courses (including at least one 400-level) selected in consultation with and approved by designated English Department advisors.
Semester hours required........................9
Total Semester Hours Required.................45
Candidates for certification are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisors, and advisor approval must be obtained before the English Department will endorse a candidate for certification.
* Students seeking secondary credentials in English must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of MSC in addition to all of the English major requirements.
* While ENG 361 and RDG 328 are required to meet state English Certification requirements, these five semester hours are carried under the Student's Professional Education requirements.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts Writing Area of Emphasis
Writing Component Hours
Entry Course:
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing
Semester hours required....................................3
One of the following writing courses:
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition
Introduction to Technical Writing Advanced Composition Techniques of Critical Writing Workshop: Scribes Magazine
Semester hours required.....................................3
Three of the following creative writing courses:
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
Creative Writing Workshop (Science Fiction) Creative Writing Workshop (Poetry)
Creative Writing Workshop (Drama)
Script Writing: Film or Television
Semester hours required.....................................9
Exit Course:
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing
Semester hours required.....................................3
COM 271 ENG 351 ENG 353 ENG 456
ENG 352 ENG 352 ENG 352 COM 374
Literature Component
One of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
Semester hours required..................................
Each of the following courses:
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sarte ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike ENG 233 English Literature: Blake to Beckett Semester hours required..................................
One of the following courses:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature
ENG 331 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques
ENG 332 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd
ENG 333 English Novel: Defoe to Austen
ENG 334 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature
ENG 343 Classical Mythology
ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester hours required.............................
.3
.9
.3
93


School of Liberal Arts
One of the following courses:
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature
ENG 413 Major Authors
ENG 414 Modern Continental, English, and American Drama
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem Plays
ENG 461 Literary Criticism
Semester hours required 3
Total Semester hours required ....36
English Minor
I. Two of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes
ENG 212 World Literature: Molier to Sartre
ENG 221 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson
ENG 222 American Literature: Twain to Updike
ENG 231 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
ENG 232 English Literature: Donne to Johnson
ENG 233 English Literature: Blake to Beckett
Semester Hours Required........................................6
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language ENG 202 English Grammar
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing
COM 271 Introduction to Technical Writing
Semester Hours Required........................................3
III. Three electives from 300-400 level courses including at least
one from the following:
ENG 321 Drama in the United States
ENG 322 American Poetry
ENG 323 American Novel
ENG 324 Afro-American Literature
ENG 331 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques
ENG 332 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd
ENG 333 English Novel: Defoe to Austen
ENG 334 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad
ENG 336 British Poetry
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature
ENG 343 Classical Mythology
ENG 345 Literature from Writings in the Sciences
Semester Hours Required........................................9
Total Semester Hours Required.................................18
English Minor
Secondary School Teaching Area of Emphasis*
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 347 Literature for Adolescents
ENG 351 Advanced Composition
ENG 361 Teaching English in Secondary Schools
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools
Semester Hours Required..................................12
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies ENG 302 History of the English Language
ENG 303 Semantics
Semester Hours Required...................................3
III. Three English Electives from 300-400 level courses selected in
consultation with and approved by designated English Department advisors.
Semester Hours Required..............................9
Total Semester Hours Required.......................24
'This minor does not satisfy MSC requirements for certification in Secondary English, but does meet minimum requirements for those seeking eligibility to teach English In secondary schools accredited by the North Central Association. Students working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisors.
Language and Linguistics Minor
S*m*st*r
Required Courses Hour*
ENG 201 The Nature of Language.......................3
ENG 202 English Grammar..............................3
ENG 301 Modern English Language Studies..............3
ENG 302 History of the English Language..............3
or
ENG 303 Semantics....................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study in Language/Linguistics....3
15
Two of the Following
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools...............3
ENG 401 Linguistic Studies (this course will
carry five different title concentrations
and may be repeated for credit with a change
in title).........................................3
Total for Minor................................................21
Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts
The Journalism major prepares students for careers dealing with news and information media, including the press, broadcasting, and public relations. Proficiency in standard written English is a prerequisite for all journalism courses. Students without such proficiency should not register for any journalism beyond JRN 181. Prospective journalism students who might be concerned about such proficiency may request and take a test in standard English usage and composition, designed by the journalism faculty, before registering for any courses beyond introduction to Journalism. According to the results, the faculty may reccommend that the student take ENG 101 and ENG 102 before taking any journalism course beyond JRN 181. The test in standard English usage will be administered in all 100-level journalism classes.
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading JRN 286* Intermediate Reporting and News Writing JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies JRN 383 Contemporary Issues
JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing
JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines JRN 482 Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and Principles of Layout
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion
JRN 486 Advanced Reporting and News Writing
Total Semester Hours Required...........................36
Journalism Minor
I. Each of the following courses:
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and News Writing
Semester Hours Required...................................6
II. Five of the following courses:
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading JRN 286* Intermediate Reporting and News Writing JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies JRN 383 Contemporary Issues JRN 384 Broadcast News Writing JRN 481 Feature Article Writing for Magazines JRN 482 Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and Principles of Layout
JRN 485 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion JRN 486 Advanced News Writing
Semester Hours Required..................................15
Total Semester Hours Required............................21
Typing proficiency is required for every journalism course beyond JRN 282.
94


School of Liberal Arts
Public Relations Minor
The Public Relations Minor prepares students for careers related to institutional and organizational information distribution. Emphasis in the program is on strong news writing skills, problem
solving and planning, and publication production.
Required Courses
JRN 181 Introduction to Journalism.....................3
JRN 182 Beginning News Writing and Reporting...........3
JRN 282 Beginning News Editing and Copy Reading........3
JRN 284* Fundamentals of Public Relations...............3
JRN 286 Intermediate News Writing and Reporting........3
JRN 381 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.........3
JRN 382 Public Relations Writing and Strategies........3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education Public Relations.......3
Total Semester Hours Required............................24
Typing proficiency is required for every journalism course beyond JRN 282.
A suitable basic photography course may, upon approval of the advisor, be substituted for one of the above courses.
In addition, the following courses are strongly recommended as part of the students general education curriculum.
COM 271 COM 273 BEC 200 BEC 301 ENG 303 ENG 351 ENG 353 MGT 300 MKT 300 MKT 311 MKT 331 JRN 485 ENG 201 COM 372 SPE 240
Introduction to Technical Writing Industrial Communication and Media Business and Interpersonal Communications Business Research and Report Writing Semantics
Advanced Composition Techniques of Critical Writing Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Advertising Consumer Behavior
News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion The Nature of Language Projects in Organization Communications Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting
Other courses may be recommended by the advisor, depending on the students particular needs.
With the approval of the Journalism faculty, Journalism majors may substitute courses from the list of recommended electives for required courses they take as a part of their major.
English
ENG 108-3 Language Structure and Grammatical Analysis I
(3+0)
Prerequisites: Testing and/or recommendation by Learning Disabilities Program
First of two courses for learning disabled students needing an alternative to English I00. The course stresses awareness of words as units of meaning, construction of complex sentences and integration of sentences into paragraphs and essays.
ENG 109-3 Language Structure and Grammatical Analysis II
(3+0)
Prerequisites: ENG 108
Second of two courses for learning disabled students. This course elaborates on concepts from ENG 108 and provides ample opportunity for students to integrate words, sentences and paragraphs into whole essays.
ENG 111-3 Introduction to Literature: Fiction (3+0)
A critical introduction to selected short stories and short novels, with emphasis on twentieth-century British and American writings. Recommended for the Humanities general studies requirement.
ENG 112-3 Introduction to Literature: Drama (3+0)
A critical introduction to drama: study of a number of plays, mostly British and American. Recommended for the Humanities general studies requirement.
ENG 113-3 Introduction to Literature: Poetry (3+0)
A critical introduction to American and British poetry, from lyric to confessional, through the study of prosody, meaning, and form. Recommended for the Humanities general studies requirement.
ENG 114-3 Literature of Popular Interest (3+0)
Courses which have an appeal at a given time will be offered under this general title. The specific course or courses will be designated by a descriptive title, such as science fiction, detective fiction, tales of terror. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
ENG 131-3 Introduction to Shakespeare (3+0)
Experience in skills and techniques which help in reading and understanding Shakespeare.
ENG 201-3 The Nature of Language (3+0)
In the beginning was language! An overview of the dynamic linguistic insights into grammars, language acquisition, social dialects, and language changes, and an evaluation of myths and illusions about language. For majors in humanities and social sciences, but especially appealing to science majors.
ENG 202-3 English Grammar (3+0)
A review of Traditional Grammar, a survey of Structural Linguistics, and an introduction to early Generative-Transformational Grammar. Historical background; examination, comparison, and contrast of principles; phonology, morphology, analysis of syntax. Not a course in English usage.
ENG 100-3 Elements of Composition (3+0)
A course in the fundamentals of sentence structure diction, punctuation, and organization. Required of students whose facility in English is below the norm for first-year college students, as determined by tests and a writing sample. Credit may not be applied to general studies.
ENG 101-3 Freshman Composition: The Essay (3+0)
A course in the kinds of writing frequently required in college: analytical reports, informative and persuasive composition, and essay examinations.
ENG 102-3 Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation (3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 101.
The course provides instruction in writing the research paper, documenting it properly, and in writing analytical and interpretive essays.
ENG 106-3 English for Speakers of Other Languages (3+0)
Development of the basic skills of reading, writing, and speaking English for native and foreign speakers of other languages. Instructions in the fundamentals of English usage.
ENG 107-3 English Usage and Grammar (3+0)
For students wishing an intensive review of current usage practices in English: spelling, punctuation, capitalization, and grammar. Focuses particularly, but not exclusively, on those practices recognized and accepted as Standard Edited English. This course stresses the practical applications of usage and grammar in contrast to the theoretical content of ENG. 202.
ENG 211-3 World Literature: Homer to Cervantes (3+0)
Literature of Greece, Rome, and other European countries through the Renaissance. Recommended as the beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 212 World Literature: Moliere to Sartre (3+0)
Continental literature since the Renaissance. Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 221-3 American Literature: Bradford to Dickinson (3+0)
American literature from the Colonial Period through Emily Dickinson. Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 222-3 American Literature: Twain to Updike (3+0) American literature from Mark Twain to the present. Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 231-3 English Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
(3+0)
English literature from the Old English period through Shakespeare. Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 232-3 English Literature: Donne to Johnson (3+0)
English literature from Donne through the 18th century. Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
ENG 233-3 English Literature: Blake to Beckett (3+0)
English literature from the Romantic Period to the present. Recommended as a beginning course for English majors and minors.
95


School of Liberal Arts
ENG 251-3 Intermediate Composition (3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 102 or permission of instructor.
Examination of rhetorical strategies used in writing effective nonfiction prose. Exercises and discussion on, production and evaluation of essays, critical analyses, and documented papers. Editing techniques and manuscript form conventions.
ENG 252-3 Introduction to Creative Writing (3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 102, or permission of instructor.
Lectures, group discussions, and exercises in writing fiction, poetry, and drama.
ENG 301-3 Modern English Language Studies (3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 201, or permission of instructor.
An experience in discovery: The patterns of sounds, words, and sentences of English are mastered through a Transformational/ Generative grammar approach. Other grammars are also introduced. Recommended for humanities and social science majors.
ENG 302-3 History of the English Language (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of both the internal history sounds and inflections and the external history the great political, social, and cultural influences which have combined to make the English language what it is today, including an analysis of regional and dialectal speech.
ENG 303-3 Semantics (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of what, how, and why people mean. Where does meaning come from and how is it determined? Course also investigates and applies the syntactic, symbolic, and pragmatic elements of semantics. Especially recommended for Majors in pre-law, communications, law-enforcement, psychology, teaching, and related disciplines.
ENG 321-3 Drama in the United States (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of plays written in the United States from 1714 to the present.
ENG 322-3 American Poetry (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
The study of major American poets from Bradstreet to Frost with emphasis on artistic achievement through analysis of prosody and theme.
ENG 323-3 American Novel. (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of practice, theory, and critical evaluation of the American novel from the early nineteenth century to the 1940s.
ENG 324-3 Afro-American Literature (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of the various forms of literature produced by black Americans. The works are considered in the context of the historical and social conditions of the time at which they were written.
ENG 331-3 English Drama: Mysteries to Masques (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Plays selected from Medieval, Sixteenth, and Seventeenth century drama to acquaint students with the origin and development of major kinds of plays.
ENG 332-3 English Drama: Manners to the Absurd (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Plays selected from the Restoration and Eighteenth century and from the transitional period (1880-1920) of British drama to acquaint students with the development of modern plays.
ENG 333-3 English Novel: Defoe to Austen (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of trends in the novel from the beginnings to 1800.
ENG 334-3 English Novel: Bronte to Conrad (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of trends in the novel from 1800 to present.
ENG 336-3 British Poetry (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of six centuries of British poetry from Chaucer to Yeats and Eliot, with emphasis upon the works of the major poets of each period.
ENG 341-3 Masterpieces of Continental Literature (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Major works by European writers from the classical period to the present. May be repeated for credit if different content is specified.
ENG 342-3 The English Bible as Literature (3 + 0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of the King James Bible with emphasis on the literary forms and the cultural traditions of the Old and New Testaments.
ENG 343-3 Classical Mythology (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of Greek and Roman myths, their parallels in other mythologies, and their occurrence in literature and criticism. By tracing the modifications of various myths from their most ancient forms to todays poems, the course will acquaint students with the continued vitality of mythology.
ENG 345-3 Literature from Writings in the Sciences (3+0)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Study of scientific works of literary merit written by eminent scientists for the general reader.
ENG 346-3 Children's Literature (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of all levels and types of childrens literature for the student who is interested in literature per se and for the student who is planning to become a teacher. An introduction to types and varieties of literature for reading to children as well as reading by children.
ENG 347-3 Literature for Adolescents (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A critical survey of literature for adolescents, including the contemporary adolescent novel, current poetry and drama, and multicul-tural/ethic literature. Also focuses on censorship, book selection, non-sexist books, and non-fiction. Recommended for Reading, English and Secondary Majors.
ENG 351-3 Advanced Composition (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of the theoretical and ethical bases of persuasive writing and practice in the principles and techniques which effect constructive persuasion in a pluralistic society.
ENG 352-3 Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction, Poetry, or Drama) (3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 252, or permission of instructor.
Group discussions and supervised projects in writing imaginative literature. May be repeated for credit for each of the genres.
ENG 353-3 Techniques of Critical Writing (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Methods and practice in writing critical responses to art forms, including literature, theatre, and film. The course provides experience in writing journalistic and academic criticism.
ENG 361-3 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3+0)
Prerequisite: Junior standing or permission of instructor. Investigation, preparation, and presentation of current techniques, materials, and media for teaching English in junior and senior high schools.
ENG 362-3 Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools
(3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 361, or permission of instructor.
Analysis, evaluation, and application of the major systems of teaching composition, techniques of correction and revision, and motivation for writing.
ENG 401-3 Linguistic Studies (Variable Topics) (3+0)
Prerequisite: Any one of the following: ENG 201, 301, 302, 303, or ANT 337.
Theories and applications: The seminar topics range over the
96


School of Liberal Arts
extensive research in linguistic studies from grammars to stylistics and from sidewalk linguistics to speech acts. Individualized projects. May be repeated for credit with different subtitles.
ENG 411-3 Advanced Studies in Literature (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
The study of selected works chosen as representative of an important "school or group within a period. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
ENG 412-3 Selected Themes in Literature (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A study of literary works selected as significant expressions of a theme, idea, or mode. The works studied are not necessarily restricted to a particular period or country. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
ENG 413-3 Major Authors (3+0)
Prerequisites: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
The course traces in representative works the artistic and intellectual development of one or two important writers. May be repeated for credit under different titles.
ENG 414-3 Modern Continental English, and American Drama (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
A comprehensive survey of the important dramatic works of the last hundred years with emphasis on trends and developments. Plays by German, Scandinavian, Russian, Italian, Spanish, French, British, and American playwrights are included.
ENG 431-3 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Selected comedies, and histories including The Taming of the Shrew, A Midsummer Nights Dream, The Merchant of Venice, As You Like It, Twelfth Night, The Tempest, Richard II, 1 & 2 Henry IV, Henry V; selected sonnets.
ENG 432-3 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem Plays (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Selected tragedies, and problem plays, including Romeo and Juliet, Julius Caesar, Hamlet, Othello, King Lear, Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, Measure for Measure, Troilus and Cressida, Cym-beline.
ENG 452-3 Advanced Creative Writing (3+0)
Prerequisite: ENG 352, or permission of instructor.
Individual instruction and independent projects in writing fiction, poetry, and drama; instruction in submitting work for publication. May be repeated for credit with permission of instructor.
ENG 456 Scribes Magazine Publication (3+0)
A creative writing-community service project designed for mature, sophisticated students who will write, edit do PR work, think critically, work independently, and yet work on a group project the editing, production, publishing, and distribution of Scribes Magazine a literary journal of, by, for, and about Senior Citizens in the Community.
ENG 461-3 Literary Criticism (3+0)
Prerequisite: Six semester hours of English above 102, or permission of instructor.
Studies in the major schools of literary criticism from Plato and Aristotle to the twentieth century.
Journalism
JRN 181-3 Introduction to Journalism (3+0)
Introduction to journalistic practices, an appraisal of the news media, studying the basic elements of the news story and development of news writing techniques.
JRN 182-3 Beginning Reporting and News Writing (3+0) Prerequisite: JRN 181, or permission of instructor.
Concentration on sharpening the basic skills of reporting and news writing, with stress on accuracy and speed in compiling news stories.
JRN 282-3 Beginning News Editing and Copyreading (3+0)
Prerequisite: JRN 181, or permission of instructor.
An introduction to the techniques of copy editing, headline writing, page layout and dummying, including a survey of print media production methods.
JRN 284-3 Fundamentals of Public Relations (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181; JRN 182 or instructor's approval.
An introductory analysis and practical exploration of the fundamental tools available to the public relations specialistpress release, broadcasting, feature writing, and writing for institutional publications. An introduction to promotional staging.
JRN 286-3 Intermediate Reporting and News Writing (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, and 182, or permission of instructor.
News gathering and writing techniques in specific fields, such as politics, urban affairs, judicial, crime, sports, and human interest stories.
JRN 381-3 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182 and 286 or written approval of instructor.
The study of content and writing style of newspaper feature sections, with numerous assignments in developing feature ideas and producing finished stories for the purpose of selling them to newspaper feature sections.
JRN 382-3 Public Relations Writing and Strategies (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 284 or approval of instructor.
News writing, problem-solving, and publication production for institutions and organizations with emphasis on sound planning and reportorial techniques.
JRN 383-3 Contemporary Issues (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 282 and 286.
In-depth investigations and writing about political, social, or economic issues, wherein each student works independently but shares the experience with the entire class.
JRN 384-3 Broadcast News Writing (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 182, 282 and 286 or written permission of instructor.
Writing news and features for radio and television newscasts, with emphasis on clarity and conciseness, with instruction and practical work. The course includes guest appearances by persons working in broadcast journalism.
JRN 481-3 Feature Article Writing for Magazines (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182, 286, 381 or written approval of instructor.
Intensive study and application in the techniques and marketing requirements for producing and selling feature articles to magazines.
JRN 482-3 Advanced News Editing, Copyreading and Principles of Layout (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182 and 282.
Advanced instruction and experience in the techniques of copy editing, headline writing, layout, and print media production.
JRN 485-3 News Media, Propaganda and Public Opinion (3+0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182 and 286.
An overview of the mass media and its role in society, with emphasis on how the media affects and responds to public opinion and how it resists and abets propaganda.
JRN 486-3 Advanced Reporting and News Writing (3 + 0)
Prerequisites: JRN 181, 182, 282 and 286.
An intensive, high-level experience in advanced reporting and news writing, wherein the student polishes her or his ability to as near a professional level as possible.
History
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester
Required Courses Hours
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715.....................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715..................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865.........................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865......................3
97